A 
 
 . PRACTICAL 
 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 WITH 
 
 EXERCISES AND THEMES 
 
 BY 
 
 EUGENE W. MANNING, PH.D. 
 
 PROFESSOR OF MODERN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES IN DE PAUW 
 UNIVERSITY 
 
 FOURTH EDITION, REVISED 
 
 NEW YORK 
 HENRY HOLT AND COMPANY 
 
PRESERVATION 
 COPY ADDED 
 
 , I .'." 
 
 COPYRIGHT, 1891, 
 
 BY 
 HENRY HOLT & CO. 
 
 ROBERT DRTTMMOND, 
 
 ELECTROTYPER AND PRINTER, 
 
 NEW YORK. 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 THE following pages, written at first for my classes 
 in Cornell University, are now handed over to the 
 public in the hope that they may be of some help in 
 introducing others, as well as college students, to the 
 Spanish language ' and literature. My aim has been 
 to write a practical grammar and, so far as college 
 students are concerned, one that may be tolerably 
 well mastered (leaving time for reading about 150 
 ordinary duodecimo pages of Spanish in one college 
 year), provided two recitations per week are devoted 
 to it. 
 
 My own custom has been to have the students learn 
 the advance lesson only so thoroughly as to be able to 
 write out the theme ; to have them put the theme on 
 the board ; to correct jt myself, having the students 
 correct their themes as I indicate mistakes and 
 state reasons for changes, and on the review (next 
 time we meet) to give (without book or theme) the 
 Spanish for the English (as well as the English for 
 the Spanish) on my reading the sentences aloud. A 
 part at least of the Spanish reading lessons was also 
 translated on review (as above) from hearing me read 
 the Spanish. This method seemed to work admira- 
 bly at Cornell ; but is given here simply for such 
 teachers as may not have a definite and possibly better 
 method of their own. 
 
 Since Spanish is rarely taken up until after some 
 
 m 
 
IV PKEFACE. 
 
 other language than the mother-tongue has been 
 studied, much has been left out that otherwise would 
 have found its way into the book. The statements 
 about the pronunciation of Spanish are the results of 
 some months' careful listening to the best Spanish 
 orators in the Ateneo at Madrid. In the vocabulary 
 the order of the English alphabet has been followed, 
 since that is of course much more familiar to English- 
 speaking persons. No great effort has been made 
 after the first half-dozen themes to have the sentences 
 easy, and so the vocabularies are long. It will be 
 found, however, that only about one half the words 
 are used in the themes (masculine nouns coming 
 first in the lesson vocabularies, then feminine nouns, 
 then other words). The reading of easy Spanish 
 may be begun with profit after the first conjugation 
 (12th lesson) has been mastered. 
 
 It will be noted that the arrangement of the Span- 
 ish verb is an entirely new one, which it is believed 
 will greatly facilitate the mastering of the verb. A 
 short chapter on the history of Spanish, especially in 
 its relation to Latin, will be found just before the 
 general vocabularies. A list of all irregular verbs in 
 the Spanish, for which I am indebted chiefly to Knapp's 
 Spanish Grammar, will be found on pp. 113-127, and a 
 general index at the end of the book. While acknowl- 
 edging my indebtedness to the Spanish Academy 
 Grammar, to Wigger's "Grammatik der Spanischen 
 Sprache " (to this latter especially for the treatise on 
 the subjunctive mood), and to others, no one has been 
 so closely followed as to make its author responsible 
 for what is here, though I have taken from many 
 sources whatever suited my purpose. 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 ALPHABET AND PRONUNCIATION, 1 
 
 Alphabet, 1. Gender of Letters, 2. Capital Letters, 
 3. Remarks on Letters, 4. Sound of Vowels, 5. 
 Quality of Vowels, 6. Diphthongs, 7. Triphthongs, 
 8. Consonants, 9-32. Double Consonants, 33. Tonic 
 Accent, 34-36. Graphic Accent, 37. Division of 
 Syllables, 38. Punctuation, 39. 
 
 LESSONS WITH EXERCISES AND THEMES. 
 
 I. GENDER, ARTICLE, etc. : Present of ser, . 7 
 II. NOUN s GENDER, NUMBER, CASE, etc.: Imper- 
 fect of ser, .0 10 
 
 III. NOUNS WITH ARTICLE, and as Diminutive and 
 
 Augmentative, and Present Tense of tener, 14 
 
 IV. ADJECTIVES : Present Tense of estar, . . 18 
 V. ADJECTIVES (Comparison of) : ser and estar 
 
 distinguished, . . . c . .21 
 VI. NUMERALS : Present of haber, c . .25 
 
 VII. CONJUNCTIVE AND DISJUNCTIVE PERSONAL 
 
 PRONOUNS, and Present Tense of amar, . 30 
 VIII. CONJUNCTIVE AND DISJUNCTIVE POSSESSIVE 
 ADJECTIVES AND PRONOUNS: Present 
 
 Tense of comer, 36 
 
 IX. DEMONSTRATIVE ADJECTIVES AND DEMON- 
 STRATIVE PRONOUNS : Present Tense of 
 
 recibir, 40 
 
 X. RELATIVE AND INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS : 
 
 Imperfect of amar, . . . . .44 
 
 XI. INDEFINITE PRONOUNS : Preterite of amar, . 49 
 
 XII. VERB-FORMS : hablar (First Conjugation), . 54 
 
 XIII. SECOND AND THIRD CONJUGATION : temer, 
 
 recibir, 60 
 
 XIV. EUPHONIC CHANGES IN REGULAR VERBS: 
 
 tocar, etc., .... . 64 
 
 v 
 
VI TABLE OF CONTENTS. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 XV. COMPOUND TENSES and haber, to have, . 68 
 
 XVI. PASSIVE VOICE : ser and estar, . . .72 
 XVII. REFLEXIVE VERBS and tener, . . . 77 
 
 XVIII. IRREGULAR VERBS : acertar and others First 
 
 Conjugation, 81 
 
 XIX. IRREGULAR VERBS: atender and others Second 
 
 Conjugation, 87 
 
 XX. IRREGULAR VERBS Second Conjugation (con- 
 cluded) : DEFECTIVE VERBS, ... 93 
 XXI. IRREGULAR VERBS : sentir and others Third 
 
 Conjugation, 99 
 
 XXII. IRREGULAR VERBS: Third Conjugation (con- 
 cluded) DEFECTIVE VERBS, . . . 103 
 
 XXIII. IMPERSONAL VERBS : Verbs used negatively 
 
 and interrogatively, 109 
 
 LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS AND PRINCIPAL DEFEC- 
 TIVE VERBS, 113 
 
 XXIV. USE OF THE TENSES : Simple Tenses, . . 128 
 XXV. SIMPLE TENSES (concluded) : COMPOUND 
 
 TENSES, 132 
 
 XXVI. THE IMPERATIVE MOOD: CONDITIONAL MOOD, 136 
 XXVII. THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD in Independent and 
 
 Dependent Sentences, .... 140 
 
 XXVIII. THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD in Dependent Sen- 
 tences (concluded): Sequence of Tenses, . 144 
 
 XXIX. THE INFINITIVE MOOD, 148 
 
 XXX. THE INFINITIVE MOOD (concluded), . .152 
 
 XXXI. PRESENT PARTICIPLE : PAST PARTICIPLE, . 156 
 
 XXXII. ADVERBS, 160 
 
 XXXIII. PREPOSITIONS, 164 
 
 XXXIV. PREPOSITIONS (concluded), . . . .169 
 XXXV. CONJUNCTIONS AND INTERJECTIONS, . .175 
 
 SKETCH OF THE HISTORY OF THE SPANISH LANGUAGE, 
 
 especially in its Relation with Latin, . . . 179 
 
 SPANISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY, 195 
 
 VOCABULARY OF SPANISH PROPER NAMES, . . .219 
 
 ENGLISH- SPANISH VOCABULARY, 221 
 
 GENERAL INDEX, 237 
 
PKACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR 
 
 1. ALPHABET AND PRONUHCIATION. 
 
 Letters. 
 
 Names. 
 
 Pronounced. 
 
 A a 
 
 a 
 
 a in ah 
 
 B b 
 
 be 
 
 bd in bane 
 
 C c 
 
 ce 
 
 thd in thane 
 
 Ch ch 
 
 che 
 
 chd in change 
 
 D d 
 
 de 
 
 da in date 
 
 E e 
 
 e 
 
 d in ate 
 
 P f 
 
 efe 
 
 a'fay 2 
 
 G g 
 
 ge 
 
 *h l d in hate ' 
 
 H h 
 I i 
 
 hache 
 i 
 
 a'tchay^ 
 7&1tfieel 
 
 J i 
 
 jota 
 
 'h^'ta 
 
 K 4 k 4 
 
 ke 
 
 kay 2 
 
 L 1 
 
 ele 
 
 a'lay 2 
 
 LL 11 
 
 elle 
 
 a r ly 3 ay* 
 
 M m 
 
 erne 
 
 a'may 8 
 
 N n 
 
 ene 
 
 a'nay 2 
 
 N n 
 
 ene 
 
 S'ny 5 ay 2 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 
 P p 
 
 pe 
 
 pa in pane 
 
 Q q 
 
 cu 
 
 coo in coon 
 
 R r 
 
 ere 
 
 a'ray 2 
 
 RR rr 
 
 erre 
 
 ar'ray 2 
 
 S s 
 
 ese 
 
 a'say 24 
 
 T t 
 
 te 
 
 ta in tame 
 
 U u 
 
 u 
 
 oo in ooze 
 
 V v 
 
 ve 
 
 va in vane 
 
 W 6 w' 
 
 doble u 
 
 do r blay 2 oo ' 
 
 X x 
 
 equis 
 
 a'keece 
 
 Y y 
 
 i griega 
 
 ee greea^ga 
 
 Z z 
 
 zeta 
 
 thaOa r ~ - ^ 
 
 1 Strongly and deeply aspirated. 2 ay having the sound of 
 ey in they. 8 Like Hi in William. 4 Used only in borrowed 
 words, as kilometro. 5 ny here like ni in um0n. 6 Used only 
 in foreign words, as Wj,M;i$ton, and pronounced as oo in ooze, 
 
2 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 2. All letters are of the feminine gender : as, una a, 
 una b, etc. 
 
 3. Capital letters are used in general as in English. 
 The names of the months and days of the week, also 
 adjectives formed from names of nations, provinces, 
 towns, and men and yo ( = /), begin with small 
 letters. 
 
 4. (a) The vowel sounds (which occur of tener than 
 in English) are full and distinct, (b) The consonants 
 are rather touched upon than distinctly pronounced. 
 (c) The only new sound (not found in English) is that 
 of g before e or i, and of j (always like Spanish g be- 
 fore e or i). (d) H (except in ch [see 11] and in initial 
 hie 1 and hue) is silent, (e) U, except when it has the 
 diaeresis 2 (ii), is silent between g and e or i, and always 
 after q. 
 
 5. A like a in ah or in far: arma, casa. 
 E " a in ate: edad, doble. 
 
 I " ee in eel: indicar, inutil. 
 
 " o in go: obra, modo. 
 
 TT " oo in ooze: lugar, unos. 
 
 Y 4 as vowel like Spanish i : voy, doy, soy. 
 
 6. The quality of the vowels remains the same, 
 though they are short in unaccented and (generally) 
 long in accented syllables. 
 
 7. DIPHTHONGS. 5 Each of the five vowels (a, e, i, o, 
 u) may be doubled (without forming a diphthong), or 
 
 1 Very lightly touched even here. Many say it is silent. 
 
 2 Always used to break up a diphthong. 
 
 8 See 4 (e). * Y is a vowel when alone, as in y (and), and at 
 the end of a word or syllable; elsewhere a consonant. 
 
 5 In diphthongs and triphthpngs t e&clj vowel is slightly 
 
DIPHTHONGS TRIPHTHONGS CONSONANTS. 3 
 
 be followed 1 by and may form a diphthong 1 with each 2 
 of the other four vowels. If one of the vowels of these 
 combinations is accented, they generally do not form 
 a diphthong ; if neither is accented, they generally 
 form a diphthong. (See 8 (&).) 
 
 8. (a) TRIPHTHONGS. These are iai, as in preciais ; 
 iei, as in precieis ; uai (or nay), as in santiguais, 
 guay ; uei (or uey), as in bueitre (buitre), buey. 
 
 (b) Note that the triphthongs (and diphthongs) have 
 each vowel sounded and with its usual sound, only 
 each vowel unites more or less intimately with the 
 other vowel (s). 
 
 9. CONSONANTS. B as in English before 1 and r; 
 elsewhere not so distinctly (with lips scarcely touch- 
 ing), and by some, though incorrectly, almost like v. 
 
 10. C like k before a, o, u, or a consonant (except h), 
 and sounds like th (as in thin) before e or i. Cc used 
 only before i and like k'th : as, accion. 
 
 11. Ch. like ch in much (mucho). 
 
 12. D as in English, except with lighter pressure 
 of the tongue; before r or final very slightly sounded, 
 or almost like th in then. 
 
 13. F like English/. 
 
 14. G 3 , before a, o, u, or another consonant, as in 
 English go. Before e or i is nearly like h in hate, 
 deeply and fully aspirated (or better, ch in German 
 Tuch, deep and full). Gn as in signal. 
 
 sounded, and except in the combinations io, oi, and some- 
 times eo, it is the vowel first in alphabetical order that gen- 
 erally receives the tonic, if not the graphic, accent. 
 
 1 Y takes the place of final i, except when i is accented: as, 
 jabali. 
 
 2 H between vowels has no effect on the pronunciation. 
 See4(e). 
 
4 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 15. H: see 4 (d) and page 3, note 2. 
 
 16. J always like g before e or i. (See 14.) 
 
 17. K like k in kind. 
 
 18. L as in English. 
 
 19. LI like Hi in William. 
 
 20. M as in English; never doubled, m or nm used 
 instead and rarely final. 
 
 21. N as in English; when doubled, both sounded. 
 
 22. N 1 as ni in union. 
 
 23. P as in English (initial only before 1 or r or a 
 vowel). 
 
 24. ft always followed by u, and sounds like k 
 being silent). 
 
 25. R is strongly rolled at the beginning of a word 
 or syllable, or after 1, n, s, and whenever doubled. 
 
 26. S always hard, as in English sand. 
 
 27. T always (even before i) like t in tin. 
 
 28. V 2 as in English, except that the upper teeth 
 and lower lip scarcely touch. 
 
 29. W as in English (when used at all). 
 
 30. X now always like Ics : as, x in wax. 
 
 31. Y as consonant (i.e., at beginning of word or 
 followed by a vowel in same syllable) is pronounced 
 as in English. 
 
 32. Z always like c before e or i (that is, as th in 
 thin). 
 
 33. Spanish avoids assimilation of consonants 
 (using inmortal [Eng. immortal]), and generally sim- 
 plifies double consonants (as dificil [Eng. difficult]). 
 Except n and 1, only c and r are capable of being 
 doubled: as, ella, ennoblecer, accion, error. (Double 
 
 1 For description of this sign see 37. 
 
 2 Found only before vowels. 
 
TONIC ACCENT GRAPHIC ACCENT. 5 
 
 1 [= 11] and double r [= rr] are phonetically indepen- 
 dent letters.) 
 
 34. TONIC ACCENT. (a) Words ending in a con- 
 sonant ' (including infinitives, imperatives [2d plu.], 
 and the second person plural of verbs), except plurals 
 in s or es, and verb-forms in s, es, mos, an, en, and 
 on, are accented on the final syllable, unless other- 
 wise marked, (b) Proper names in ez, and some in 
 es, are accented on the next to the last syllable: 
 as, Lopez, Cervantes. 
 
 35. Words ending in a vowel or diphthong (counted 
 as one syllable 2 ), and plurals in s or es, and verb- 
 forms in s, es, mos, an, en, and on, are accented on 
 the next 8 to the last syllable, unless otherwise marked. 
 
 36. Plurals keep the accent of the singular (except 
 carcterand regimen, caract6res and regimenes); and 
 compounds, the accent (not always marked) of the 
 separate parts : as, mondadientes = m6nda-di6ntes. 
 
 37. GEAPHIC ACCENT. (a) The acute accent (') 
 is used 4 to distinguish a word-form used in one sense 
 from the same form used in another sense: as, el = the, 
 61 = Tie ; se = self, s6 = / know ; etc. : and to indicate 
 irregularly accented syllables and interrogative words, 
 etc. (b) The tilde (~) is used over n when the vowel 
 
 1 Or in a diphthong with y as the last letter. 
 
 2 Providing the word has a syllable preceding the diph- 
 thong, which, to fall under the rule, must be i plus a vowel or 
 u plus a vowel; but tio is pronounced ti'-o, and aldea = al-de'-a, 
 etc. Many verbs-forms in ia, ie, io, ua, ue, no sometimes 
 graphically accent the i or u. 
 
 3 The rules of the Spanish Academy for the accent differ 
 somewhat from the above; but the Academy rules have not, 
 up to the present, been generally followed by publishers. 
 
 4 Even over capital letters. 
 
6 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 sound following n is to be preceded by the sound of 
 initial y: hence aiio = anyo. (c) The diaeresis (") 
 is placed over the vowel u in the syllables giie, giii 
 to denote that the u must be pronounced; and in 
 poetry it also breaks up diphthongs : as, riiido, viaje. 
 (cl) Other graphic signs (except as elsewhere referred 
 to) as in English. 
 
 38. DIVISION OF SYLLABLES. (a) One consonant, 
 including ch, 11, n (rr 1 ), belongs to the following vowel : 
 as, ca-lle, ha-cer, ha-llar, sue-no, (b) Two consonants, 
 if they are such as may begin a Spanish word (b^c^j^ 
 g, and p followed by 1 or r, and d or t followed by r), 
 go with the following vowel: as, ha-blar, con-cluir, 
 etc. (c) In other cases the first (or the first plus s) 
 of several consonants goes with the preceding vowel, 
 (even x is divided into c-s): as, con-mover, ins-pi- 
 rar, mac-simo (maximo). (d) Unaccented diphthongs 
 are generally not divided: as, a-gua, bue-no, etc.; but 
 continu-a, continu-e, etc. (e) Compound words are 
 divided between the different parts : as, pro-nom-bre ; 
 but in many words little attention is paid to the origi- 
 nal Latin division : as, su-bir, des-cripcion, etc., instead 
 of sub-ir, de-scripcion, etc. 
 
 39. (a) Owing to the difficulty in distinguishing the 
 interrogative or exclamatory sentence by its form, the 
 sign of interrogation 2 or exclamation 2 (only inverted) 
 is usually placed before it : as, j due* me quieres ? 2 
 ; Como llueve ! 2 (b) Other punctuation in Spanisa is 
 about the same as in English. 
 
 J Authorities differ as to rr, but the dictionaries consulted 
 generally divide: as, per-ro. 
 
 2 The inverted sign is generally omitted at the beginning 
 with short sentences. 
 
GENDER, ARTICLES, ETC. 7 
 
 % 
 
 LESSON I. 
 
 GENDER, ARTICLES, ETC. 
 
 40. CASES. There are two cases 1 (nominative and 
 objective), as in English. 
 
 41. GENDER. There are three genders, masculine, 
 feminine, and neuter, though the neuter 2 is very sel- 
 dom used. 
 
 42. NUMBER. There are two numbers, singular 
 and plural; and the sign of the plural is s or es, as in 
 English. 
 
 43. DEFINITE ARTICLE. 
 
 m. el ) m. los ) , 
 
 /. la [ sing. /. las f P lu ' 
 
 n. lo ) n. (no plural.) 
 
 44. INDEFINITE ARTICLE. 
 
 m. un ) a or an m. unos 4 ) ones or a few. 
 
 /. 3 una ) sing. /. unas 4 ) plu. 
 
 n. (wanting.) n. (wanting.) 
 
 1 The Spanish Academy Grammar gives six cases, as follows: 
 
 Masculine. Feminine. 
 
 Nom. el lobo, the wolf. la carta, the letter. 
 
 Gen. (de el) del lobo, of the de la carta, of the letter. 
 
 wolf. [to the wolf. 
 
 Dat. (a el) al or para el lobo, a or para la carta, to the let- 
 Ac", el lobo, the wolf. la carta, the letter. [ter. 
 Vov. lobo, wolf. carta, letter. 
 Abl. con el lobo, with the wolf. con la carta, with the letter. 
 
 8 Used chiefly with adjectives, pronouns, and possessives: 
 as, the good, lo bueno; (the) mine, lo mio. 
 
 3 See 61 and 46. 
 
 4 Really indefinite adjectives; at times indefinite pronouns 
 or even nouns. 
 
8 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 I 
 
 45. De el (of the) are contracted to del,, and a el 
 (to the) to al. 
 
 46. El is used for euphony before feminine nouns 
 of. two syllables 1 (not adjectives) beginning with an 
 accented a or ha : as, el ala, el ave ; also del ala, 
 al ave : but plural regular: las alas, las aves, de 
 las alas, a las aves, etc. Tin is used for una, just as el 
 for la ; though this usage is not to be commended. 
 
 47. INFLECTION OF PRESENT TENSE OF ser, to be. 
 
 yo soy, / am. nosotros somos, we are. 
 
 C(tu eres, 2 ihou art.) ffvosotros sois,*^6 are.) 
 
 ^_Usted es, 3 you are. \JJstedes son, 3 you are. 
 
 el es, he is. ellos son, they are. 
 
 ella es, she is. ellas son, they are. 
 
 48. listed and Ustedes are contractions for vuestra 
 merced (your honor) and vuestras mercedes (your worf t 
 ships), and are still further contracted to V. 4 (for sin- 
 gular) and VV. 4 (for plural); but they represent the 
 English you singular and plural: as, V. 4 ("UV 
 esmiamigo. VV. 4 (Ustedes) son hermanos (brother 
 
 49. i Habla V. ? means, do you speak ? are you .</;< 
 ing ? speak you 9 i Hablaba V.? means, did you sj. 
 were you speaking 9 spoke you ? And the same r,< 
 of other verbs in the positive, interrogative, ai 
 clamatory forms. 
 
 VOCABULARY I. 
 
 el astro, star. la muchacha, girl. 
 
 hermano, bi*other. tierra, earth. 
 
 hijo, son. vida, life. 
 
 1 But not longer words: as, la anima, la Africa. 
 
 2 Avoid the use of this form. 
 4 With verbs in third person. 
 
HOUHS. GEKDER DUMBER CASE. 11 
 
 51. Names of months, days, points of the compass, 
 of most fruit-trees, rivers, and mountains, are mas- 
 culine: as, enero, January; domingo, Sunday; norte, 
 north; castano, chestnut; Bin, Rhine; los Alpes, the 
 Alps. 
 
 52. Compound nouns, made up of a verb and a 
 noun, are generally masculine; others usually take 
 the gender of the second part: as, besamanos (m.), a 
 kissing of the hand; cortaplumas (m.), a penknife; 
 contrahaz (f.), wrong side. 
 
 53. (a) Except those ending in a, d (and many 
 in z), most nouns, especially those in o, are mascu- 
 line: as, hijo, son; mes (m.), month; but mesa (f.), 
 table; verdad (f.), truth; faz (f.), face, (b) Some 
 nouns are of either gender: as, el martir, la martir. 
 (c) Some have different forms for the feminine: as, 
 caballo, horse; yegua, mare. 
 
 54. Proper names of kingdoms, provinces, cities, 
 etc., ending in a are feminine; others are gener- 
 ally masculine: as, el Brasil, la Suiza (Switzerland), 
 Madrid (m.). . 
 
 55. NUMBER. Nouns ending in an unaccented 
 vowel (except y or i : as, rey, reyes), and a few with 
 accented final vowels (as, pi6, mama, pap&), take s; all 
 others (except proper names in s and z, and some 
 others with final syllable unaccented and ending in s/ 
 which remain the same) take es to form the plural : as, 
 libro, libros; mujer (woman), mujeres; jabali, jaba- 
 lies, etc. (but los Cervantes, los liines [the Mondays]). 
 Z final becomes c before es of plural: as, voz, voces. 
 
 56. Some nouns are used only in the singular: as, 
 fe, faith; oro, gold; some only in the plural: as, los 
 viveres, provisions; some have different meaning in 
 
12 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 singular and plural : as, esposa, wife; esposas, wives, 
 or handcuffs. Most compounds make only last part 
 plural: as, ferro-carril (railway), ferro-carriles. 
 IMPERFECT TENSE OF ser, to be. 
 
 era, / was. eramos, we were. 
 
 V. era, you were. VV. eran, you were. 
 
 era, he, she, it was. eran, they wer&. 
 
 VOCABULARY II. 
 
 el Americano, American. la Europa, Europe. 
 
 amigo, friend. flor. flower. 
 
 amor, love. madre, mother. 
 
 buque, ship. mama, mamma. 
 
 cabello, hair. manzana, apple 
 
 Cervantes, Cervantes. palabra, word. 
 
 chino, Chinese. semana, week. 
 
 dia, day. senora, lady. 
 
 domingo, Sunday. Suiza, Switzerland. 
 
 enero, January. activo, active. 
 
 espanol, Spanish. [States, fbien, well. 
 los Estados Unidos, The United t cerca (de), near. 
 
 el Frances, FrencJiman. cinco, jive. 
 
 guante, glove. dan, give. 
 
 hombre, man. femenino (a,}, feminine. 
 
 ingles, English. fuerte, strong. 
 
 mariner o, sailor. grande, large. 
 
 ojo, eye. j hay, there are. 
 
 palacio, palace. joven, young. 
 
 papa, papa. largo, long. 
 
 pie, foot. moreno, chestnut 
 
 plural, plural. negro, black. 
 
 "primo, cousin. no, no. 
 
 oficial, officer. pequeno, small. 
 
 rio, river. primero, first. 
 
 sofa, sofa. que, than. 
 
 tribu, tribe. tambien, also. 
 
 valor, courage. tienen, have. 
 
 Wostenholm, Wostenholm. no, no. 
 
GENDER NUMBER CASE. 13 
 
 EXERCISE II. 
 
 1. Los muchachos son los hermanos de la mucha- 
 cha. 2. Enero es el primer^ mes del ano. 3. Do- 
 mingo es el primer dia de la semana. 4. Los hom- 
 bres del norte son activos. 5. El Rin es un rio 
 grande. 6. Las palabras mesa, verdad y faz, son ferne- 
 ninas. 7. Los pinos de los Alpes son hermosos. 8. Los 
 reyes de Europa tienen muchos palacios. 9. Este 
 mes tiene cinco limes. 10. No hay dos Cervantes. 
 11. La Suiza es un pais pequeno. 12. La fe da valor. 
 13. Las esposas (wives) de los oficiales hablan de las 
 esposas (handcuffs) del marinero. 14. Los Ingleses y 
 los Franceses son amigos. 15. Los Americanos son 
 industriosos. 10. Los cortaplumas cle Wostenholm 
 son buenos. 17. El Brasil es mas grande que la 
 Suiza. 18. Los plurales de las palabras pie, papa, 
 mama, sofa, etc., son pies, papas, mamas, sofas, etc. 
 
 THEME II. 
 
 1. [I] 2 am the 3 son of a merchant. 2. Are you (sing.) 
 from Madrid ? 3. [We] 2 are Americans. 4. Are you 
 (phi.) also Americans ? 5. The son of the mariner 
 is very young. 6. The ships of the English are very 
 large. 7. The railroads of the United States are 
 very long. 8. Truth has not two faces. 9. My cous- 
 ins (m.) give apples to the girls. ' 10. The pines on 
 the Alps near the Ehine in Switzerland are tall and 
 fine. 11. The eyes and hair(s) of the Spanish are 
 black or chestnut. 12. My brothers have English 
 
 1 See 66. 
 
 2 Words in brackets [ ] are to be omitted. 
 
 3 See 60 (I). 
 
14 PEACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 hats, and my sisters have French gloves.- 13. The 
 feet of the Chinese are small. 14. The rivers of 
 America are large. 15. The love of (the) mothers is 
 strong. ] 6. Two of my friends speak 1 English very 
 well. 17. Do you give flowers to the ladies ? 18. No, 
 the Germans give flowers to the girls and to the ladies. 
 
 LESSON III. 
 
 THE NOUN WITH ARTICLE, AND AS DIMINUTIVE AND 
 AUGMENTATIVE. 
 
 57. The definite article (which may here be called 
 the inclusive article) is used where any and every 
 member of a class is referred to: as, El hombre es 
 mortal, Man (any or every man) is mortal; La pa- 
 ciencia y la reflexion hacen faciles muchas cosas, 
 Patience and reflection make many things easy. 
 
 58. Senor, senora, etc., when used in address (and 
 proper names generally) take no article; but when 
 not used in address (and proper names with adjec- 
 tives 2 ) generally take the article: as, Seiior doctor ! 
 La senora condesa. El senor Don 3 Luis Garcia. 
 
 59. (a) Many names of countries take the article 
 (others take it in some cases and not in others) : 
 as, el Brasil, el Canada, la China, la Florida, etc. 
 (b) Mountains and rivers generally (and some cities: 
 as, el Cairo, la Habana.) take the article. 
 
 1 See Exercise II. sen. 13. 
 
 2 ([Except santo]: as, el gran Luis), but san Pablo, santa 
 Teresa. 
 
 3 Don only used with Christian name. 
 
NOUN WITH ARTICLE AUGMENTATIVES, ETC. 15 
 
 60. Observe the following : (a) El si cuando es con- 
 juncion no tiene acento, Si when it is a conjunction 
 has not an accent, (b) Tenia banados de ligrimas 
 los ojos, She had her eyes bathed in tears, (c) El do- 
 mingo pasado, Last Sunday, (d) Son las siete, It is 
 seven o'clock, (e) El oro es el metal ms precioso, 
 Gold is the most precious metal. (/) El rey de Prusia. 
 (g) Los vinos de Espana. (li) Dos pesetas la libra. 
 (t) El norte, el sud, etc. (j) El Tasso. (k) Historia 
 de Espana ; Vida de C. (1) Es hijo del capitan. (m) Es- 
 tar en casa, to be at home, (n) El dolor y Idgrimas re- 
 
 ~sisfr>7/ endure the pain and tears (article not repeated). 
 
 61. IKDBFINTB ARTICLE. Some is generally un- 
 derstood: as, tiene hijos, lie has (some) children; vinie- 
 ron soldados, (some) soldiers came; d6me V. pan, give 
 me some bread. And in apposition and predicate in- 
 definite article is generally omitted: as, Ileg6 & Bona, 
 ciudad de Prusia, he came to Bonn, a city in Prussia; 
 es Aleman, he is a German; la vida es sueno, life is 
 a dream. 
 
 62. AUGMEOTATIVES AND DIMINUTIVES. Many 
 nouns and adjectives (and a few participles and ad- 
 verbs) increase or decrease, or otherwise change their 
 meaning, by assuming certain terminations. The 
 most usual augmentatives are : on, ona ; azo, aza ; 
 ote, ota; acho, acha. Diminutives are: ito, ita; illo, 
 ilia ; ico, ica ; uelo, uela; hombre, man; hombron, 1 
 big man ; fusilazo, a gun-shot ; seiior, gentleman ; 
 seiiorito, little or young gentleman ; seiior a, lady ; 
 senorita, little or young lady ; Maria, Mary ; Mari- 
 quita, little Mary? 
 
 1 Also hombrazo, very big man; hombracho or hombrote, mon- 
 strous or ridiculous man. 
 
 2 Other cases will appear in sentences. 
 
16 
 
 PEACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 PKESENT TENSE OF tener, to have. 
 
 tengo, 1 haw. tenemos, we haw. 
 
 V. tiene, you have. VV. tienen, you have. 
 
 tiene, he, she, it has. tienen, they have. 
 
 VOCABULARY III. 
 
 el Alejandro^ Alexander. 
 
 amigote, great friend. 
 
 amiguito, little friend. 
 
 animal, animal. 
 
 bastonazo, blow with a cane. 
 
 Canada, Canada. 
 
 conde, count. 
 
 corazon, heart. 
 
 cristiano, Christian. 
 
 descuido, heedlessness. 
 
 espiritu, spirit. 
 
 hierro, iron. 
 
 hugonote, Huguenot. 
 
 Juanito, little John. 
 
 nombre, name. 
 
 papel, paper. 
 
 perro, dog. 
 
 perrillo, little dog. 
 
 primito, little cousin. 
 
 puerto, port. 
 
 Rin, Rhine. 
 
 Rodano, Rhone. 
 
 vecino, neighbor. 
 (el) agua (f.), water. 
 la avecita, little bird. 
 
 ballena, whale. 
 
 Barcelona, Barcelona. 
 
 la Berna, Berne. 
 
 calentura, fever. 
 
 capital, capital. 
 
 carne, meat. 
 
 casita, little house. 
 
 condesa, countess. 
 
 cosa, thing. 
 
 Habana, Havana. 
 
 mano, hand. 
 
 memoria, memory. 
 
 Pepita, Josephine. 
 
 priesa, haste. 
 el Sena, Seine. 
 como, how. 
 catolico, Catholic. 
 cuando, when. 
 deme V., give me. 
 diez, ten (o'clock). 
 en, in. 
 esta, is. 
 esto, this. 
 feliz, happy, good. 
 inmortal, immorta. 
 meridional, south. 
 porque, why. 
 que, what, 
 ricazo, very rich. 
 
 EXERCISE III. 
 
 1. Las ballenas son animates. 2. <; Sefior Sanchez 
 habla 1 V. ingles ? 3. Si, y la seflora Sanchez y la pe- 
 
 1 See 49. 
 
NOUN WITH ARTICLE AUGMEOTATIVES, ETC. 17 
 
 quena Pepita, hablan f ranees. 4. El Canada y la 
 Florida son paises de America. 5. El Kodano, el 
 Kin, el Sena son rios de Europa. 6. El senor conde 
 de N. es mi vecino. 7. Son las diez. 8. El senorito 
 era hijo de un mercader. 9. Alejandro tuvo (had) 
 el nombre de grande. 1 0. La seflorita tiene calen- 
 tura. 11. Tiene feliz memoria. 12. Tiene buen 
 corazon. 13. Tiene a su vecino por buen cristiano. 
 14. Deme V. agua. 15. Mi amigote da un bastonazo 
 al perro. 16. Mi amiguito tiene una casita de papel. 
 17. Un buque de hierro esta en el puerto de Barce- 
 lona. 
 
 THEME III. 
 <-* 
 
 1. The spirit of man is immortal. 2. Havana is 
 the capital of (la) Cuba. 3. The why, the when, and 
 the how are not always easy. 4. The countess gives 
 a hat to the little John. 5. Brazil is a country of 
 South America. 6. The young lady has small hands. 
 7. It is ten o'clock. 8. Iron is the most useful 
 metal. 9. Haste and heedlessness make 1 many 
 things difficult. 10. My father was an Englishman. 
 11. The Huguenots were Protestants. 12. Give me 
 [some] meat. 13. He came 2 to Berne, [a] city of 
 Switzerland. 14. My little cousins have little dogs 
 'and little birds. 15. The merchant is very rich. 
 16. Gladstone has a good memory. 17. My father 
 regards 3 (the) Mr. Sanchez as 4 [a] good Catholic. 
 
 1 See 57, last sentence. 3 Regards = tiene. 
 
 2 See 61. 4 As = por. 
 
16 
 
 PEACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE OF tener, to liave. 
 
 tengo, 1 have. tenemos, we have. 
 
 V. tiene, you have. W. tienen, you have. 
 
 tiene, he, she, it has. tienen, they have. 
 
 VOCABULARY III. 
 
 el Alejandro^ Alexander. 
 
 amlgote, great friend. 
 
 amiguito, little friend. 
 
 animal, animal. 
 
 bastonazo, blow with a 
 
 Canada, Canada. 
 
 conde, count. 
 
 corazon, heart. 
 
 cristiano, -Christian. 
 
 descuido, heedlessness. 
 
 espiritu, spirit. 
 
 hierro, iron. 
 
 hugonote, Huguenot. 
 
 Juanito, little John. 
 
 nombre, name. 
 
 papel, paper. 
 
 perro, dog. 
 
 perrillo, little dog. 
 
 primito, little cousin. 
 
 puerto, port. 
 
 Rin, Rhine. 
 
 Rodano, Rhone. 
 
 vecino, neighbor. 
 (el) agua (f.), water. 
 la avecita, little bird. 
 
 ballena, whale. 
 
 Barcelona, Barcelona. 
 
 la Berna, Berne. 
 
 calentura, fever. 
 
 capital, capital. 
 
 carne, meat, 
 cane. casita, little house. 
 
 condesa, countess. 
 
 cosa, thing. 
 
 Habana, Havana. 
 
 mano, hand. 
 
 memoria, memory. 
 
 Pepita, Josephine. 
 
 priesa, haste. 
 el Sena, Seine. 
 I como, how. 
 catolico, Catholic. 
 cuando, when. 
 deme V., give me. 
 diez, ten (o'clock). 
 en, in. 
 esta, is. 
 esto, this. 
 feliz, happy, good. 
 inmortal, immorta-. 
 meridional, south. 
 porque, why. 
 que, what. 
 ricazo, very rich. 
 
 EXERCISE III. 
 
 1. Las ballenas son animates. 2. Senor Sanchez 
 habla 1 V. ingles ? 3. Si, y la seflora Sanchez y la pe- 
 
 1 See 49. 
 
NOUN WITH AETICLE AUGMENTATIVES, ETC. 17 
 
 quena Pepita, hablan f ranees. 4. El Canada y la 
 Florida son paises de America. 5. El Rodano, el 
 Rin, el Sena son rios de Europa. 6. El senor conde 
 de N. es mi vecino. 7. Son las diez. 8. El senorito 
 era hijo de un mercader. 9. Alejandro tuvo (had) 
 el nombre de grande. 10. La senorita tiene calen- 
 tura. 11. Tiene feliz memoria. 12. Tiene buen 
 corazon. 13. Tiene a su vecino por buen cristiano. 
 14. Deme V. agua. 15. Mi amigote da un bastonazo 
 al perro. 16. Mi amiguito tiene una casita de papel. 
 17. Un buque de hierro esta en el puerto de Barce- 
 lona. 
 
 THEME III. 
 
 1. The spirit of man is immortal. 2. Havana is 
 the capital of (la) Cuba. 3. The why, the when, and 
 the how are not always easy. 4. The countess gives 
 a hat to the little John. 5. Brazil is a country of 
 South America. 6. The young lady has small hands. 
 7. It is ten o'clock. 8. Iron is the most useful 
 metal. 9. Haste and heedlessness make 1 many 
 things difficult. 10. My father was an Englishman. 
 11. The Huguenots were Protestants. 12. Give me 
 [some] meat. 13. He came 2 to Berne, [a] city of 
 Switzerland. 14. My little cousins have little dogs 
 'and little birds. 15. The merchant is very rich. 
 16. Gladstone has a good memory. 17. My father 
 regards 3 (the) Mr. Sanchez as 4 [a] good Catholic. 
 
 1 See 57, last sentence. 3 Regards = tiene. 
 
 * See 61. 4 As = por. 
 
18 PEACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 LESSON IV. 
 
 ADJECTIVES. 
 
 63. The rules for the plural of adjectives are in 
 general the same as for the plural of nouns ; and an 
 adjective qualifying two or more nouns is usually in 
 the masculine 1 plural : as, boca y ojos pequenos, 2 
 small mouth and eyes. 
 
 64. Adjectives ending in o in the masculine, 
 proper adjectives/ and most of those ending in an, 
 on, and or, change the jp^l letter into (or add) a for 
 the feminine ; and nearly all others (in a, e [not ete, 
 ote], i t Lr,.s, z) remain unchanged in the feminine : 
 as, frio, cold, fria ; frances, French, francesa ; holga- 
 zan, indolent, holgazana; traidor, treacherous, trai- 
 dora; but agricola (m. and f.), agricultural. 
 
 65. (a) Adjectives, except such as indicate an in- 
 herent quality (as, duro hierro), or number or quan- 
 tity (as, dos, nmcho), regularly follow 4 their nouns, 
 though some change their meaning according as they 
 stand before (in figurative sense) or (in literal sense) 
 after their noun : as, la mano tr6mula (trembling) ; 
 mucho vino ; un pobre escritor, a poor writer ; un 
 escritor pobre, an indigent writer, (b) The position 
 of the adjective often depends much on the euphony 
 of the sentence. 
 
 1 But feminine if all nouns are feminine. 
 
 2 Adjective agrees with first noun if it precedes; and with plu- 
 ral nouns adjectives agree with the nearest. 
 
 3 Not already ending in a. 
 
 4 Only todo (all) can precede the article : as, todos los reyes, 
 all the kings. 
 
ADJECTIVES. L9 
 
 66. Alguno (some), bueno, 1 malo, 1 ninguno (not 
 any), postrero^/a^er), primero 3 (first), tercero 2 
 (third), and uno lose o before masculine nouns (or 
 nouns preceded by adjectives)! in the singular-: 
 grande 1 generally loses the last syllable (de) before 
 all nouns (masc, or fern.) in the singular beginning 
 with any consonant/ except h; santo 1 (not santa) 
 generally becomes" san before the names of New 
 Testament characters and calendar saints ; cual- 
 quiera, any, and its plural, cualsquiera, may lose the 
 final a immediately before (not after) any noun : as, 
 el primer hombre, cualquier libro. 
 
 67. The adjective, both singular and plural, may 
 be used as a noun : as, el bueno, the good one ; los 
 buenos, the good ones ; and lo bueno, the good. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE OF estar, 5 to be. 
 
 estoy, I am. estamos, we are. 
 
 V. esta, you are. W. estan, you are. 
 
 esta, he, she, it is. estan, they are. 
 
 VOCABULARY IV. 
 
 - el aconsejador, counsellor. el filosofo, philosopher. 
 Ateneo, Athenwum. invierno, winter. 
 
 autor, author. Mateo, Matthew. 
 
 consejo, advice, counsel. negocio, affair. 
 
 cuchillo, knife. Pablo, Paul. 
 
 1 Buen, mal, gran, and san must immediately precede the 
 noun; otherwise bueno, etc., are used. 
 
 2 Sometimes o is retained in this word. 
 
 3 This and some others of these words occasionally lose a of 
 the feminine form. 
 
 4 Occasionally also before vowels. 
 
 5 The difference in meaning between ser and estar will be 
 noted in Lesson V. 
 
20 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 el personaje, personage. con, with. 
 
 sabio, wise. contentisimo, very well pleased. 
 
 Salvador, Saviour. docto, learned. 
 
 segundo, second. feroz , ferocious. 
 
 traje, dress. fiel, faithful. 
 
 la batalla, battle. griego, Greek. 
 
 tiiesgT&cia, /"misfortune, latino, Latin. 
 
 estacion, season. liter ario, literary. 
 
 fB,ma,,fame. negro, black. 
 
 fortuna, fortune. nuevo, new. 
 
 guerra, war. par a, for. [rich. 
 
 iglesia, church. ( after noun, poor, not 
 
 lengua, language. ^ re ' ( before n., poor, worth- 
 
 politica, politics. protestante, Protestant. [less. 
 
 sociedad, society. tenia, had. 
 
 ahora, now. fail, useful. 
 
 brillante, brilliant. venir, to come. 
 
 cientifico (-a), scientific. verdadero, true. 
 
 EXERCISE IV. 
 
 1. Las lenguas latina y griega son bellas. 2. El 
 invierno es la estacion fria del ano. 3. El rey y la 
 reina, contentisimos del libro, hicieron (made or had) 
 venir aP autor. 4. Un muchacho holgazan 6 una 
 muchacha holgazana es una desgracia cruel (severe) 
 para sus padres. 5. Los grandes hombres no tienen 
 siempre casas grandes. 6. Una mala pluma es una 
 amiga traidora. 7. El primer libro del Nuevo Testa- 
 mento es el de San Mateo. 8. San Daniel, San Pablo 
 y Santa Maria eran grandes personajes. 9. Deme V. 
 un cuchillo cualquiera. 10. El bueno ama (loves) lo 
 bueno, el poeta ama lo bello, el sabio ama lo verda- 
 dero. 11. Todos los hombres aman (love) lo agra- 
 dable. 12. Pocas mujeres aman la politica. 13. El 
 
 1 See page 10, note 2. 
 
COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES ser AND estar. 21 
 
 perro es un animal fiel y util. 14. La senora del 
 traje negro es la hermana del oficial ingles. 15. Na- 
 poleon era un gran general. 
 
 THEME IV. 
 
 1. The whole hattle was an affair of some seconds. 
 
 2. Galdos and Valera are two great Spanish authors. 
 
 3. Echegaray is now the great dramatic author of 
 Spain. 4. The Athenaeum is a scientific and literary 
 society in Madrid. 5. Madrid has few Protestant 
 churches. 6. The wise do not love (see Ex. IV. 
 sen. 11) war. 7. A poor (not rich) author is not al- 
 ways a worthless author. 8. St. Paul was a very 
 learned man. 9. St. Mary was the mother of the 
 Saviour. 10. The philosopher loves the good, the 
 beautiful, and the true. 11. The philosopher Lotze 
 had brilliant and beautiful eyes. 12. Fortune and 
 fame are treacherous friends. 13. Elephants have 
 small mouths and eyes. 14. Ferocious animals are 
 the enemies of man. 15. A wise father gives wise 
 counsel to his children. 16. A wise counsellor is a 
 good friend. 
 
 LESSON V. 
 
 COMPAKISON OF ADJECTIVES AND DISTINCTION 
 
 BETWEEN ser AND estar. 
 
 68. The comparative degree is formed by prefixing 
 m&s, more, or m6nos, less, to the . positive, and the 
 superlative is generally formed by prefixing the ar- 
 ticle or possessive adjective to the comparative : as, 
 " No habia en el pueblo hombre tan acaudalado como 
 
22 PRACTICAL SPAKISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 61, ni ms soberbio ni m6nos caritativo" " There 
 was not in the town (a) man so wealthy as he, nor 
 more proud, nor less charitable" 
 
 69. Some adjectives have double forms of compar- 
 ison ; the most important are : 
 
 (1) bueno, mejor, el etc. mejor (also rarely ms and 
 el m&s bueno) 6ptimo. s 
 
 (2) malo, peor, el etc. peor (also rarely m&s and el 
 ms malo) pesimo. 3 
 
 (3) grande, mayor, 1 el etc. mayor, or m&s, and el 
 ms grande, mximo. 3 
 
 (4) pequeno, menor, 2 el etc. menor, or ms, and el 
 m&s pequeno, minimo. 3 
 
 (5) alto, superior, supremo. 
 
 (6) bajo, inferior, infimo. 
 
 70. Other forms of comparison: as, tan como 
 (see 68), tanto cuanto (with verb after cuanto), 
 m&s que (de), 4 cuanto m&s, tanto ms, etc., will be 
 found : as, es m&s docto de lo 6 que parece (appears). 
 
 71. (a) When the article or a possessive adjective 
 precedes the noun, a superlative without the article 
 may follow ; and at, in, and of with a superlative are 
 generally rendered by de ; as, una de las posesiones 
 m&s remotas de Espana es la Habana. (b) For no 
 with comparative, and without full negative force, 
 see 223 (e). 
 
 72. The absolute superlative is sometimes formed 
 
 1 Of persons older. 2 Of persons younger. 
 
 3 Absolute superlative (very good, etc.); rarely used. 
 
 4 With numerals. 
 
 5 Used with verb in second clause ; being neuter with ad- 
 jectives, but masculine or feminine with nouns. 
 
COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES ser AND estar. 23 
 
 with bien, muy, 1 very, etc.; but generally by dropping 
 the final vowel or diphthong,. and adding isimo (or 
 6rrimo) 2 to the adjective, whose stem diphthong (ie, 
 ue) becomes a simple vowel (e, o) : as, bueno, boni- 
 simo, very good. C of final syllables usually changes 
 to qu, g to gu, z to c, ble to old form bil, and a few 
 other changes will be noted : as, fiel (faithful), fide- 
 lisimo. 
 
 73. To be is rendered by ser when it refers to what 
 is essential and permanent, and by estar for what is 
 accidental and temporary : as, la pnerta (door) es de 
 madera (wood) ; la puerta est& abierta (open) ; es 
 Espanol, he is a Spaniard ; est& en Espana; este 
 hombre es bueno ; este hombre est& bueno (well) ; 
 61 es soldado ; 61 est leyendo (reading) ; este es el 
 nino que est& enfermo, but eso es claro or est& claro. 
 
 VOCABULARY V. 
 
 la mina, mine. 
 
 noche, night. 
 
 parte, part. 
 
 pobreza, poverty. 
 
 quietud, quietness. 
 
 sopa, soup. 
 
 tierra, land. 
 
 tumba, tomb. 
 
 anchisimo, very broad. 
 andante, errant. 
 aquel, that. 
 avanzado, advanced. 
 beneficentisimo, very beneficent. 
 bonito, very pretty. 
 
 el arado, plough. 
 
 campo, country. 
 
 clima, climate. 
 
 error, error. 
 
 esclavo, slave. 
 
 escudero, shield-bearer. 
 
 medico, doctor. 
 la calle, street. 
 
 controversia, discussion. 
 
 desdicha, misfortune. 
 
 edad, age. 
 
 elocuencia, eloquence. 
 
 figura, stature. 
 
 Maria, Mary. 
 
 1 Muy sometimes means too. 
 
 * Added to words ending in ro, re, which letters are dropped 
 and errimo takes their place. 
 
24 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 celeberrimo, very celebrated. optimo, best. 
 (se) dice, they say. pequeno, small. 
 
 dulce, sweet. perdido, lost. 
 
 energico, vigorous. poc o, little. 
 
 esperar, A0p0. prudente, prudent. 
 
 friisimo (frio), ^ cold. riquisimo (rico), very rich. 
 
 gana (ganar), gains. tan-como, as (thorough) as. 
 
 gasta (gastar), spends, [happy, tan bien como, as well as. 
 infelicisimo (infeliz), very un- tanto mas que, the more as. 
 larguisimo (largo), very large, tenido, had. See tener. 
 metieronle (meter), they laid him. valiente, valiant. 
 muy espanol, a tlwough Span- vivo vivo, living, 
 iard. 
 
 EXERCISE V. 
 
 1. Este libro es pequeno, ese es mas pequefio y 
 aquel es ei mas pequeno de todos. 2. Este error fue 
 (was, see 165) grandisimo. 3. A una edad tan poco 
 avanzada es ya doctisimo. 4. Paris es mas grande 
 que Nueva York. 5. Cuanto mas virtuosos son los 
 hombres, tanto mas felices son. 6. Maria es la me- 
 jor amiga de mi hermana. 7. Cuanto menos dinero 
 gana tanto mas gasta. 8. <; Habla V. espanol tan 
 bien como su hermano ? 9. Se dice en espanol 
 "el mas bonito 1 muchacho" 6 "el muchacho mas bo- 
 nito," pero solamente " el clima mas frio.^ 10. Whit- 
 tier tiene mas de ochenta aflos. 11. Pase (I passed, 
 see 144) la noche con mas quietud de la 2 que po- 
 dia (I could, see 196) esperar. 12. Su elocuencia 
 es mas energica que dulce. 13. Mas dice la sefiora 
 Teresa de lo 2 que piensa (thinks, see 177, and 
 pensar, voc.). 14. Es tanto mas amable cuanto que 
 es modesta. 15. El tiene la mas mala (peor) figura 
 
 1 Superlatives may never precede their nouns, except when 
 their positives may do so. 
 
 2 See note 5, page 22. 
 
NUMERALS. 25 
 
 que jamas he visto. 16. El ha (lias) perdido la mayor 
 parte de su dinero. 
 
 THEME V. 
 
 1. Of the -two sisters the older is the more prudent, 
 and the younger the more beautiful. 2. Dr. Agnew 
 is one of the wisest doctors in the land. 3. Sancho 
 is one of the best shield -bearers that [a] knight- 
 errant has had. 4. This woman is very beneficent. 
 5. He is as valiant as wise. 6. (The) Mr. Benot is a 
 thorough Spaniard. 7. They laid him living in a 
 tomb. 8. Luther's discussions are very celebrated. 
 9. The soup is good, but it is very cold. 10. I am 
 better in the country than in the city. 11. The 
 mines of California are very rich. 12. The streets of 
 Paris are very broad. 13. Slaves are very unhappy. 
 14. My best friend is very ill. 15. They are as tho- 
 rough gentlemen as he. 16. Poverty is not the 
 greatest misfortune. 17. Most (the greater part of) 
 birds fly (vuelan). 18. The best ploughs come (vie 
 nen) from Syracuse. 
 
 
 LESSON VI. 
 
 
 
 NUMERALS. 
 
 
 
 CARDINALS. 
 
 
 zero. 
 
 5 cinco. 
 
 10 diez. 
 
 1 uno, -a, un. 1 
 
 6 seis. 
 
 11 once. 
 
 2 dos. 
 
 7 siete. 
 
 12 doce. 
 
 3 tres. 
 
 8 ocho. 
 
 13 trece. 
 
 4 cuatro. 
 
 9 nueve. 
 
 14 catorce. 
 
 1 These words agree with the nouns to which they refer 
 (see 66); but uno and una lake no plurals as numerals. 
 
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 15 quince. 
 
 16 diez y seis.* 
 
 17 diez y siete. 
 
 18 diez y ocho. 
 
 19 diez y nueve. 
 
 20 veinte. 
 
 21 veinte y uno, -a. 1 
 30 treinta. 
 
 40 cuarenta. 
 
 50 cincuenta. 
 
 60 sesenta. 
 
 70 setenta. 
 
 80 ochenta. 
 
 90 noventa. 
 
 100 ciento, cien. 5 6 
 
 101 ciento y uno, -a. 1 
 200 doscientos. 3 -as. 3 
 500 quinientos, -as. 
 700 setecientos, -as. 
 900 novecientos, 4 -as. 
 
 1000 mil. 5 
 1100 mil 5 y ciento. 
 100,000 cien mil. 
 1,000,000 un millon, un cuento. 
 1,000,000,000 un millar de cuentos. 
 1 billon (un millon de millones). 
 1 trillon (un millon de billones). 
 
 ORDINALS. 
 
 1st primer o, -a. 13th 
 
 2d segundo, -a. 20th 
 
 3d tercero, -a. 21st 
 
 4th cuarto, a. 30th 
 
 5th quinto, -a. 40th 
 
 6th sexto, -a; sesto, -a. 50th 
 
 7th septimo, -a; setimo, -a. 60th 
 
 8th octavo, -a. 70th 
 
 9th noveno, -a; nono, -a. 80th 
 
 10th decimo, -a. 90th 
 
 llth undecimo, -a. 101st 
 
 12th duodecimo, -a. 7 
 
 74. The cardinals are used 
 days of the month (except the 
 
 decimo (-a) tercio (-a) 
 vigesimo, -a. 
 vigesimo (-a) primo (-8^ 
 trigesimo, -a. 
 cuadragesimo, -a. 
 quincuagesimo, -a. 
 sexagesimo, -a. 
 septuagesimo, -a. 
 octogesimo, a. 
 nonagesimo, -a. 
 centesimo(-a) prim(er o (-a). 
 
 in speaking (a) of the 
 first): as, el cinco de 
 
 1 See note on page 25. 3 Dos cientos. etc.; also docientos. 
 
 2 Also written dieciseis, etc., veintiunc, etc. 
 
 4 Others not mentioned formed regularly. 
 
 5 Cannot have un before it (except as in 201,000, doscientos y 
 un mil). 
 
 6 Cien used as multiplier before another numeral, or imme- 
 diately before a noun, or a noun preceded by an adjective. 
 
 7 Other ordinal forms (doceno, treinteno, setuagesimo, etc.) 
 are often met with. 
 
KUMEKALS. 27 
 
 mayo (May), but el primero de enero (January), 
 (b) In speaking of the sovereigns, after the tenth : 
 as, Luis catorce, but Felipe cuarto. (c) Generally 
 in speaking of chapters, pages, verses, etc. : as, pa- 
 gina treinta, page thirty, (d) In speaking of age 
 (generally) : as, a los doce aiios de edad (age). 
 
 75. (a) With numerals 1 de, not que, is used for 
 than : as, mas de cien perros. (b) The numeral be- 
 fore mil agrees in gender with the noun : as, dos 
 cientas mil aves (birds), (c) Mil takes es only as 
 noun : as, este hombre gana muchos miles (thou- 
 sands), (d) Uno takes no s (except as indefinite 
 pronoun) : as, treinta y un hombres. (e) y belongs 
 only between the last two terms of compound nu- 
 merals : as, mil ochocientos y ocho. 
 
 76. Notice the following : (a) uno y uno, one and 
 one ; (b) uno por uno, one by one ; (c) quince dias, 
 two weeks ; (d) una vez, once ; (e) dos veces, twice ; 
 (f) la mitad (media parte), the half; (g) la tercera 
 parte, the third ; (h) dos pesos y cuarto, 2% dollars ; 
 (i) simple, simple; (/) doble, double; (k) un par, a 
 pair ; (1) una docena, a dozen. 
 
 77. We ask for the day of the month thus : (a) i A 
 cu&ntos estamos (del mes) ? At what are we of the 
 month ? A primero, a veinte, etc. (b) i due" dia del 
 mes tenemos (or es hoy) ? What day of the month 
 have we (or is to-day) ? El primero, el dos, el diez, 
 etc. We give the year thus : El ano (de), en el ano 
 (de), or en 2 mil ocho cientos ochenta y nueve. C&diz, 
 agosto 6 de 1820. 
 
 1 But que is sometimes used when the sentence is negative. 
 
 2 But numeral cannot be given without preposition. 
 
PKACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 78. For sentences asking and telling the time of 
 the day, see Exercise VI. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE OF haber, to have (AUX.). 
 
 he, I have. hemos, we have. 
 
 V. ha, you have. VV. han, you have. 
 
 ha, he, she, it has. han, they have. 
 
 VOCABULARY VI. 
 
 el agosto, August. 
 
 ano, year. 
 
 Becquer, 1 Becquer. 
 
 dinero, money. 
 
 febrero, February. 
 el (la) habitante, inhabitant. 
 
 h rt0 ' I garden. 
 jardin, \ 9 
 
 junio, June. 
 lugar, village. 
 marzo, March. 
 mayo, May. 
 minute, minute. 
 otono, fall. 
 par, pair. 
 
 setiembre, September. 
 verano, summer. 
 volumen, volume. 
 la biblioteca, library. 
 maiiana, morning. 
 mitad, half. 
 
 la obra, work. 
 
 pagina, page. 
 
 parte, part. 
 
 primavera, spring (time). 
 
 tarde, afternoon. 
 
 vez, time. 
 
 agradable, agreeable. 
 ancho, broad. 
 aqui. here. 
 calido, hot. 
 cuanto, how much ? 
 de, than of. 
 dentro de, within. 
 hace, since. 
 largo, long. 
 medio (a), half. 
 murio (morir), died. 
 nacio (nacer), was born. 
 por, by, in. 
 
 sabe (saber) V., do you know f 
 todavia, yet. 
 
 EXERCISE VI. 
 
 1. <; Que hora es ? Es la una, son las cinco. 2. Es 
 la una y media ; son las dos, menos cuarto. 3. Son 
 
 1 For proper names of persons and places see vocabulary of 
 proper names, page 219. 
 
NUMERALS. 29 
 
 las ocho y cuarto, son las nueve y diez minutos. 
 
 4. Son las seis, menos siete minutos y medio. 
 
 5. <; A que hora esta V. en casa ? 6. A las tres, al 
 (a) medio dia, a media noche, por la manana. 
 7. Juan estuvo (was, see 167) en el lugar hace 
 dos horas. 8. Pedro estara (will be, see 167) 
 aqui dentro de tres horas. 9. Un mes tiene veinte 
 y ocho, veinte y nueve, treinta 6 treinta y un dias. 
 10. Un ano tiene tres cientos sesenta y cinco 6 tres 
 cientos sesenta y seis dias. 11. <r Cuando va (go, see 
 214) Y. a Madrid? Voy (/ go, see 214) los lunes 
 por la tarde. 12. Buenos dias (buenas tardes), bue- 
 nas noches, sefior, como esta V. ? 13. Los Estados 
 Unidos tienen mas de sesenta millones de habitantes. 
 14. El segundo volumen de las obras de Becquer es- 
 taba (see 167) en la biblioteca. 15. Victor Hugo 
 estuvo en Madrid en mil ocho cientos y once. 
 16. Carlos cuarto sucedio a Carlos tercero, el doce 
 de agosto de 1788. 17. " Malaga, 1 doce de abril." 
 
 THEME VI. 
 
 1. Do you know what time it is? 2. It is not yet 
 half -past one. 3. What day of the month is it ? 
 4. It is the twenty-fourth of March. 5. The day 
 has twenty-four hours, the hour has sixty minutes. 
 
 6. February is the second month of the year. 7. My 
 father goes to-day, the first of June, to Europe. 8. Is 
 the winter cold in Madrid? 9. No; and the fall and 
 spring are very agreeable, but the summer is very 
 
 1 As at the head of a letter. 
 
 3 The preposition a is not used before a personal object pre- 
 ceded by a numeral. 
 
30 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 hot. 10. How much money do you wish (quiere V.) ? 
 11. Give me a hundred and fifty pesetas. 12. The 
 morning, the afternoon, and the night are the three 
 parts of the day. 13. I see two 2 men in the park. 
 14. Twelve is the double of six, and the fifth part of 
 sixty. 15. Cervantes was born in 1547, and died at 
 sixty-eight years of age. 16. Lowell is 70 years of 
 age. 17. Louis the Fourteenth died the first of 
 September (of ') 1715, in the 77th year of his age. 
 18. How old are you ? 19. My garden is (has) three 
 hundred feet (de largo) long and one hundred and 
 sixty feet broad. 20. The table is (has) six feet by 
 four. (See 266.) 
 
 LESSON VII. 
 
 CONJUNCTIVE AND DISJUNCTIVE PERSONAL PRO- 
 NOUNS. 
 
 79. (a) Conjunctive personal pronouns are joined 
 with a verb, either as subject or object (direct or in- 
 direct), (b) Disjunctive personal pronouns are used 
 without a verb, or if with a verb, are not governed 
 by it. 
 
 80. FIRST PERSON : 
 
 SING. PLUR. 
 
 CONJUNCTIVE SUBJECT yo nosotros, nosotras 3 
 
 DIRECT AND INDIRECT OBJECT me 4 nos 
 
 DISJUNCTIVE mi nosotros, nosotras 3 
 
 1 En used when day of month is not given ; de when day of 
 month is given. 2 See note 2, page 29. 
 
 3 Rarely nos, which is sometimes singular. 
 
 4 When conjunctive direct and indirect forms take preposi 
 tion (see note 2, page 10), they assume disjunctive forms : a 
 mi, etc. 
 
PERSONAL PROKOZWS. 
 
 31 
 
 81. SECOND PERSON : 
 
 CONJUNCTIVE SUBJECT 
 DIRECT AND INDIRECT OBJ. 
 DISJUNCTIVE 
 
 82. THIRD PERSON : 
 
 SING. 
 
 listed (V.) 
 a listed (a V.) 
 usted (V.) 
 
 PLUR. 
 
 ustedes (VV.) 
 austedes (aVV.) 
 ustedes (VV.) 
 
 CONJUNCTIVE SUBJECT 
 INDIRECT OBJECT 
 DIRECT OBJECT 
 DISJUNCTIVE 
 
 83. 
 
 CONJUNCTIVE SUBJECT 
 INDIRECT OBJECT 
 DIRECT OBJECT 
 DISJUNCTIVE 
 
 el 
 le 
 
 SING. PLUR. 
 
 (m.), ella (/.) ellos (m.), ellas (/.) 
 " le " les " les " 
 
 le, lo 1 ' 
 
 el 
 
 la 2 
 ella 
 
 los 
 ellos 
 
 las 
 ellas 
 
 SING. 
 
 ello (it, so, that), lo 
 a or para ello, le 
 lo 
 ello, lo 
 
 84. KEFLEXIVE PRONOUN, or substitute for third 
 person : himself, herself, itself, themselves: 
 
 CONJUNCTIVE SUBJECT 
 INDIRET OBJECT 
 DIRECT OBJECT 
 DISJUNCTIVE 
 
 85. SECOND PERSON 
 used) : 
 
 SING. 
 
 PLUR. 
 
 86 
 86 
 81 
 
 thou, tu (need rarely be 
 
 CONJUNCTIVE SUBJECT 
 INDIRECT AND DIRECT OBJECT 
 DISJUNCTIVE 
 
 SING. 
 tu 3 
 te 
 ti 
 
 PLUR. 
 vosotros, vosotras 4 
 
 OS, OS 
 
 vosotros, vosotras 4 
 
 1 Although lo is much used, le is preferred by many author- 
 ities. Some use le for persons or things personified, other- 
 wise lo. 
 
 2 Sometimes, but improperly, used for indirect object. 
 
 3 Usted (V.) and ustedes (VV.) will generally be used in this 
 book, instead of those forms which are more appropriate for 
 the family, etc., than for general use. 
 
 4 Rarelv vos. which, like os, is sometimes singular. 
 
32 PKACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 86. Subject pronouns are very frequently omitted 
 before verbs, unless required for emphasis or distinct- 
 ness : as, estoy, estamos, / am, we are. 
 
 87. The subject pronouns may either precede or 
 follow the verb, even in declarative sentences. 
 
 88. (a) Object pronouns 1 (direct or indirect) gen- 
 erally do, and always may, precede the verb (or the 
 auxiliary in compound tenses) in the indicative mood, 
 yo le he visto (seen), (b) Object pronouns almost 
 always precede the subjunctive mood, (c) Pronouns 
 nearly always follow the imperative proper (not sub- 
 junctive for imperative), and d falls away before os 
 (except with idos), and s before nos : as, maravilla- 
 monos, divertimonos. (d) Object pronouns nearly al- 
 ways follow the infinitive and the gerund or present 
 participle : as, en vi6ndome solo, on seeing me alone. 
 
 89. In conjunctive pronouns of the first and sec- 
 ond person the direct object always precedes the 
 indirect ; and pronouns of the first and second per- 
 son both precede the third ; but the form se (direct 
 or indirect) precedes all. Both or all three object 
 pronouns keep together, either all before or all after 
 the verb : as, rindeteme ! (or tu te me rindes), sur- 
 render yourself to me ; 61 me lo da, he gives it to 
 me; etc. 
 
 1 (a) For clearness, emphasis, or contrast the pronoun may be 
 repeated in another form (with a) : as, Me revelo el secreto a mi, 
 He revealed the secret to me. A usted le han enviado un men- 
 saje, TJiey haw sent a message to you. A los desertores los han 
 indultado de la pena de muerte, They have freed the deserters 
 from the pain of death. Le dieron a la seiiora el primer asiento, 
 They gave ihe lady the first seat, (b] Mismo is often added to the 
 pronoun for emphasis, 
 
PERSONAL PRONOUKS. 33 
 
 90. Of two conjunctive pronouns (neither being 
 reflexive) of the third person, the indirect takes the 
 form se, where otherwise such combinations as le la, 
 etc., would occur : as, quiero darselo (a mi herma- 
 nita), I wish to give it to her (to my little sister). 
 
 91. Lo often refers to a neuter adjective, to a 
 whole sentence, or in general to things without sex ; 
 used in predicate it means so : Eres mi amigo ? Lo 
 soy. Are you my friend ? I am so. 
 
 92. Se is used with impersonal verbs, with reflexive 
 and reciprocal verbs, and as equivalent for the pas- 
 sive voice : as, se dice, it is said. 
 
 93. (a) In exclamations de precedes the pronoun : 
 as, pobre de mi ! poor me I (b) Conmigo, contigo, 
 consigo mean respectively with me, with thee, with 
 himself, etc. 
 
 94. The indirect conjunctive pronoun is often used 
 with the definite article instead of the possessives 
 (with reference to parts of the body, the clothing, 
 etc.) : as, se le llenaron los ojos de lagrimas, in place 
 of sus ojos se llenaron de lagrimas, his eyes filled 
 with tears. 
 
 PRESENT OF amar, to love. 
 amo, amamos, 
 
 V. ama, VV. aman, 
 
 ama, aman. 
 
 VOCABULARY VII. 
 
 el asiento, seat. el periodico, newspaper. 
 bolsillo, pocket. tiempo, time. 
 
 caballero, horseman. la almendra, almond. 
 lapiz, lead-pencil. gracias, thanks (thank you). 
 
 mediodia, noon. muerte, death. 
 
 parque, park. pena, pain, punishment. 
 
34 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 la pluma, pen. detras, behind. 
 
 sobrina, niece. entre, between. 
 acercando (acercar), approach- enviado (enviar), sent. 
 
 algo, anything. \ing. jamas, never. 
 
 aprender, to learn. leer, to read. 
 
 conveniente, suitable. mandar, to send command. 
 
 dando (dar), giving. i opportune, 
 
 decfa, said. oportuno, -j miM ^ 
 
 decir, to say. se, / know. 
 
 desdichado, unhappy. veo, I see. 
 
 EXERCISE VII. 
 
 1. Tiene V. libros ? Tengo menos (de ellos) que V. 
 
 2. Tienen VV. vino? No lo tenemos en la casa. 
 
 3. La gramatica espafiola parece (appears) muy facil, 
 pero no lo es. Me parece que es dificil. 4. Va V. 
 conmigo? Voy ahora al parque. 5. No se si el 6 
 ella esta aqui. 6. <; Me da V. el dinero a mi, 6 a mi 
 amigo? No se lo doy 1 a V. 7. Tiene V. algo que 
 decirnos ? Se lo dire (/ shall say) a V. y no a el. 
 8. Voy (I go) a mandarselo a el. Es mejor mandar- 
 selo a ella que a el. 9. <;Que dice de ello? Nada 
 dice de ello. 10. Estan VV. contentos de ello ? Si 
 estamos nosotros muy contentos de ello. 11. <; (En) 
 donde estaba el nino ? Estaba entre ellos y detras de 
 ellas. 12. Le veo a el mismo divirtiendolos mucho. 
 13. Mirale (see Mm), nos decia el padre, acercandose 
 a nosotros para decirnoslo. 14. Si V. tiene cartas 
 para mi mandemelas V. a mi casa. 15. No puedo 
 (/ am able) mandarselas, porque no tengo criado. 
 16. Nosotros los soldados y caballeros ponemos 2 en 
 ejecucion lo que ellos piden. 
 
 1 See 182 (I give). 
 
 * Ponemos = ice put. We stands for soldados and caballeros. 
 
PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 35 
 
 THEME VII. 
 
 1. It seems to me to be now a suitable time to 
 learn Spanish. 2. [Does] the boy wish to learn it? 
 He does not wish to tell me. 3. Are the Spanish 
 newspapers good? I never see them in America. 
 4. Unhappy me ! my father has my books, my pen, and 
 my pencil with him. 5. They have given (dado) us 
 less than (to) them. Give the book to him and the 
 letter to her. 6. Is it certain that he saw (vi6) her 
 to-day ? It is said that he saw her at ten o'clock in 
 the morning. 7. Have you something for her ? I 
 have something for her, for my brother, and for my 
 sister. 8. Do you speak German ? I speak it a little, 
 but my brother speaks it better than I. 9. I have 
 two German books; do you wish them ? Yes, I wish 
 them [in order] to read them. 10. If you wish to 
 read them, I will give (dar6) them to you to-day, or 
 to-morrow, at noon. 11. John has something for the 
 children, and goes with us to give it to them them- 
 selves. 12. He fills (llena) their hands with apples, 
 and their pockets with money and (with) almonds. 
 
 13. Is she not my niece? Art thou not my brother ? 
 
 14. Don Alfredo gave me this letter for you, and it 
 is better to give it to you yourself. 15. How are you, 
 gentlemen ? We are much better to-day than yester- 
 day, thank you. 16. If the ladies wish (quieren) the 
 books, give them to them for me. 
 
36 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 LESSON VIII. 
 
 CONJUNCTIVE AND DISJUNCTIVE POSSESSIVE ADJEC- 
 TIVES AND PRONOUNS. 
 
 95. Conjunctive possessive adjectives precede their 
 nouns, and are : SING, mi, my ; tu, thy ; su, your, 
 his, her, its ; nuestro (-a), our ; vuestro (-a), your ; 
 su, their. PLUR. mis, tus, sus, nuestros (-as), vuestros 
 (-as), sus. 
 
 96. Disjunctive possessive adjectives follow their 
 nouns, and are : SING, mio (-a), tuyo (-a), suyo (-a), 
 nuestro (-a), vuestro (-a), suyo (-a). PLUR. mios (-as), 
 tuyos (-as), suyps (-as), nuestros (-as), vuestros (-as), 
 suyos (-as). 
 
 97. The disjunctive forms are used : (a) In ex- 
 clamation : iMadre mia! (less emphatic, ; Mi ma- 
 dre!). Either form may be used if an adjective or 
 participle precedes the noun : as, mi querido padre, 
 or querido padre mio, my dear father, (b) When an 
 article precedes the noun : as, (el or) un criado mio, 
 or uno de mis criados, a servant of mine, (c) When 
 an adverb precedes the noun : as, tan amigos nues- 
 tros se mostraron, they showed themselves such friend* 
 of ours, (d) Sometimes for emphasis, contrast, etc., 
 and in certain expressions : as, es culpa mia, it is my 
 fault. 
 
 98. The possessive must be repeated, unless it re- 
 fers to the same person or object : as, mi padre y mi 
 madre ; senor mio y amigo, sir and friend. 
 
POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES AND PRONOUNS. 3? 
 
 99. The possessive pronouns 1 (used for, not with, a 
 noun) may be formed by prefixing the definite article 
 to the disjunctive possessive adjective forms : as, el 
 mio, las vuestras. 
 
 100. Substitutes for the possessive pronouns are 
 formed by placing de with the personal 2 pronoun 
 after the definite article : as, el de 61, los de ella, la 
 de nosotros, los de VV. (ustedes), las de ellos, etc. 
 
 101. The forms su, sus, suyo, etc. (used also al- 
 most invariably instead of vuestro, la vuestra, etc.), 
 being ambiguous and meaning either his, her, hers, 
 its, you and yours, their and theirs, it is often better 
 to use de with personal pronoun : as, su casa de 61, 
 his house; su casa de ella, her house; sus cartas 
 de V., your letters, (b) And the definite article 3 often 
 replaces the possessive, sometimes without noun : as, 
 la casa de 61 y la (casa) de ella ; los sombreros de VV., 
 your hats. 
 
 102. Own with a possessive is rendered by propio 
 or mismo: as, esas casas son suyas propias; veo mi 
 propio libro. 
 
 103. The possessive pronoun preceded by lo refers 
 generally to something possessed : as, lo tuyo y lo 
 mio, thine and mine, thy property and mine, what 
 belongs to me and thee. 
 
 PRESENT OF comer, to eat. 
 como, comemos, 
 
 V. come, VV. comen, 
 
 come, comen. 
 
 1 Unless mine, etc., in predicate to be are emphatic, article is 
 omitted : as, el lapiz es mio. 
 
 2 With the verb to be, de with a personal pronoun, or de with 
 possessive and noun, is often used: as, este libro es de el. 
 
 3 See also 94. 
 
38 
 
 PRACTICAL SPAKISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 VOCABULARY VIII. 
 
 el almacen, store. 
 
 campo, field. 
 
 candor, candor. 
 
 carruaje, carriage. 
 
 coche, coach. 
 
 criado, servant. 
 
 diente, tooth. 
 
 dolor, pain. 
 
 genio, genius. 
 
 gusto, pleasure. 
 
 maestro, teacher. 
 los modales, manners. 
 el pariente, relative. 
 
 principe, prince. 
 
 cuadro, picture. 
 
 talento, talent. 
 
 vapor, steam (steamboat). 
 
 vestido, dress. 
 
 zapato, shoe. 
 la cabeza, head. 
 
 carga, charge, obligation. 
 
 corte, court city (capital). 
 
 exposicion, exposition. 
 
 faltriquera, pocket. 
 
 ropa, clothes. 
 
 tropa, troop, body of sol- 
 
 virtud, virtue. \diers. 
 
 acerca de, about, concerning. 
 adornado (adornar), adorned. 
 ajeno, another. 
 antes de, before. 
 aquello, that. 
 aunque, although. 
 conocido, (well] known. 
 corriente, current, present. 
 cortado (se cortar), cut. 
 cuyo (-a), whose. 
 edificado, built. 
 enmendar, reform, improve. 
 escrito (-a), written. 
 ese, that. 
 
 estimado (estimar), esteemed, 
 hablado (hablar), spoken. 
 hecho (hacer), made. 
 llegado (llegar), arrived. 
 obediente, obedient. 
 porque, because. 
 pues, since. 
 quitar, to take off. 
 recibido, received. 
 tal vez, often. t 
 vender, to sell. 
 venido (venir), come. 
 ver, to see. 
 
 EXERCISE VIII. 
 
 1. Tengo un caballo mejor que el de mi hermano. 
 2. Mi libro y el de V. estan aqui, pero el suyo (el de el) 
 no esta. 3. Nuestro maestro ensena mejor que el de 
 V. 4. El de V. es mas sabio que el nuestro. <: No es 
 verdad? 5. Juan no es tan laborioso como sus her- 
 manos y sus padres. 6. Principe, vuestras tropas ban 
 llegado a tiempo. 7. Caballero, (sus modales) los 
 
POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES AND PROKOUNS. 39 
 
 modales de Y. no me agradan (please). 8. Hijos 
 mios, vuestros sombreros estan ya hechos. 9. Este 
 lapiz es mio, ese carriwje es suyo (de V., de W.). 
 10. Uno de mis hermanos (or un hermano mio) ha 
 venido a verme. 11. Los ninos se divierten (amuse) 
 con su tambor (their drum) y con sus juguetes (their 
 toys). 12. Aunque la nuestra no se enmiende (im- 
 prove), siempre da (gives) gusto ver enmendar la 
 vida ajena. 13. Se mostraron (see 97) verda- 
 deros amigos suyos. 14. Veo a mi senora (amiga) 
 que es tti amiga puesto que tu lo 1 eres mio. 15. Des- 
 pedirse de su casa, tal vez es dura cosa. 16. He 
 recibido la suya 2 (carta) de 12 del corriente (mes). 
 17. Con esta carga nacemos (we are born) las mujeres 
 (la) de ser obedientes. 
 
 THEME VIII. 
 
 1. Whose gloves are these ? Mine. And that hat? 
 His. 2. My father and my mother are at home in 
 the. court city. 3. Your houses are well built, and 
 your gardens adorned with beautiful flowers. 4. His 
 genius and talent are esteemed ; and their candor 
 and virtue are well known. 5. All the pictures are 
 at the exposition, except yours and ours. 6. Is this 
 coach hers ? Yes, it is hers, I am sure ; it is not 
 mine. 7. What is the matter with thee (qu tienes), 
 my son ? I am not well; I have a headache. 8. Her 
 letter is written better than his ; this is his, and that 
 is hers. 9. Her head and her teeth ache (duelen), 
 and she has cut her finger. 10. A friend of mine 
 has spoken to a relative of his, concerning some busi- 
 
 1 See 91 2 Business corespondence. 
 
40 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 ness of yours. 11. I am not going there, because I 
 have my money in my pocket. 12. There is one of 
 our neighbors, who wishes to sell one of his horses. 
 13. This field is my uncle's ; he has also a store, and 
 a house in the town. 14. He rarely speaks with me 
 of himself or of his business. 15. The steamboat has 
 arrived. 16. The children take off their hats and 
 put on 1 their pretty dresses. 
 
 LESSON IX. 
 
 THE DEMONSTRATIVE ADJECTIVES AND DEMON- 
 STRATIVE PRONOUNS. 
 
 104. The demonstrative adjectives (used with 
 nouns) are: este, this (by me)\ ese, that (by you}\ 
 aquel, that (yonder). 
 
 105. (a) They vary as follows : 
 
 SING. PLUR. 
 
 este (m.\ esta (/.), esto (n.).* estos (m.) 9 estas (/). 
 
 ese, esa, eso.- esos, esas. 
 
 aquel, aquella, aquello. 2 aquellos, aquellas. 
 
 (V) Other unusual demonstrative forms are estotro, 
 etc., esotro, etc., aquel otro, etc., aqueste (this), etc., 
 aquese (that}, etc. 
 
 106. (a) The demonstrative adjectives are not al- 
 ways repeated when the meanings of the words re- 
 ferred to are similar : as, refrene V. esa furia y 
 movimiento, restrain that fury and movement, (b) 
 
 1 Se ponen. 
 
 2 The forms ending in o (esto, eso, aquello) are never really 
 demonstrative adjectives, since they are never used with, but 
 always for, nouns. 
 
DEMOHSTBATIVE ADJECTIVES AKD PROKOUNS. 41 
 
 They may be placed after the noun, in contempt, 
 anger, or irony: as, al picaro ese le har6 yo castigar, / 
 will have that rogue punished, (c) An antecedent 
 must be easily understood, or the demonstrative 
 keeps its adjective force, and the noun must be ex- 
 pressed : as, jqui6n es este hombre? who is this 
 man 9 
 
 107. In form and general meaning the demonstra- 
 tive pronouns are the same as the demonstrative ad- 
 jectives, but are used for, not with, nouns, and este 
 and aquel often mean respectively the latter, the for- 
 mer. 
 
 108. Esto may be used to refer in general to some- 
 thing mentioned by the speaker ; eso to something 
 mentioned by the person addressed : as, esto que yo 
 digo es cierto, eso que V. dice no es verdad what 
 (that which) I say is certain, what (that which) you 
 say is not the truth. 
 
 109. When in English the demonstrative pronoun 
 (or even the personal pronoun) is followed by who, 
 which, or that (expressed or understood), it may be 
 generally rendered in Spanish by either the definite 
 article or demonstrative pronoun, and the article and 
 relative or demonstrative must not be separated. 
 Mis libros y los que (or aquellos que) 61 tiene, my 
 books and those which he has; d6selo V. al que (or 
 a aquel que) primer o venga, give it to him who comes 
 first; yerran los que dicen eso, those are mistaken 
 who say that. 
 
 110. (a) The expressions namely, that is, or that 
 is to say are translated by esto es or es decir : as, 
 me dijo que le comprara lo siguiente, esto es he told 
 me to ~buy him the following, namely, (b) In com- 
 
PKACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 mercial style en esta means in this (my} place 
 (ciudad or plaza understood); en esa means in that 
 (your) place (ciudad or plaza understood), (c) Other 
 such constructions will be noted, especially as in 
 Exercise IX. sen. 10. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE OF recibir, to receive. 
 
 recibo, recibimos, 
 
 V. recibe, VV. reciben, 
 
 recibe, reciben. 
 
 VOCABULARY IX. 
 
 el amor, love. 
 
 arbol, tree. 
 
 estante, shelf. 
 
 exceso, excess. 
 
 folleto, pamphlet. 
 
 movimiento, movement. 
 
 orador, orator. 
 
 siglo, age, century. 
 
 tio, uncle. 
 
 trabajo, work, labor. 
 
 tratado, treatise. 
 el (/.) anna, arm (weapon) 
 la barbaridad, barbarity. 
 
 consecuencia, consequence. 
 
 fruta, fruit. 
 
 ilustracion, enlightenment. 
 
 mariposa, butterfly. 
 
 moderacion, moderation. 
 
 sabidnria, knowledge. 
 
 verdad, truth. 
 altanero, haughty. 
 ambicioso, ambitious. 
 
 ayer, yesterday. 
 bajo, under. 
 cantando, recounting. 
 comprado (comprar), bought. 
 cogido (coger), caught. 
 dividido, divided. 
 estando, being. 
 hacer, to do. 
 
 incesantemente, incessantly. 
 leyendo (leer), reading. 
 lo que, what. 
 mal, ill. 
 
 miserable, miserable, 
 necesario, necessary. 
 poderoso, powerful. 
 seguro, surely. 
 semejante, similar. 
 sentado, seated. 
 servir, to serve. 
 siguiente, following. 
 valeroso, courageous. 
 van they go. 
 
 EXERCISE IX. 
 
 1. Este libro que estoy leyendo, ese tratado qne> 
 tiene V. en la mano, y aquel folleto que esta sobre la 
 
DEMONSTRATIVE ADJECTIVES AKD PROKOUNS. 43 
 
 mesa, son de mi tfo. 2. " Este es el siglo de la ilus- 
 tracion, decia el orador (me acuerdo [/ remember] 
 bien de ese dia) " aquellos eran tiempos de mucha 
 barbaridad." 3. He comprado en Madrid ese libro 
 que esta sobre la mesa, y aquel que esta en el estante. 
 
 4. Ese btique que llego ayer, y aquel que naufrago 
 (shipwrecked) el ano pasado, eran muy semejantes. 
 
 5. Mi libro, y el que (or aquel que) el tenia (had), 
 estan en el cuarto de V. ; traigame (bring) V. el que 
 (or aquel que) a V. le parezca (may appear) mejor. 
 
 6. Como van los negooios en esa (ciudad) ? En esta 
 no hay (there is) novedad. 7. Carlos era grande, 
 Federico ambicioso ; este (Federico) valiente, aquel 
 (Carlos) poderoso. 8. Aquellas dos mujeres son her- 
 manas ; la que tiene el sombrero negro, habla frances. 
 9. Aquel cuya sabiduria es poca, muchas veces es 
 muy altanero. 10. Por consecuencia de lo (negocio) 
 de ayer, Andres ha tornado las (calzas) de Villadiego 
 a la (or a lo) de Dios es Cristo (Andrew has taken 
 French leave like a good fellow). 
 
 THEME IX. 
 
 1. This soldier is not courageous enough, but he is 
 more valiant than that one. 2. This wine is from 
 Malaga, that from Jerez, and that from Madeira. 
 3. Being seated under this tree, I have caught this 
 pretty butterfly. 4. What is this ? and that ? I do 
 not know what they are. 5. Prefer (prefiera V.) 
 moderation to excess : the former will make (hara) 
 you happy, the latter miserable. 6. He is a relative 
 of that gentleman whom you met (encontr6) here 
 some days ago (hace dias). 7. That is what he may 
 do (puede hacer); that is to say, what he ought t^ do. 
 
44 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 8. Those who speak ill of her very surely do not 
 know her. 9. He that is wise speaks when it is 
 necessary ; but he that only presumes (presume) to be 
 so speaks incessantly. 10. I beg you to pass (sub.) 
 me that fruit, because my neighbor does not wish any 
 of these. 11. Who is that man with whom you have 
 spoken on the street ? He is my uncle. 1 2. This 
 (man) who is my brother will represent (sustituir&) 
 me when I may absent (me ausente) myself. 13. Di- 
 vided were [the] knights and [the] squires ; these 
 recounting their labors, those their loves. 14. Gen- 
 tlemen, those arms are not the ones with which we 
 ought to serve ourselves. 
 
 LESSON X. 
 
 RELATIVE AND INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. 
 
 111. The relative pronouns are : qne 1 (invariable), 
 who, which, that; quien 2 (only of persons and 
 things personified), who, he who ; quienes, who, those 
 who; el cual, la cual, los cuales, las cuales, who, 
 which ; el qne, la que, los que, las que, ivho, he who, 
 etc., loJiich; lo cual, lofiich; lo que, that ivliich, what; 
 cuyo, cuya, cuyos, cuyas, of whom, of ivhich, whose, 
 which; aquel que, etc., he who, etc. ; aquello que, that 
 (thing, etc.) which. 
 
 1 Que is not generally immediately preceded by a comma, as 
 are el cual, etc., and is more closely related with its antece- 
 dent (which it generally immediately follows) than is el cual, 
 etc. (and other relatives}. 
 
 2 (a) Quien also used as partitive : as, quien se salvo a nado, 
 
RELATIVE AND INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. 45 
 
 112. The relative pronouns are never understood, 
 but always expressed, and cannot be separated from 
 their prepositions as in English : the city I speak of, 
 la ciudad de que hablo. 
 
 113. Clue, 1 which occurs more frequently than any 
 other relative, is used for both persons and things ; 
 it does not take & before it when referring to persons 
 as object of verb, and takes ^article with it, (a) often 
 when accompanied by a preposition; (b) when it re- 
 fers to whole sentence; (c) to complete meaning of 
 verb (article follows) Pedro es el que lo ha dicho ; 
 (d) to avoid ambiguity pidi6 la libertad de su Mjo, 
 la que consigui6. 
 
 114. El cual, 1 etc. (more definite in form than que), 
 lose the article and much of their relative force when 
 used as partitives or comparatives : as, cual llora, 
 cual canta, one weeps, another sings ; estas frutas son 
 cuales (tales) como las deseamos, these fruits are such 
 as we desire ; \ cu&l le ha!16 ! how wretched I found 
 him !; conoci6 cual era la verdadera causa de su des- 
 gracia, he knew what was the true cause of his mis- 
 fortune. 
 
 115. Cuyo, 2 etc., have a relative and also a posses- 
 sive force ; they agree in gender and number with 
 the following noun (and so have the force of adjec- 
 
 quien en lanchas. (6) When quien does not include its ante- 
 cedent (but immediately follows it in same case), it cannot be 
 subject of a proposition: not el hombre quien, but el hombre que 
 vino. 
 
 1 When preceded by prepositions (not a, except of things), 
 que and el cual, etc., used without distinction. 
 
 2 Cuyo never takes the article (nor does quien). 
 
46 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 tives, to which the other relatives are sometimes sim- 
 ilar): as, alia esta el principe, cuyos caballos hemos 
 visto, there is the prince, whose horses we have seen. 
 
 116. Donde with or without a preposition often has 
 a relative force : as, la posada donde pas6 la noche ; 
 la casa en donde esta ; la ciudad adonde va. 
 
 117. The interrogative pronouns 1 (also used except 
 qui6n as interrogative adjectives) are: qui6n, who; 
 cual, which; qu6, 2 what ; cuyo, whose (or de qui6n 
 [-es], ivhose) : as, con qui6nes andan ? with whom 
 (plur.) are they going 9 
 
 118. Cual, which, is used when one or more of sev- 
 eral objects are referred to as, cual es de V. ? which 
 is yours ? and stands for qu6 in predicate with the 
 verb to be : j cuales son sus amigos ? 
 
 119. A question asked by a preposition and an in- 
 terrogative pronoun requires the same preposition in 
 the answer : as, j Con qui6n vino ? Conmigo With 
 whom did he come 9 With me. And the answer takes 
 de when the question had cuyo, etc. : as, i Cuyo es este 
 reloj ? De mi padre. Whose watch is this 9 My 
 father's. 
 
 IMPERFECT TENSE OF amar. 
 
 amaba, amabamos, 
 
 V. amaba, VV. amaban, 
 
 amaba, amaban. 
 
 1 Same forms used and under similar conditions in exclama- 
 tion. 
 
 2 In exclamations when followed by an adjective quo means 
 how : as, \ que feliz ! how happy I 
 
RELATIVE AND INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. 47 
 
 VOCABULARY X. 
 
 el conocimiento, knowledge. 
 
 cuadro, picture. 
 
 delincuente, criminal. 
 
 deseo, desire. [fact). 
 
 efecto ven efecto), effect (in 
 
 ejercito, army. 
 
 interes, interest. 
 
 paiio. cloth. 
 
 precio, price. 
 
 reloj, watch. 
 
 servicio, service. 
 
 suceso, event. 
 la botanica, botany. 
 
 cancion, song. 
 
 ciencia. science. 
 
 comedia, comedy. 
 
 libertad liberty. 
 
 ociosidad, idleness. 
 
 persona, person. 
 
 prision, prison. 
 
 respuesta, answer, re 
 
 la soledad, loneliness. 
 aceptar to accept. 
 admirar, admire. 
 cantar, to sing. 
 
 contemporaneo, contemporary. 
 delante de, before. 
 dicho, said. 
 enganado, deceived. 
 enganar, to deceive. 
 
 ( handed. 
 entregado, 
 
 estimar, to esteem. 
 estudiar, to study. 
 favorable, favorable. 
 lejos, far. 
 
 miserable, miserable. 
 maduro (-a), ripe. 
 responder, to respond. 
 tal, such (such a). 
 ya, at all. 
 
 EXERCISE X. 
 
 1. Los senores que (or a quienes, or a los cuales) 
 vimos (we saw) y con quienes liable 1 estudian la bo- 
 tanica, una ciencia de la cual tengo muy poco cono- 
 cimiento. 2. Se dice que el presidente esta aqui ? 
 Quien lo dice, se engafia. 3. Los hombres a quienes 
 vimos y de quienes (or de los cuales) huimos (we fled) 
 eran nuestros. hermanos. 4. Este jardin, que (that 
 which) no puede ser mas herrnoso, no esta lejos de mi 
 casa. 5. El arbol cuya fruta esta madura, esta de- 
 lante de la casa de que V. habla. 6. E'l es, a quien 
 
 [ See 141, 142. 
 
48 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 debo la vida. Pedro es el que lo ha dicho. 7. He 
 estado en el campo, lo que me ha hecho mucho 
 bien. 8. La cancion que cantaba Maria es muy 
 dulce. 9. j Que de dinero (or cuanto dinero) y que 
 de cosas (or cuantas cosas) tienen W. ! 10. Tenia 
 el desdichado una hija, la que todos los dias iba 
 (went) a la prision. 11. Preguntaronle (they asked) 
 de donde era y que hacia en aquella soledad : a 
 lo cual respondio. 12. Veo al hijo de su hermana, 
 a la cual (sister) or al cual (son) mi padre no conoce. 
 13. Veo alia unos hombres, cuyos sombreros son ne- 
 gros, <; quienes son ? 14. Que quiere V. ? Quiero 
 saber de quien (cuyo) es este buque y cual es su 
 precio. 
 
 THEME X. 
 
 1. A man that spends his life in idleness dies 
 (muere) miserable. 2. Cervantes, whose works we 
 admire, is the greatest of Spanish authors. 3. Lope 
 de Vega, who died in 1635, was a great Spanish poet 
 contemporary with (de) Cervantes. 4. He does not 
 wish to accept any (ninguna) thing (of what) you 
 offer him to-day. 5. I know the general of the army 
 who has sent you this picture. 6. It was certainly 
 not interest that inspired me with such a desire. 
 7. I met (encontr6) a week ago the sons of that 
 woman whom I know and esteem. 8. His answers 
 are always favorable to the person to whom he gives 
 them. 9. It is said that he is in fact a criminal, 
 which I do not at all believe since this event. 10. He 
 composed (compuso) a thousand comedies, many of 
 which cost (costaron) him only one day of work. 
 11. A soldier has come who has handed me a letter 
 
PRONOUNS. 49 
 
 which came (vino) from my father. 12. It seems to 
 me that he who fears being (to be) deceived ought 
 to be so. 13. The book that I wish is that which 
 treats of the war of Germany and that of Portugal. 
 14. To whom have you given the cloth? To the 
 child. To which ? To the large one. 15. To whose 
 service is a son under greater obligation (more 
 obliged [obligado]) than to that of his father? 
 16. Whose is this watch, and to whom have you 
 brought (traido) it ? It is my father's, and I have 
 brought it to my mother. 
 
 LESSON XL 
 
 INDEFINITE PRONOUNS 1 AND PRONOMINAL ADJEC- 
 TIVES. 
 
 120. (a) Most of the so-called indefinite pronouns, 
 when used with nouns, are more properly adjectives. 
 (b) Except various compounds too numerous to men- 
 tion, the most important indefinite pronouns are : 
 
 algo, cualquiera, nada, quienquiera, 
 
 alguien, cuanto, nadie, tal, 
 
 alguno, fulano, ninguno, todo, 
 
 ambos, mismo, otro, uno, 
 
 cada, mucho, poco, varies. 
 
 1 In Spanish the following pronouns : nobody, none, not one, 
 neither, nottimgn&tiLie, ninguno, ni uno, ni uno ni otro, nada 
 generally require that the verb be preceded by the negative 
 when they are placed after it, but this negative is suppressed 
 when they precede it : en nada puede sobresalir, no puede sobre- 
 salir en nada. Jamas, never (adv.), follows same rule. 
 
50 PKACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 121. Algo, something (as adverb somewhat), is not declined 
 (alguna cosa being often used for algo), and an adjective quali- 
 fying algo is preceded by de : tengo algo (or alguna cosa) que 
 decirle. i Tiene V. algo de bueno ? Este libro es algo dificil. 
 
 122. Alguien and alguno (-a), (-os), (-as) ; both mean somebody 
 or some one; alguien, being undeclined, used only of persons 
 and not allowing de immediately after it. Alguno refers to 
 persons and things : j Lo ha visto alguien (or alguno) ? Quiero 
 algun dinero y algunas letras de cambio (letters of exchange). 
 
 123. Ambos (-as), both (sometimes entrambos, though generally 
 los dos or uno y otro, is used in this sense) : ambos (los dos) estan 
 a cab all o 
 
 124. Cada, each or every (invariable), is used when a noun 
 immediately follows; otherwise cada uno (-a), cada cual, are 
 used : cada pais tiene sus costumbres ; doy a cada uno cuatro 
 vestidos. 
 
 125. (a) Cualquiera 1 (with plural cualesquiera), whatever, 
 whichever, whoever, may follow its noun if singular, while all 
 that which is rendered by todo lo que, etc. : dame cualquier libro 
 (or un libro cualquiera) ; hare (/ will do) todo lo que V. me 
 mande. (b) Cual, such as. 
 
 126. Cuanto, as much or how much, as many as or how 
 many (declined) : as, tengo flores; i cuantas 1; no se cuantas. 
 
 127. Fulano, such a one ; fulano y zutano, such and such a 
 one ; fulano, zutano y mengano, such, such and such a one, all 
 take the feminine form in a, but no plural : fulano (or fulano 
 de tal) ha venido a hablarme; he visto esta manana a fulana, a 
 zutana y a mengana. 
 
 128. Mismo, same, very, self (declined) : no soy la misma que 
 te hablo ayer ; mi hijo me ha escrito lo mismo ; el mismo (very) 
 dia (or el dia mismo) ella misma vino a decirmelo. 
 
 129. Mucho, much, many (declined), as pronoun refers to 
 persons ; other uses as in English : muchos hablan a tontas y a 
 locas (sillily and madly). 
 
 130. Nada 2 , not anything, nothing (not declined), takes adjec- 
 tive (often preceded by de) in masculine ; when used before 
 an infinitive que precedes it : no dice nada (or nada dice) ; no 
 tengo nada bueno ni malo (or nada de nuevo) que decir. 
 
 1 See 66. 8 See note 1, p. 49. 
 
INDEFINITE PKONOUNS. 51 
 
 131. Nadie 1 (not declined) and ninguno (declined) both mean 
 nobody, no one ; nadie refers to persons only. Ninguno only 
 (not nadie) is used with partitives (de) : nadie (or ninguno) esta 
 aqui ; ninguno de esos soldados tiene miedo (fear) ; nadie ha 
 venido ; no espero (await) a nadie. 
 
 132. Otro, another, other (declined) : deme V. otro ; tengo 
 otras cosas que hacer. 
 
 133. Poco 2 , little, few (declined): habia (there were) pocas 
 mujeres en el teatro ; gana poco ; me dio un poco de pan ; to- 
 mare (I will take) unos pocos (or unos cuantos). 
 
 134. Quienquiera, whoever, whosoever, whomever (not declined): 
 quienquiera que sea, whoever he may be ; de quienquiera que V. 
 liable, of whomever you speak. 
 
 135. Tal, such, such a one (takes plur.) : tal ha reido. 
 (laughed) que llora (weeps) ; un tal lo ha dicho (said) ; no tiene 
 tales casas. 
 
 136. Todo, all, every (declined), is extensively used, and about 
 as its English equivalents ; before singular definite article or a 
 pronoun, and in el todo, it means the whole : as, he comido 
 (eaten) todas las peras ; el todo es mayor que una de sus partes. 
 
 137. Uno 3 , one (sing.), some, a few (plur.), has many com- 
 pounds (as, uno y otro, etc.); is used like se in se dice, they say: 
 la gente (people) dice ; llama gente (some one calls) ; no esta uno 
 siempre contento ; deme V. unas almendras (almonds). 
 
 138. Varios (-as), several : mi padre tiene varios de estos lapi- 
 ces, los he visto varias veces. 
 
 PRETERITE TENSE OF amar. 
 
 ame, amamos, 
 
 V. amo, VV. amaron, 
 
 amo, amaron. 
 
 1 See note 1, p. 49. 
 
 a Pocuisimo (-a), but little : pocuisimos (-as), but few. 
 3 Uno is frequently used in connection with otro expressed 
 or understood. 
 
52 
 
 PRACTICAL SPAKISH GEAMMAE. 
 
 VOCABULAEY XL 
 
 el apetito, appetite. 
 
 asunto, subject. 
 
 baul, trunk. 
 
 cambio, exchange. 
 
 cuarto, farthing. 
 
 deber, duty. 
 
 esfuerzo, effort. 
 
 oceano, ocean. 
 
 pais, country. [contrary). 
 
 reves (al reves), 'back (on the 
 
 romance, romance. 
 
 tono, tone. 
 
 verano, summer. 
 
 vicio. vice. 
 la a ventura, adventure. 
 
 ayuda, aid. 
 
 camisa, shirt. 
 
 costumbre, custom. 
 
 cuenta, account, bill. 
 
 especulacion speculation. 
 
 experiencia, experience. 
 
 faccion, feature. 
 
 filosofia, philosophy. 
 
 hazana, exploit. 
 
 legua, league. 
 
 locucion, expression. 
 
 relacion, narration. 
 
 suerte, lot. 
 a menudo, often. 
 andar, to go. 
 
 atento, attentive. 
 baladi, frivolous. 
 baiiarse, to bathe (one's self). 
 ciego, blind. 
 convertir, to change. 
 dichoso, happy. 
 dificil, difficult. 
 diligente, diligent. 
 dormir, to sleep. 
 ensartado, strung, linked. 
 escribir, to write. 
 escuchar, to listen. 
 explicar, to explain. 
 famoso, famous. 
 funesto, lamentable. 
 ignorar, to be ignorant of. 
 impedir, to prevent. 
 llevado a cabo, achieved. 
 lograr, to gain. 
 manifestado, showed. 
 
 nunca, 
 pensar, to think. 
 pintado, described. 
 preguntado, asked. 
 sacrificar, to sacrifice. 
 sucedido, happened. 
 traido, brought. 
 usar, to use. 
 
 verdaderamente, really. 
 vestido, dressed. 
 
 EXEECISE XL 
 
 1. Mas esta para dormir, que para escuchar a 
 nadie. 2. Nunca habia (had) leido que ningnno lo 
 hubiese (had) traido (el dinero). 3. <; Ha visto V. a 
 alguno de mis hijos? Algunos ninos estan en mi 
 
INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 53 
 
 huerta. 4. Unos cantan y otros lloran ; no me agra- 
 dan ni unos ni otros ; uno(s) y otro(s) son infelices. 
 5. No tengo ni una camisa que ponerme, ni un cuarto 
 (para) con que comprarla. 6. Cada uno de estos libros 
 tiene seiscientas paginas. 7. La cosa ha pasado todo 
 al reves de lo que se cuenta (relate). 8. Aunque es 
 soldado (or con ser soldado), no ha manifestado mucho 
 valor. 9. Algo ha sucedido que ignoramos (we are 
 ignorant of); pero nadie esta aqui para explicar- 
 noslo. 10. El apetito ciego ; a cuantos precipita 
 (hasten) y que por lograr unfnada, un todo sacrifican ! 
 11. ; Que de cosas has (tliou hast) ensartado, unas en 
 otras ! me ha dicho mi padre. 12. Fulano le dice 
 a zutano, que mengano habla mal de sus vecinos. 
 13. Para hablar una lengua, no hay (there is) cosa 
 como saber los pron ombres. 14. Tal es, senores, la 
 relacion de mi funesta historia, de mis hazanas tales 
 cuales son. 15. La filosofia de el es poco util en si 
 misma, porque todo lo da a la especulacion y nada a 
 la expenencia. 16. En el famoso romance de Cer- 
 vantes, Don Quijote tiene por sefiora a una tal Dul- 
 cinea de Toboso. 17. <; Cuantas leguas tenemos que 
 andar todavia ? No lo se (no se cuantas). 18. Poco 
 importa (imports) es una locucion que se usa muy 
 a menudo por muchos. 
 
 THEME XL 
 
 1. We do not require much to be really and always 
 happy. 2. If we are attentive and diligent, little or 
 nothing can (puede) prevent our doing our duty. 3. I 
 cannot 1 write with any of these pens, and 1 have no 
 
 1 Poder, 196. 
 
54 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 others. 4. Neither the one nor the other of the men 
 knows (sabe) what he is doing (hace). 5. Does any 
 one know a certain man, dressed in black, who passes 
 here every morning ? 6. No one can change iron into 
 gold, nor vice into virtue. 7. All say (dicen) that 
 both have the same features and the same tone of 
 voice. 8. Each of the brothers goes every day in 
 summer to bathe in the ocean. 9. Such as my 
 father and my mother had (habian) described her to 
 me, such I find her. 10. One ought not to think 
 too much of the most frivolous things that it is as 
 important (importa) to be ignorant of as to know 
 (them). 11. I have asked the merchant how much 
 I owe him, but I have not yet received my bill. 
 12. Whosoever writes (escriba) to me on this subject 
 will lose (perderd) his time and his efforts. 13. It is 
 said that such a knight has achieved such and such 
 an adventure with the aid of such a one, his squire. 
 14. No one is content with his lot ; each one desires 
 to be happier. 15. I know one, said (decia) the 
 child, who is more beautiful than that lady my 
 mother. 16. Have you some books in your trunk to 
 read during the summer? Yes, I have several. 
 
 LESSON XII. 
 
 VERB-FORMS. 
 
 139. There are three different forms of inflection 
 (called conjugation) in Spanish, to which all verbs, 
 irregular as well as regular, belong. They are dis- 
 
VERB-FORMS. 55 
 
 tinguished by the ending of the infinitive. Those 
 ending in ar (as hablar) are of the first ; those in er 
 (as temer) of the second ; those in ir (as recibir) of 
 the third conjugation. 
 
 140. There are five principal parts of a Spanish 
 verb, from which the other parts may be obtained by 
 certain regular changes (this applies in general to 
 irregular as well as regular verbs ; since the irregular- 
 ities generally occur in the principal parts, and not 
 in the parts obtained from them). The names of the 
 five principal and their obtained parts are : 
 
 i. ii. m. 
 
 INFINITIVE. PRES. PART. 1 PAST PART. - 
 
 (Derived Parts . ) (No derived parts. ) (Derived Parts. ) 
 
 Imperfect Indie. Generally like Pres. ; Compound tenses. 
 
 Future Indie. sometimes like Pret., 
 
 Conditional. or unlike both. 
 
 IV. V. 
 
 PRESENT INDICATIVE. PRETERITE INDICATIVE. 
 
 (Derived Parts.) (Derived Parts.) 
 
 Present Subjunctive. 1st Imperfect Subjunctive. 
 
 Imperative. 2d Imperfect Subjunctive. 
 
 Future Subjunctive. 
 
 141. Taking now the regular verb hablar, of the 
 first conjugation, and placing the forms as indicated 
 in 140, we have the following schedule : 
 
 hablar habl-ando habl-ado habl-o habl-e 
 
 hablaba he hablado habl-e habl-ara 
 
 hablar-e etc. habl-a habl-ase 
 
 hablar-ia habl-are 
 
 All regular verbs in ar are conjugated as hablar. 
 
 1 Really not Pres. Part., but GERUND; called "Pres. Part.," 
 because that name is more familiar. 
 
56 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 142. The general meaning of these forms is as fol- 
 lows : 
 
 i. H. ra. 
 
 To speak Speaking Spoken 
 
 I was speaking I have spoken 
 
 I shall speak etc. 
 
 I would speak 
 
 IV. V. 
 
 I speak I spoke 
 
 I may speak I might speak 
 
 Speak (thou) I might speak 
 
 I should speak 
 
 143. By observing the schedule of 141 (and 
 those of 145 and 147) it will be seen that by drop- 
 ping the termination of the infinitive and adding 
 aba (or ia) we have the imperfect indicative ; that 
 by adding 6 to the infinitive form we have the future 
 indicative ; and by adding ia to the infinitive we 
 have the conditional. The compound tenses are 
 formed by adding the past participle to the varioui 
 forms of haber. By changing o of the present indie 
 ative into e (or a) we get present subjunctive ; and 
 by changing o into a (or e) we get present impera- 
 tive. By changing 6 (or i) of the preterite to ara or 
 ase (or iera or iese) we get first and second imperfect 
 subjunctive ; and by changing the 6 (or i) into are 
 (or iere) we get the future subjunctive. The 6 of the 
 future indicative and the ia of conditional stand re- 
 spectively for he, / have, and habia, / had. 
 
 144. The following is a conjugation in full of the 
 verb hablar, to speak: 
 
VBRB-FOEMS. 
 
 57 
 
 
 FIRST CONJUGATION. 
 
 
 habl-ar hablando 
 
 hablado 1 habl-o habl-e 
 
 
 -aba 
 
 -as -aste 
 
 
 -abas 
 
 -a -6 
 
 
 -aba 
 
 -amps -amos 
 
 
 -abamos 
 
 -ais -asteis 
 
 
 -abais 
 
 -an -aron 
 
 
 -aban 
 
 
 
 hablar-e 
 
 habl-e habl-ara, 
 
 ase 
 
 -as 
 
 -es -aras, 
 
 -ases 
 
 -a 
 
 -e -ara, 
 
 -ase 
 
 -emos 
 
 -emos -aramos, 
 
 -asemos 
 
 -eis 
 
 -eis -arais, 
 
 -aseis 
 
 -an 
 
 -en -aran 
 
 -asen 
 
 hablar-ia 
 
 2 habl-are 
 
 -ias 
 
 habl-a (thou) 
 
 -ares 
 
 -fa 
 
 habl-e V. 
 
 -are 
 
 -iamos 
 
 
 
 -aremos 
 
 -iais 
 
 hablad (ye) 
 
 -areis 
 
 -ian 
 
 hablen VV. 
 
 -aren 
 
 VOCABULAEY XII. 
 
 el 
 
 la 
 
 el anillo, ring. 
 auxilio, help. 
 correo, post (office). 
 empleo, place, employment. 
 estado, state. 
 
 extranjero, stranger, foreigner. 
 huracan, hurricane. 
 ingenio, mind. 
 organo, organ (tool). 
 polvo, dust. 
 silencio, silence. 
 
 viaje, trip, wyage. 
 yerno, son-in-law. 
 alma (f.), soul. 
 atencion, attention. 
 bondad, kindness. 
 escritura, writing. 
 espada, sword. 
 estima, esteem. 
 hostilidad, hostility. 
 ignorancia, ignorance. 
 inocencia, innocence. 
 
 1 By prefixing the various forms of haber we get compound 
 lenses of hablar. For conjugation of haber see 158. 
 
 2 Other forms, if needed, are taken from present subjunctive. 
 All forms taken from subjunctive when used negatively : no 
 hables, etc. 
 
58 
 
 PBACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 la masa, mass, rank. 
 
 nube, cloud. 
 
 presencia, presence. 
 
 prudencia, prudence. 
 
 pureza, purity. 
 
 rectitud, rectitude. 
 acompaiiar, to accompany. 
 aconsejar, to advise. 
 alzar (se), to raise (itself). 
 anoclie, last night. 
 apenas, scarcely. 
 aprobar, to approve. 
 asegurar, to assure. 
 aun, even. 
 bello, beautiful. 
 buscar, to look for. 
 casi, almost. 
 cuando, when, if. 
 cultivar, to cultivate. 
 desconfiar (de), to distrust. 
 diga V., tell. 
 Dios quiera, God grant. 
 durable, durable. 
 durar, to last. 
 empezar, to begin. 
 encontrar, to meet. 
 floreciente, flourishing. 
 fundado, founded. 
 
 furioso, furious. 
 
 gustar, to please. 
 
 hacer, to make, do, 
 
 hasta, until. 
 Jose, Joseph, 
 levantar, to raise. 
 llevar, to carry, to raise. 
 
 lograr, to succeed, hit upon. 
 maduramente, maturely. 
 mientras mas, the more. 
 necesitar, to need. 
 obrar, to work, act. 
 pelear, to fight. 
 presentar, to present. 
 prestar, to lend. 
 procurado, procured. 
 prometer, to promise. 
 recibir, to receive. 
 reir, to laugh. 
 regalar, to present. 
 remediar, to remedy. 
 salir, to go out. 
 sin, witliout. 
 sino, except. 
 texner, to fear. 
 tratar, to try. 
 unido (-a), united. 
 vivir, to live. 
 
 EXERCISE XII. 
 
 1. Mi hermano acompana a mi padre en sus viajes. 
 2. Los Arabes no peleaban como los Bomanos, en 
 masas compactas. 3. Apenas empezaron las hos- 
 tilidades, se alzo un furioso huracan que Ievant6 
 grandes nubes de polvo. 4. El piensa (thinks) que 
 V. le regalara el libro y no el reloj. 5. No, el pen- 
 saba que (yo) se lo presentaria, pero no puedo 
 
VERB-FOKMS. 59 
 
 hacerlo. 6. Llevando mi yerno una espada muy 
 larga, todos se reian de el. 7. Ha hablado V. a su 
 yerno ? Le he hablado,, y quiero hablarle otra vez. 
 8. He de esperar (esperare) hasta que hable del 
 asunto. 9. (a) Acompana a tu hermana : no acorn- 
 panes a tus amigos esta tarde. (b) Acompane V. a 
 su hermana ; no acorn pane V. a sus amigos esta tarde. 
 10. Su hermana de V. busco el anillo anoche, pero" no 
 lo hallo. 11. Aun cuando tratara (or tratase) de re- 
 inediar el mal, no podria lograrlo. 12. Mi padre 
 desea que estudie la lengua espanola, y a mi me 
 gusta estudiarla. 13. <; Aprobaba V. que esos mucha- 
 chos me hablasen asi, en su presencia? 14. Su padre 
 de Y. me ha dicho que si V. estudiare bien, le dara a 
 V. un bonito reloj. 15. He visto a mi padre ; el 
 deseaba que yo lie vase esta carta al correo. 16. Pro- 
 metio darme el dinero que yo necesitara (necesitase). 
 17. <i Sin el auxilio de la escritura, organo de todas 
 las ciencias, que hubiera (1st imperf. subj. of haber) 
 en el mundo sino ignorancia ? 
 
 THEME XII. 
 
 1. I speak to men of my country. 2. Mr. Valdes 
 has procured an excellent place for a son of Mrs. de 
 Legarra. 3. The physician advised me not to go out 
 (saliese) yesterday. 4. Tell 1 Mr. Joseph Mor de Fuen- 
 tes, when you shall meet him, that I wish to write to 
 his son, but I don't know where he lives. 5. My 
 friend's teacher has assured me that if my friend is 
 diligent and studies with attention, he will not find 
 Spanish very difficult. 6. I would esteem Mr. B. if 
 he loved his wife more, if he treated her with more 
 attention and kindness, and if he loved himself a 
 
60 PKACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 little less. 7. He promised to lend me all the books 
 that he should buy. 8. Speak more softly, and let us 
 study with more attention. 9. A state is not nourish- 
 ing but by the purity of its laws. 10. Esteem is 
 durable only when it is founded on virtue. 11. To 
 speak little, to observe much, to think maturely, and 
 act prudently, are almost certain proofs of innocence 
 of soul, rectitude of mind, and purity of manners. 
 12. The more foreigners cultivate the Spanish lan- 
 guage, the more beautiful they find it. 13. Silence 
 is the safest [part] for him who distrusts himself. 
 14. God grant that the war may not last long. 
 
 LESSON XIII. 
 
 SECOND AND THIRD CONJUGATION. 
 
 145. Following the order indicated in 140, and 
 the general meaning (allowance being made for dif- 
 ferent verb) of 142, the synopsis of temer (2d con- 
 jugation) is as follows : 
 
 tem-er temiendo temido tem-o temi 
 
 tem-ia lie tem-ido tern a tem-iera 
 
 temer-e etc. tem-e tern iese 
 
 temer-ia tem-iere 
 
 146. CONJUGATION IN FULL OF temer, to fear : 
 
 temer tem-iendo tem-ido 1 tem-o tem-i 
 
 tem-ia 
 
 -es 
 
 -iste 
 
 -ias 
 
 -e 
 
 -io 
 
 -ia 
 
 -emos 
 
 -imos 
 
 -lamos 
 
 -eis 
 
 -isteis 
 
 iais 
 
 -en 
 
 -ieron 
 
 -ian 
 
 
 
 1 Compound tenses formed with haber as auxiliary. 
 
SECOND AND THIRD CONJUGATION. 61 
 
 temer-e tem-a tem-iera, -iese 
 
 -as -as -ieras, -ieses 
 
 -a -a -iera, -iese 
 
 emos amos -ieramos, -iesemos 
 
 eis -ais -ierais, -ieseis 
 
 -an -an -ieran -iesen 
 
 temer-ia tem-iere 
 
 -ias tem-e 1 -ieres 
 
 -ia -a V -iere 
 
 -iamos -ieremos 
 
 -iais tem-ed -iereis 
 
 -ian tem-an VV. -ieren 
 
 147. SYNOPSIS OF recibir (3d conjugation), to 
 receive : 
 
 recibir recib-iendo recib-ido recib-o recib-i 
 
 recib-ia he recibido recib a recib-iera 
 
 recibir-e etc. recib-e recib-iese 
 
 recibir-ia recib iere 
 
 148. CONJUGATION IN FULL OF recibir, to receive : 
 recib-ir recib-iendo recib-ido recib-o recib-i 
 
 recib-ia -es -iste 
 
 -ias - 
 
 -ia -imos 
 
 -lamos -is -isteis 
 
 -iais -en -ieron 
 ian 
 
 recibir e 
 
 recib-a recib-iera, -iese 
 
 -as 
 
 -as 
 
 -ieras, -ieses 
 
 a 
 
 -a 
 
 -iera, -iese 
 
 -emos 
 
 -amos 
 
 -ieramos, -iesemos 
 
 -eis 
 
 -ais 
 
 -ierais, -ieseis 
 
 -an 
 
 -an 
 
 -ieran, -iesen 
 
 recibir-ia 
 
 
 
 recib-iere 
 
 -ias 
 
 recib-e 
 
 -ieres 
 
 -ia 
 
 -aV. 
 
 -iere 
 
 -famos 
 
 
 
 -ieremos 
 
 -iais 
 
 recib-id 
 
 -iereis 
 
 -ian 
 
 -an VV. -ieren 
 
 1 See note to imperative mood, 144. 
 
62 
 
 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 VOCABULARY XIII. 
 
 el cafe, coffee. 
 
 campo, country : , field. 
 
 ejercicio, exei'tise. 
 
 juego, game. 
 la destreza, dexterity. 
 
 dificultad, difficulty. 
 
 empresa, undertaking. 
 
 pasion, passion. 
 
 pistola, pistol. 
 
 recompensa, recompense. 
 
 venta, sale. 
 abrir, to open. 
 ambiguo, ambiguous. 
 arreglar, to put in order. 
 atacar, to attack. 
 aumentar, to augment. 
 beber, to drink. 
 combatir, to combat. 
 comer, to eat. 
 consistir, to consist. 
 con tal que, provided that. 
 decaer, to diminish. 
 descubrir, to discover. 
 desistir, to desist. 
 despues (de), after. 
 
 EXERCISE XIII. 
 
 1. El pobre Felipe perdio todo su dinero en aquella 
 especulacion. 2. Los Eomanos vencieron a todas las 
 naciones del mundo. 3. Cuando viviamos en el 
 campo estudiabamoe mucho. 4. Me retire reflec- 
 sionando en estas palabras, que no eran ambiguas. 
 5. Hoy recibiremos todo el cafe que necesitamos 6 yo 
 bebere agua. 6. Tome V. un coche, si V. no quiere 
 ir a pie esta manana. 7. No me habl& V, de ese 
 
 enfadar, to vex. 
 ensenar, to teach. 
 enviar, to send. 
 esconder, to hide. 
 interrumpir, to interrupt. 
 largo (a), long, large. 
 llamar, to call. 
 mas vale, it is better. 
 menester, necessary. 
 mentir, to lie. 
 olvidar, to forget. 
 parecer, to seem. 
 pasar, to pass. 
 perder, to lose. 
 prescribir, to prescribe. 
 reflexionar, to reflect. 
 renir, to scold. 
 retirar, to withdraw. 
 saber, to know. 
 suplicar, to beg. 
 tomar, to take. 
 vehementemente, with force. 
 veneer, to conquer. 
 
SECOND AND THIKD CONJUGATION. 63 
 
 asunto, estoy enfadado con V. 8. El maestro desea 
 mucho que aprendamos la lengua espanola. 9. Era 
 menester qne gastasemos mucho dinero para arreglar 
 la casa. 10. Mi maestro queria que yo aprendiese 
 una leccion mas larga. 11. Colon prometio una 
 recompensa al primero que descubriera la tierra. 
 
 12. Yo aprenderia el frances, si V. me lo ensenara. 
 
 13. No olvidaremos nada de lo que la amistad pre- 
 scribiere. 14. Si encontrare V. a su padre manana, 
 no olvide lo que le he dicho. 15. Vengo (/ come) a 
 ver si ha llegado de la Habana el senor Alvarez. 
 16. La dificultad consiste en saber donde hallar al 
 senor Komero. 17. <; Que hora es? No puedo decir- 
 selo, porque no lo se. 18. Temiendo (el) que le ata- 
 casen llevo sus pistolas, or, For temer (el) que le ata- 
 casen llevo sus pistolas. 
 
 THEME XIII. 
 
 1. He allowed his children games of exercise and 
 dexterity. 2. I bought yesterday two dozen (s) (of) 
 pears, and we have eaten them already. 3. Speak 
 more softly; you have already interrupted me twice. 
 4. Open the door for my father ; he has already 
 knocked three times. 5. I fear that my father and 
 mother may not receive your letter. 6. Although he 
 might read much, he would learn but little. 7. If he 
 should pass (by here), I would call him. 8. You aug- 
 ment your fortune, and mine diminishes from day to 
 day. 9. We shall hide him in order that the soldiers 
 may not discover him. 10. We shall live happy after 
 combating our passions. 11. You know [how] to lie; 
 it is better to tell the truth, 12, Do you wish that 
 
64 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 I (may) open the door? Yes; but do not scold. 1 
 13. He would permit the sale, provided you would 
 receive the money. 14. He begged him with force 
 that he would desist from that undertaking. 15. You 
 will send what shall seem (seems, parezca) best to you. 
 
 LESSON XIV. 
 
 EUPHONIC CHANGES IN REGULAR VERBS. 
 
 149. All verbs ending in car, gar, or zar always 
 change c, g, and z into qu, gu, and c, respectively, be- 
 fore e (this occurs in the first person singular of 
 the preterite indicative ; in the present subjunctive 
 throughout ; and in subjunctive used as imperative); 
 and verbs in guar take diaeresis before e (in same po- 
 sition): as, tocar, to touch; pagar, to pay ; avanzar, 
 to advance ; aguar, to mix with water. 
 
 INFINITIVE, tocar pagar avanzar aguar 
 
 PRETERITE, toque pague avance ague 
 
 PRES. SUBJ., toque pague avance agile 
 
 SUBJ. FOR IMP., toque pague avance agile 
 
 150. When the c of verbs ending in cer or cir is 
 preceded by a consonant and would be followed by 
 a or o, it is changed into z ; but if a vowel 2 precedes 
 c, z is inserted before it (c) in like positions; this 
 occurs in first person singular, present indicative ; in 
 present subjunctive throughout, and in subjunctive 
 
 1 Renir, see pedir, 204. 
 
 2 For cocer and hacer and their compounds, see 189, 190. 
 
EUPHONIC CHANGES IN REGULAR VERBS. 65 
 
 used for imperative : as, veneer, to conquer ; resarcir, 
 to compensate ; ofrecer, to offer ; relucir, to glitter. 
 
 INFINITIVE, veneer resarcir ofrecer relucir 
 
 PBES. IND., venzo resarzo ofrezco reluzco 
 
 PRES. SUB., venza resarza ofrezca reluzca 
 
 SUB. FOB IMP., venza resarza ofrezca reluzca 
 
 EXCEPTIONS : empecer (offend) and mecer (stir) 
 follow rule for cer preceded by consonant. 
 
 151. Verbs ending in ger or gir change g into j 
 before a or o ; those ending in guir drop u before a or 
 o; and those ending in quir also change qu to c before 
 a or o. 
 
 This applies to same moods, etc., as in 150 : as, 
 escoger, to choosey escojo, etc.; dirigir, to direct, dirijo, 
 etc. ; distinguir, to distinguish, distingo, etc. ; delin- 
 quir, to transgress, delinco, etc. 
 
 152. Verbs having the double consonants ch, 11, or 
 fi just before the infinitive ending, regularly lose 
 i of the diphthong ie and io when they would occur 
 in conjugation (which would be in pres. part.; third 
 sing, and plur. of pret. ind. ; imperfects and future 
 subj.) : as, bullir (to boil), bullendo, etc. 
 
 153. The i of accented 1 verbal terminations, when 
 following a vowel, is changed to y: as, cre-er, to be- 
 lieve, creyendo, crey6, cre-yera, etc.; caer, to fall, ca- 
 yendo, ca-y6, cayese, etc. ; destruir, to destroy, destru- 
 yendo, destruy6, destruyera, etc. And those verbs 
 ending in uir change i to y 1 before a, e, o : as, atri- 
 buir, to attribute, atribuyo, atribuyes, etc. 
 
 1 But not when the graphic accent is on the i, hence not in 
 the imperfect indicative : as, leia, etc., from leer, to read. 
 
66 
 
 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 VOCABULARY XIV. 
 
 el aprieto, difficulty. 
 
 beneficio, benefit, favor. 
 
 camino, way, road. 
 
 heno, hay. 
 
 importe, amount. 
 
 jabali, wild boar. 
 
 medio, means. 
 , memorial, memorandum. 
 
 piano, piano. 
 
 retrato, portrait. 
 
 rigor, rigor. 
 la compania, company. 
 
 deuda, debt. 
 
 factura, invoice. 
 
 fatiga, fatigue. 
 
 naranja, orange. 
 
 paja, straw. 
 
 red, net. 
 
 tranquilidad, tranquillity. 
 acabar, to finish. 
 acoger, to receive. 
 aguar, to mix with water. 
 alegrar, to please. \tage. 
 
 aprovechar (se), to take advan- 
 atentamente, attentively. 
 avanzar, to advance. 
 cargar, to charge. 
 cazar, to hunt, chase. 
 coger, to catch. 
 comprender, to comprehend. 
 consentir (en), to consent. 
 
 creer, to believe. 
 dejar, to let, allow. 
 delinquir, to transgress. 
 dirigir, to direct. 
 distinguir, to distinguish. 
 empecer, to offend. 
 escoger, to choose. 
 esparcir, to scatter. 
 frecuentar, to frequent. 
 gozar, to enjoy. 
 hacia, towards. 
 honrar, to honor. 
 huir, to escape, fly. 
 instruir, to instruct. 
 llegar, to arrive. 
 matar, to kill. 
 mecer, to agitate. 
 merecer, to merit. 
 pagar, to pay. 
 partir, to depart. 
 posible, possible. 
 preciso, necessary. 
 preguntar, to ask. 
 preparar, to prepare. 
 producir, to produce, 
 proteger, to protect. 
 robar, to rob. 
 seguir, to follow. 
 sufrir, to suffer. 
 tocar, to touch, play. 
 
 EXERCISE XIV. 
 
 1. Expliquemos eso, porque el desea comprender] o. 
 2. Cargueme V. el importe de esta factura, no teugo 
 
EUPHONIC CHANGES Itf REGULAR VERBS. 67 
 
 el dinero. 3. Hablenos V. de su viaje ; le escucha- 
 remos a V. con atencion. 4. Si V. frecuenta a la 
 gente honrada V. sera honrado. 5. El creera hon- 
 rarle a V. acogiendole como V. lo merezca. 6. No 
 he aprendido a servirme bien de las redes, y no cojo 
 muchos pajaros. 7. No protejo a los holgazanes. 
 8. Cuando uno ha vivido como hombre honrado, goza 
 una verdadera tranquilidad. 9. ; Que delinca ! si 
 quiere ser castigado con rigor. 10. Mientras qne es- 
 parzo este heno, 61 esparcira la paja para V. 11. El 
 padre del muchacho no cree que llegue esta manana. 
 12. Si es verdad que su padre llegue (or llega) manana, 
 sera menester prepararle un cuarto. 13. El se apro- 
 vecha del consejo de su padre, y huye de la mala 
 compania. 14. Mandeme V. su memorial, lo leere 
 atentamente. 15. Es preciso que yo pregunte por 
 los ninos. 16. Despues de haber seguido su camino 
 hacia Paris, tomo el de Leon. 
 
 THEME XIV. 
 
 1. I played the piano a little to please (gladden) 
 the ladies. 2. He does not pay his debts ; he wishes 
 that others may pay them. 3. You are looking for 
 your brother, but you will not find him. 4. I fear that 
 we may not arrive in time for dinner. 5. I wish that 
 you conquer your enemies by your favors. 6. I shall 
 not consent to allow you to depart if you do not take 
 something. 7. I do not know when I shall finish the 
 portrait of your child. 8. I do not think that Por- 
 tugal produces the best oranges. 9. Send me your 
 son if you wish that I instruct (sufij.) him. 10. I 
 choose this coat, which seems to me the best of all. 
 
68 PRACTICAL SPAKISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 11. It is possible that the letters may come to-day. 
 
 12. Don Juan Morales of Madrid is the best man that 
 I know. 13. It is necessary that you seek the means 
 of getting out of the difficulty. 14. I chased a wild 
 boar yesterday, and suffered great fatigue. 15. After 
 having robbed his master, he killed him. 16. I ar- 
 rived in London in the year 1873. 
 
 LESSON XV. 
 
 THE COMPOUND TENSES AND haber, to have. 
 
 154. Except in the passive voice, the compound 
 tenses of all verbs are formed with haber, 1 to have: 
 as, ha aprendido, he has learned ; ha llegado, lie has 
 (is) come. 
 
 155. (a) When the auxiliary to have (or to be, in 
 the sense of is to, must) precedes an infinitive, it is 
 rendered by haber de or tener que, deber or deber de : 
 as, he de decirle, tengo que decirle. (#) When to 
 have is not an auxiliary, it is rendered by tener : as, 
 tengo una pluma, tengo la satisfaccion de verla, 
 
 (c) Kote following sentence : este hecho bubo de comprometer 
 el exito de la expedition, this fact was on the point of, etc. 
 (d) Haber in compounds of present tense is better not sepa- 
 rated from the participle : Ha recibido V.? (not ha V. recibido ?). 
 But this is allowable in 2d siog. and 1st and 2d persons plural : 
 as, babels ido vosotros 1 or babeis vosotros ido ? 
 
 156. (a) Haber 2 is used impersonally (3d person 
 sing.) and means there is, there are, there were, etc. : 
 
 1 See 234 (c). 
 
 2 So used it takes que with following infinitive : as, no hay 
 que temer, there is nothing to fear. 
 
THE COMPOUND TENSES AND haber, to have. 69 
 
 as, hay grandes autores en Espaiia. (b) Haber (used 
 impersonally) often means since, ago, how far, etc. : 
 as, hay cinco aiios que muri6 (died), cu&nto hay de 
 aqui la ciudad? (c) Haber (used impersonally) 
 often denotes a state which continues : as, hay dos 
 anos que est malo. 
 
 157. SYNOPSIS OF haber, to have (irregular verb): 
 haber hab-iendo 1 hab-ido he hub e 
 
 habia he habido haya hub iera 
 
 habre etc. hub iese 
 
 habr-ia hub iere 
 
 158. haber hab iendo hab ido he hube 
 hab ia Comp'd of Pres. 2 he habido has -iste 
 
 -ias " Imp habia habido ha -o 
 
 -ia " Pret hub e habido hemos -imos 
 -famos " Fut. habr e habido habeis -isteis 
 -lais " Cond. habr ia habido han -ieron 
 
 -ian " Prs. Sb. hay a habido 
 
 C'p'd of 1. Imp. hub iera habido hay -a hub iera, -iese 
 habr-e " 2. Imp. -iese habido -as -ieras, -ieses 
 -as " Ft. Sub. -iere habido -a -iera, -iese 
 -a -amos -ieramos, iesemos 
 
 -emoa -ais -ierais, ieseis 
 
 -eia -an -ieran. iesen 
 
 -an 
 
 habr ia (See note 3.) hub iere 
 
 -ias -ieres 
 
 -ia -iere 
 
 -famos -ieremos 
 
 -fais iereis 
 
 -ian -ieren 
 
 1 Used occasionally with past pan. of otner verbs : as, ha- 
 biendo escrito, having written. 
 
 8 These compound tenses are found in all verbs, and each 
 one is developed through different persons and numbers of 
 haber. 
 
 3 Imperative wanting, although habe and habed are some- 
 times given. 
 
70 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 159. Haber 1 conjugated as impersonal verb (3d 
 sing.): 
 
 hab-er hab iendo hab-ido hay 2 hubo 
 
 hab-ia Comp. of Pres. Ind. ha habido haya nub iera 
 habr-a " Imp. habia habido haya hub iese 
 
 habr-ia " Pret. hubo habido hub-iere 
 
 " Fut habra habido 
 
 " Cond. habria habido 
 " Pres. Sub. haya habido 
 Comp'd of 1. Imp Sub. hubiera habido 
 44 2. Imp. Sub. hubiese habido 
 44 Fut, Sub. hubiere habido 
 
 VOCABULARY XV. 
 
 B! amo, master. abandonar, to abandon 
 
 exito, result. breve, short, brief 
 
 general, general. comprometer, to compromise. 
 
 gobierno, government. concluir, to finish. 
 
 influjo, influence. considerar, to consider. 
 
 modo, mode, manner. deber, to be obliged. 
 
 piloto, pilot. despedir, to dismiss. 
 
 pleito, dispute, lawsuit entregar, to abandon (to). 
 
 sustento, sustenance. f altar, to fail. 
 
 trigo, wheat. gris, gray. 
 
 la armonia, harmony. heredar, to inherit. 
 
 carestia, famine. infeliz, unhappy. 
 
 cosecha, harvest. informar, to inform. 
 
 enfermedad, disease. nadar, to swim. 
 
 (el) hambre (f.), hunger. podido (poder), been able. 
 
 noticia, news. pronto, soon. 
 
 paz, peace saciar, to satisfy. 
 
 riqueza, wealth. trocar, to exchange. 
 
 1 It will be noticed that haber used impersonally is the 
 same as third person of haber used personally, except in 
 the present indicative and imperative. 
 
 2 Hay = ha with Latin ibi ii = y, there. 
 
THE COMPOUND TENSES AND haber, to have. 71 
 
 EXERCISE XV C 
 
 1. V. tiene el mismo modo de ver que yo. 2. Hace 1 
 diez anos y seis meses que esta en Inglaterra. 3. Ha 
 habido una gran batalla en el sud de Africa. 
 4. Cuando habra acabado V. su leccion ? La habre 
 acabado en una hora. 5. ^ Quien ha heredado 
 la fortuna del general? No ha dejado ninguna. 
 6. <; Habia hablado V. a este hombre? Yo le habia 
 hablado dos 6 tres veces. 7. He de hacerme un ves- 
 tido del pafio gris 6 negro. 8. Aun cuando hubiera 
 (or hubiese) mayor armonia entre los hombres,habria 
 siempre pleitos. 9. Trueca (lie exchanges} los breves 
 males con (or por) los que han de durar para siempre. 
 10. El ha de saber que su padre esta malo ; le in- 
 formare. 11. El caballo esta en campo, donde no le 
 hade faltar el sustento. 12. <iQue hay que hacer? 
 Que habia de hacer yo ? 13. Tal fue (was) su con- 
 ducta, que hube de despedirle de mi servicio. 14. Si 
 las riquezas hubieran (or hubiesen) podido saciar- 
 me, las habria amado. 15. Si hay (or hubiere) noti- 
 cias de nuestro pais, escribame V. 16. Envieme V. 
 los libros que haya (or hubiere) en mi cuarto. 
 17. Cuando hubiere concluido su retrato de V. se 
 lo llevare a V. 
 
 THEME XV. 
 
 1. Although he has been ill some time (it is some 
 time that he is ill), he is not an infirm man. 2. Shall 
 you have finished your work this evening? 3. I have 
 to make soon a long voyage on the ocean (por la mar). 
 4. Even though there were peace, there would always 
 
 1 From hacer used as haber, see 156 (c). 
 
72 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 be laws and governments. 5. Eiches and poverty 
 have a great influence over men. 6. If there were 
 (should have) less idlers, there would be less unhappi- 
 ness. 7. If I must (he de) make you a faithful pict- 
 ure of my master, I must tell you, etc. 8. Consider- 
 ing that hunger had to produce its effect, I abandoned 
 myself to my lot. 9. We are to work this morning, 
 and we are to read this evening. 10. The pilot 
 knows very well what is to be done. 11. My brother 
 and my cousin learned to swim long ago. 12. If 
 there had been a good harvest of wheat, there would 
 not have been a famine. 13. If you had arrived 
 sooner you would have dined with us. 14. If there 
 is (or shall be) disease in the ship, abandon it. 
 15. Send me the letters that there are (or there may 
 be) in my trunk. 16. When I shall have finished my 
 letter, I shall take it to the post. 
 
 LESSON XVI. 
 PASSIVE VOICE/ ser AND estar (see 73). 
 
 160. The proper passive voice of a verb in Spanish 
 is found by joining its past participle (which must 
 agree with its subject in gender and number) to the 
 auxiliary ser : 2 Esta senora es amada y estimada de 
 todos los que la conocen. 
 
 1 For the reflexive verb used as a passive, see 170. 
 
 2 SYNOPSIS OF ser alabado : 
 
 ser alabado (a) siendo alabado (a) (sido) alabado (-a) 
 era alabado COMP OF PRES. IND. 
 
 ser e alabado he sido alabado (-a) 
 
 ser fa alabado has sido alabado 
 
 ha sido alabado 
 
PASSIVE VOICE,, ser AHD estar. 
 
 73 
 
 161. When the verb expresses what is accidental or 
 temporary, its past participle (which is considered 
 as an adjective and must agree with the subject in 
 gender and number) is joined to the verb estar (some- 
 times even to andar, ir, quedar, etc.): as, est& sen- 
 tado, lie is seated ; como muchas veces queda referido. 
 
 162. Estar (never ser) is used with the present 
 participle for the progressive active form : as, mi 
 padre est leyendo (reading) en su cuarto; estuvo 
 (he luas) jugando (playing) todo el dia. 
 
 163. With passive verbs ly, denoting agency, is gen- 
 erally expressed by por ; but when the verb expresses 
 an intransitive action or feeling, de is generally used : 
 as, los ladrones son perseguidos (pursued) por el al- 
 guacil, but una tempestad segnida de calma ; la sabi- 
 duria es alabada de (or por) todos. 
 
 164. SYNOPSIS OF ser: 
 
 ser siendo sido 
 
 soy 
 
 fill 
 
 era he sido 
 
 sea 
 
 fu-era 
 
 ser-e etc. 
 
 se 
 
 fu-ese 
 
 ser-ia 
 
 
 fu-ere 
 
 165. CONJUGATION OF ser : 
 
 
 
 ser siendo sido 
 
 soy 
 
 fui 
 
 era comp. of Pres. ind. he sido 
 
 eres 
 
 fuiste 
 
 eras has sido 
 
 es 
 
 fue 
 
 era ha sido 
 
 somos 
 
 fuimos 
 
 eramos hemos sido 
 
 sois 
 
 fuisteis 
 
 erais habeis sido 
 
 son 
 
 fueron 
 
 eran han sido 
 
 
 
 soy alabado (-a) 
 sea alabado 
 se alabado 
 
 hemos sido alabado 
 habeis sido alabado 
 han sido alabado 
 fui alabado (-a) 
 fuera alabado 
 fuese alabado 
 fuere alabado 
 
74 
 
 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 -las sido seas -eras, -eses 
 
 -ia sido sea -era, -ese 
 
 -iamos sido seamos -eramos, -esemos 
 
 -iais sido seais -erais, -eseis 
 
 -ian sido seau -eran, -esen 
 
 etc. 
 
 ser-e Comp. of imp. ind. hab-ia sido sea fu-era, -ese 
 -as 
 -a 
 
 -emos 
 -eis 
 -an 
 
 ser-ia 
 -ias 
 -ia 
 
 -iamos 
 -iais 
 -ian 
 
 166. SYNOPSIS OF estar : 
 est-ar estando estado 
 
 est-aba he estado 
 
 estar-e etc. 
 
 estar-ia 
 
 fu-ere 
 
 se -eres 
 
 sea V. -ere 
 
 -eremos 
 
 sed -ereis 
 scan VV. -eren 
 
 estoy 
 
 este 
 esta 
 
 estuve 
 estuv-iera 
 estuv-iese 
 estuv-iere 
 
 167. CONJUGATION OF 
 
 estar est-ando estado 
 
 est-aba 
 -abas 
 -aba 
 -abamos 
 -abais 
 -aban 
 
 estar-e 
 -as 
 -a 
 
 emos 
 -eis 
 -an 
 
 estar-ia 
 -ias 
 -ia 
 
 -iamos 
 -iais 
 -ian 
 
 he estado 
 
 has estado 
 
 ha estado 
 
 hemos estado 
 
 habeis estado 
 
 han estado 
 
 etc. 
 
 estar : 
 
 estoy estuve 
 -as 
 -a 
 
 -amos 
 
 -ais 
 
 -an 
 
 -iste 
 
 -o 
 
 -imos 
 
 -isteis 
 -ieron 
 
 este estuv-iera, -iese 
 -es -ieras, -iese? 
 
 -e -iera, -iese 
 
 -emos -ieramos, -iesemos 
 
 -eis -ierais, -ieseis 
 
 -en -ieran, -iesen 
 
 - estuv-iere 
 esta (be thou) -ieres 
 este V. -iere 
 
 - -ieremos 
 estad -iereis 
 esten VV. -ieren 
 
PASSIVE VOICE, ser ASTD estar. 
 
 75 
 
 VOCABULAKY XVI. 
 
 el baile, ball (party). 
 
 banquero, banker. 
 
 comercio, commerce. 
 
 convite, invitation. 
 
 derecho, right. 
 
 diputado, deputy. 
 
 duerio, owner. 
 
 espacio, (space) time. 
 
 fruto, fruit (on tree). 
 
 ladron, robber. 
 
 periodico, newspaper. 
 
 rayo, flash (of lightning). 
 
 reino, kingdom. 
 la ambicion, ambition. 
 
 colocacion, situation. 
 
 condicion, condition. 
 
 desigualdad, inequality. 
 
 igualdad, equality. 
 
 infancia, childhood. 
 
 levita, frock-coat. 
 
 licencia, license. 
 
 mar, sea. 
 
 muerte, death. 
 
 prosperidad, prosperity. 
 
 revolution, revolution. 
 
 tempestad, storm. 
 abrigar, to shelter. 
 aceptar, to accept. 
 agitar, to agitate. 
 agrio, sour. 
 alabar, to praise. 
 
 alii, there. 
 alto, high. 
 casar, to marry. 
 colmar, to overwhelm. 
 comprobar, to prove. 
 conquistar, to conquer. 
 convidar, to invite. 
 desgraciado, unfortunate. 
 desmayado, fainted. 
 desordenado, lawless. 
 docil, tractable. 
 elegir, to elect. 
 favorecido, favored. 
 incendiar, to set fire to. 
 ir, to go. 
 
 presente, present. 
 prevenir, to inform. 
 prodigo, prodigal. 
 quedar, to remain. 
 referir, to report. 
 remendar, to mend. 
 representar, to represent. 
 reprimir, to repress. 
 restablecer, to re-establish. 
 saludable, salutary. 
 satisfecho, satisfied. 
 sosegado, quiet. 
 suceder, to happen. 
 supuesto, granted. 
 temprano, early. 
 
 EXEECISE XVI. 
 
 1. Las ciencias han sido siempre favorecidas por los 
 buenos gobiernos. 2. No engafiamos a nadie, pero 
 somos engafiados muy a menudo. 3. La licencia fue 
 
76 PRACTICAL SPAKISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 reprimida y la paz restablecida eu el pais. 4. Estoy 
 seguro que la carta no ha sido escrita (written) por el. 
 5. Ha quedado (it has been) comprobado que eso no 
 es verdad. 6. Si yo hubiera (or hubiese) sido convi- 
 dado al baile habria aceptado el convite. 7. Esta 
 carta es para V., la hacienda es de ella (hers), pero el 
 dinero es mio. 8. gu hermano de V. esta aqui ; que 
 esta haciendo ? Esta durmiendo (sleeping). 9. Se- 
 nores, son hombres valientes los que alii estan presen- 
 tes. 10. Mi amigo es casado ; mi sobrino esta (lives) 
 casado en Portugal. 11. Sucediole lo que queda re- 
 ferido, pero estaba prevenido. 12. Estando el en 
 alta mar, un rayo incendio el buque. 13. Donde ha 
 estado V. ? He estado escribiendo en casa. 14. La 
 ambicion desordenada es la que tantas revoluciones 
 produce. 15. Fue pequefio espacio el en que estuvo 
 Transila desmayada (Cervantes). 16. Quiera Dios, 
 que sus anos de V. sean colmados de toda prosperidad. 
 17. Es temprano, pero mi criado esta por (in favor 
 of) (or para, is ready) salir. 
 
 THEME XVI. 
 
 1. My friend has been elected deputy of his city. 
 2. The estate has been sold since the death of the 
 owner. 3. These things were (have been) selected by 
 my brother when he was (estaba) in Paris. 4. This 
 comedy has been played twice in the large theatre. 
 5. The beautiful house of the banker will be sold this 
 week. 6. This fruit is sour (by nature), is sour (by 
 accident) ; the tree is tall, the fruit is high. 7. He 
 was much agitated, but he is much more quiet now. 
 8. He is very teachable, and is satisfied with his 
 situation. 9. I am not reading the newspaper; I 
 
REFLEXIVE VERBS AtfD tend. 77 
 
 am mending my coat. 10. "Whom are you seeking? 
 I am looking for my brother. 11. This old house is 
 that which sheltered our childhood. 12. " These are 
 not days of faith in which we live/' said Alcala Ga- 
 liano. 13. The fortresses of the whole kingdom are 
 conquered. 14. Granted the equality of rights, the 
 inequality of conditions has salutary effects. 15. If 
 I had not been so unfortunate, I would already have 
 abandoned commerce. 16. If you were not so prodi- 
 gal, you would be richer. 
 
 LESSON XVII. 
 
 REFLEXIVE VERBS AND teller. 
 
 168. While many Spanish verbs are used only re- 
 flexively, all transitive verbs (having direct or indirect 
 object) and many intransitive ones (indirect object) 
 may be used reflexively : as, maravillar, maravillarse, 
 alabar and alabarse, atribuir and atribuirse (to attrib- 
 ute to him-, her-, itself or themselves), dormir (to 
 sleep), dormirse (to fall asleep). Yo me corner^ dos 
 panes ; yo me olvido de la leccion, or better, yo olvido 
 la leccion ; te apropiaste ti 6 para ti la capa, you 
 appropriated the cloak to or for yourself. 
 
 169. (a) For the position of subject pronoun see 155 (d ). 
 (b) For the form and position of the object pronoun see Les- 
 son VII, and note the following phrases yo me alegro, V se 
 ha alegrado, or se ha alegrado V.; j, se ha alegrado V.? ; noso- 
 tros no nos hemos alegrado ; j no nos hemos alegrado nosotros l . 
 
 170. The reflexive 1 verb, whether personal or im- 
 
 1 Se followed by other conjunctive pronouns, and third per- 
 son singular of the verb, sometimes takes the place of reflexive 
 
78 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 personal, is often used for the passive voice : as, eso 
 no se puede hacer, or eso no puede hacerse, se dice. 
 
 171. The reflexive verb is often used reciprocally ; 
 as, saludronse cortesmente, they greeted each other 
 politely. 
 
 172. (a) For uses of tener, see 155 (a) and (b). (b) When 
 in English the verb to be precedes adjectives denoting one's 
 feelings, physical or moral, as hungry, cold, afraid, ashamed, 
 etc., tener is to be used: as, tengo sueiio, frio, calor, hambre, 
 sed, razon, miedo y vergiienza. (c) The same verb is used in 
 reference to one's age : as, i Que edad tiene ? Tengo cincuenta 
 anos de edad. (d) If a noun expressing sentiment or duty 
 comes between tengo and the following infinitive, de precedes 
 the infinitive as, tuvo la satisfaccion de verla. (e) What is the 
 matter with you?, etc., { que tiene V, 1 ?, etc Nothing is the 
 matter with me, etc , no tengo nada, etc. 
 
 173. SYNOPSIS OF REFLEXIVE VERB alegrarse, to 
 rejoice : 
 
 alegrarse alegrandose alegrado (se) me alegr-o me alegr e 
 
 me alegr-aba me he alegrado me alegr-e me alegr-ara 
 
 me alegrar e etc. alegrate me alegr ase 
 
 me alegrar ia me alegr are 
 
 173. (a) CONJUGATION OF REFLEXIVE VERB ale- 
 grarse, to rejoice : 
 
 me alegr-aba alegrandose alegrado(se) me alegro me alegr-e 
 
 te 
 
 -abas 
 
 me he alegrado te 
 
 as te aste 
 
 se 
 
 -aba 
 
 te has alegrado se 
 
 -a se -6 
 
 (V. s 
 
 e -aba) 
 
 se ha alegrado etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 nos 
 
 -abamos 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 OS 
 
 abais 
 
 
 me alegr-ara 
 
 se 
 
 -aban 
 
 
 te -aras 
 
 (VV. 
 
 se -aban) 
 
 
 se ara 
 
 
 
 
 etc. etc, 
 
 proper, and sometimes of the passive : parece que se te ha ido 
 de las mientes, it appears that it has gone out of your mind ; se 
 me dice, I am told. 
 
REFLEXIVE VERBS AND tener. 
 
 79 
 
 174. SYNOPSIS OF tener (irregular verb), to hold, 
 to have : 
 
 ten-er 
 ten-ia 
 tendr-e 
 tendr-ia 
 
 ten-iendo 
 
 ten-ido 
 he ten-ido 
 etc. 
 
 tengo 
 
 teng-a 
 
 ten 
 
 tuv-e 
 tuv-iera 
 tuv-iese 
 tuv-iere 
 
 175. CONJUGATION OF tener, to hold, to have: 
 
 ten-er ten iendo 
 ten-ia 
 
 -ias 
 
 -ia 
 
 -iamos 
 
 -iais 
 
 -ian 
 tendr-e 
 
 etc. 
 
 tendr-ia 
 etc. 
 
 ten-ido tengo 
 he ten-ido tienes 
 
 tuv-e 
 -iste 
 
 etc, tiene 
 
 -0 
 
 tenemos 
 
 -imos 
 
 teneis 
 
 -isteis 
 
 tienen 
 
 -ieron 
 
 teng-a 
 etc. 
 
 tuv-iera, -iese 
 etc. 
 
 
 
 tuv-iere 
 
 ten 
 
 etc. 
 
 tenga V 
 
 
 tened 
 
 
 tengan VV. 
 
 VOCABULARY XVII. 
 
 el cuello, collar. 
 dedo, finger. 
 
 motive, reason. 
 la amistad, friendship. 
 
 confianza, confidence. 
 
 fortaleza, fortress. 
 (las) mientes, thoughts. 
 
 nariz, the nose. 
 
 ninerfa, puerility. 
 
 novedad, news. 
 
 perfidia, perfidy. 
 
 precaucion, precaution. 
 
 rabia, anger. 
 
 la razon, reason (right). 
 
 rodilla, knee. 
 
 sed, thirst. 
 
 vergiienza, shame. 
 acostar (-se), to go to bed. 
 acusar, to accuse. 
 anunciar, to announce. 
 apoderar ( se), to get possession. 
 arrepentir ( se), to repent. 
 azul, blue. 
 contar, to relate. 
 cortar (-se), to cut. 
 cortesmente, politely. 
 desmayar (-se), to faint. 
 
80 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 divertir (-se), to amuse. maravillar (-se), to wonder. 
 
 equivocar, to mistake. poner (-se), to put on. 
 
 guardar, to keep. quitar (-se), to take off. 
 
 jugar, to play. ridicule, ridiculous. 
 
 lavar, to wash. saludar, to greet. 
 
 limpio, clean. sentir (-se), to feel. 
 maravillar, to admire. 
 
 EXERCISE XVII. 
 
 1. <; No se equivoca V. cuando (V.) dice eso? No 
 me equivoco. 2. <i Como se llama su amigo de V.? Mi 
 amigo se llama Juan. 3. <; Se pasea V. todos los dias ? 
 Me paseo cuando el tiempo esta bueno. 4. No se lo 
 que tenemos, pero no podemos dormir cuando nos 
 acostamos. 5. No puedo acordarme de lo que dijo 
 (said) este hombre. 6. <j Se ban hablado estas sefio- 
 ras? Oreo que no se ban hablado. 7. El hijo de 
 Juan se esta muriendo (morir); su madre se desmayo. 
 8. Pongase V. otro cuello ; el que V. tiene no esta 
 limpio. 9. Cuantos reales tiene (hay en) un peso ? 
 Un peso tiene veinte reales. 10. No tengo tiempo 
 para jugar; tengo deseo de dormir. 11. Y teniendo yo 
 mas vida, tengo menos libertad (Calderon). 12. Que 
 se ha de hacer ? mafiana se vendera la casa. 13. Se 
 ban tornado las precauciones (or) las precauciones ban 
 sido tomadas. 14. Nos guardabamos amistad; nos 
 contabamos cien mil ninerias. 15. Tengo escntas 
 vanas cartas a mi madre y a mi hermana. 16. Tie- 
 nen rabia y estan acusandose de perfidia. 17. Tengo 
 el ojo malo ; tenemos los pies malos ; tiene la rodilla 
 mala. 
 
 THEME XVII. 
 
 1. What is your name, my friend ? My name is 
 Edward. 2. Do you get up early ? I get up at half- 
 
IRREGULAR VERBS acertar. 81 
 
 past six. 3. I do not know how to amuse myself. I 
 am not well ; I shall feel better to-morrow. 4. The 
 enemy (-ies) took possession of one of our fortresses. 
 5. Why do you ridicule this man? Because he is 
 very ridiculous. 6. My brother will marry when he 
 has (subj.) a good situation. 7. Take off your hat 
 in the room. I always take mine off. 8. The boy has 
 cut his finger, and he is washing his hand. 9. Andrew 
 had no reason to (para) repent of his confidence. 
 10. I have the pleasure to announce the news to 
 you. 11. I am hungry ; he is ashamed ; we were 
 afraid ; they are sleepy. 12. Is anything the matter 
 with your brother ? ~No, nothing is the matter with 
 him. 13. He has a long nose, blue eyes, and large 
 hands and feet. 14. How old are you ? I am twenty, 
 and my brother is eighteen. 15. This house has a 
 hundred feet of height, and the street has fifty feet of 
 width. 16. This room is sixty feet long and (or by, 
 por) sixteen wide. 
 
 LESSON XVIII. 
 
 IRRREGULAR 1 VEKBS: acertar AND OTHERS 1ST CONJ. 
 
 176. SYNOPSIS OF acertar, to succeed in guessing, 
 to hit the mark : 
 
 acert-ar acert-ando acert-ado aciert-o acert-e 
 
 acert-aba he acert-ado aciert-e acert-ara 
 
 acertar-e etc. aciert-a acert-ase 
 
 acertar-ia acert-are 
 
 1 Plegar (to fold) and desplegar (to unfold) ate both regular 
 and irregular ; atentar, in the sense of to attempt a crime ; 
 aterrar, as meaning to frighten; atestar, in the sense of to wit- 
 ness, are regular ; so also profesar, to profess. 
 
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 177. CONJUGATION 
 
 or acertar : 
 
 
 acert-ar acert-ando 
 
 acert-ado aciert-o 1 acert-e 
 
 acert-aba 
 
 
 .as -aste 
 
 abas 
 
 
 -a -6 
 
 aba 
 -abamos 
 
 acert-amos -amos 
 -ais -asteis 
 
 -abais 
 
 aciert-an -aron 
 
 -aban 
 
 
 
 acertar-e 
 
 aciert-e 
 
 acert-ara, -ase 
 
 -as 
 
 .es 
 
 -aras, -ases 
 
 -a 
 
 -e 
 
 -ara, -ase 
 
 -emos 
 
 acert-emos 
 
 -aramos, -as emos 
 
 -eis 
 
 -eis 
 
 -arais, -aseis 
 
 -an 
 
 aciert-en 
 
 -aran, -asen 
 
 acertar-ia 
 
 
 
 acert-are 
 
 -ias 
 
 aciert-a 
 
 -ares 
 
 -ia 
 
 eV. 
 
 -are 
 
 -iamos 
 
 
 
 -aremos 
 
 -iais 
 
 acert-ad 
 
 -areis 
 
 .fan 
 
 aciert-en VV 
 
 -aren 
 
 178. SYNOPSIS OF acordar, to agree: 
 
 acord-ar acord-audo acord-ado acuerd-o acord-e 
 
 acord-aba he acord-ado acuerd-e acord-ara 
 
 acordar-e etc. acuerd-a acord-ase 
 
 acordar-ia acord-are 
 
 179. CONJUGATION OF acordar 2 : 
 
 acord-ar acord-ando acord-ado 
 
 acuerd-o acord-e 
 
 acord-aba he " 
 
 -as -aste 
 
 -abas has " 
 
 -a -6 
 
 -aba ha " 
 
 acord-amos -amos 
 
 -abamos hemos " 
 
 -ais -asteis ^^ 
 
 -abais habeis " 
 
 acuerd-an -aron 
 
 -aban han " 
 
 
 1 Where the stem -syllable is accented, it changes. 
 8 When meaning to tune, regular. 
 
IRREGULAR VERBS FIRST CONJUGATION. 83 
 
 acordar-e 
 -as 
 -a 
 
 emos 
 -eis 
 -an 
 
 acordar-ia 
 -ias 
 -ia 
 
 -iamos 
 -iais 
 -ian 
 
 acuerd-e 
 -es 
 -e 
 
 acord-emos 
 -eis 
 
 acuerd-en 
 
 acuerd-a 
 -eV. 
 
 acord-ara, -ase 
 
 -aras, -ases 
 
 -ara, -ase 
 
 -aramos, -asemos 
 
 -arais, -aseis 
 
 -aran, -asen 
 
 acord-are 
 etc. 
 
 acord-ad 
 acuerd-en VV. 
 
 180. SYNOPSIS OF andar, to walk: 
 and-ar and-ando and-ado and-o 
 and-aba lie and-ado and-e 
 
 andar- e etc. and-a 
 
 andar-ia 
 
 anduv-e 
 anduv-iera 
 
 anduv-iese 
 anduv-iere 
 
 181. CONJUGATION OF 
 
 andar 
 
 
 and-ar and-ando and-ado 
 
 and-o 
 
 anduv-e 
 
 and-aba he " 
 
 -as 
 
 -iste 
 
 -abas has " 
 
 -a 
 
 -0 
 
 -aba ha " 
 
 -amos -imos 
 
 -abamos hemos " 
 
 -ais 
 
 -isteis 
 
 -abais habeis " 
 
 -an 
 
 -ieron 
 
 -aban han " 
 
 
 
 andar-e 
 
 and-e 
 
 anduv-iera, -iese 
 
 -as 
 
 -es 
 
 -ieras, -ieses 
 
 -a 
 
 -e 
 
 -iera, -iese 
 
 emos 
 
 -emos -ieramos, -iesemos 
 
 -eis 
 
 -eis 
 
 -ierais, -ieseis 
 
 an 
 
 -en 
 
 -ieran, -iesen 
 
 andar-ia 
 
 
 
 anduv-iere 
 
 -ias 
 
 and-a 
 
 -ieres 
 
 ia 
 
 -e V 
 
 -iere 
 
 -iamos 
 
 
 
 -ieremos 
 
 -iais 
 
 and-ad 
 
 -iereis 
 
 -ian 
 
 -en 
 
 VV. -ieren. 
 
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 182. CONJUGATION OF dar, 1 to give: 
 
 dar dando dado 
 
 doy 
 
 di 
 
 
 d-aba he " 
 
 d-as 
 
 -iste 
 
 
 -abas has " 
 
 -a 
 
 -io 
 
 
 -aba ha " 
 
 -amos 
 
 -imos 
 
 
 -abamos hemos " 
 
 -ais 
 
 -isteis 
 
 
 -abais habeis " 
 
 -an 
 
 ieron 
 
 
 -aban han " 
 
 
 
 
 dar-e 
 
 d-e 
 
 d-iera, 
 
 -iese 
 
 -as 
 
 -es 
 
 -ieras, 
 
 -ieses 
 
 -a 
 
 -e 
 
 -iera, 
 
 -iese 
 
 -emos 
 
 -emos 
 
 -ieramos, 
 
 -iesemos 
 
 eis 
 
 -eis 
 
 -ierais, 
 
 -ieseis 
 
 -an 
 
 -en 
 
 -ieran, 
 
 -iesen 
 
 dar-ia 
 
 
 
 d-iere 
 
 
 -fas 
 
 da 
 
 -ieres 
 
 
 -ia 
 
 de V. 
 
 -iere 
 
 
 -iamos 
 
 
 
 -ieremos 
 
 
 -iais 
 
 dad 
 
 -iereis 
 
 
 ian 
 
 den VV. 
 
 -ieren 
 
 
 183. CONJUGATION OF jugar, to play : 
 jugar jug-ando jug-ado jueg-o' 2 jugu-e 
 
 jug-aba 
 
 he 
 
 -as jug-aste 
 
 -abas 
 
 has " 
 
 a 
 
 -6 
 
 
 -aba 
 -abamos 
 
 ha " 
 hemos " 
 
 jug-amos 
 ais 
 
 -amos 
 
 -asteis 
 
 
 -abais 
 
 habeis 
 
 jueg-an 
 
 -aron 
 
 
 -aban 
 
 han *' 
 
 
 
 
 jugar-e 
 -as 
 
 
 juegu-e 
 -es 
 
 jug-ara, 
 -aras, 
 
 -ase 
 
 -ases 
 
 -a 
 
 
 -e 
 
 -ara, 
 
 -ase 
 
 -emos 
 -eis 
 
 
 jugu-emos 
 u-eis 
 
 -aramos, 
 -arais, 
 
 -asemos 
 -aseis 
 
 -an 
 
 
 juegu-en 
 
 -aran, 
 
 -asen 
 
 1 The synopsis may be readily taken from full conjugation, 
 and should be given orally for each verb. 
 
 2 See note 1, p. 82. 
 
IRREGULAR VERBS FIRST COKJUGATIOtf. 85 
 
 jugar-ia jug-are 
 
 -ias juega -ares 
 
 -la juegu-e V. -are 
 
 famos -aremos 
 
 -lais jugad -areis 
 
 -lan juegu-en VV. -aren 
 
 164. (a) Errar, to err, takes y 1 before it in the pres. indie, 
 
 and parts derived from it, except first and second person 
 plur. 
 
 PRINCIPAL PARTS ; errar err-ando err-ado yerr-o err-e 
 PRES. INDIC. PRES. SUBJ. IMPERATIVE. 
 
 yerr-o yerr-e 
 
 yerr-as yerr-es yerr-a 
 
 yerr-a yerr-e yerr-e V. 
 
 err-amos err-emos 
 
 err-ais err-eis err-ad 
 
 yerr-an yerr-en yerr-en VV. 
 
 (b) Constar, to be evident ; antojarse, to long, are used only 
 in the third person sing, and plur. ; pesar in the sense of to 
 regret is impersonal (third person sing.). 
 
 VOCABULARY XVIII. 
 
 el fuego, fire. las de Villadiego, French 
 
 guante, glove. acertar, to hit the mark. 
 
 puiietazo, blow with the fist, almorzar, to breakfast. 
 
 respeto, respect. cegar, to blind. 
 
 la bofetada, slap. cerrar, to sJiut. 
 
 culpa, blame. confesar, to confess. 
 
 escopeta, gun. costar, to cost. 
 
 falta, fault. desaprobar, to disapprove. 
 
 intencion, intention. descontar, to discount. 
 
 justicia, justice. despertar, to awake. 
 
 nacion, nation. despoblar, to depopulate. 
 
 pelota, ball (game). endeudado, in debt. 
 
 pieza, piece (play). entrar, to enter. 
 
 promesa, promise. gobernar, to govern. 
 
 1 This y is for i (instead of ierro we have yerro, etc.). 
 
86 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 helar, to freeze. recomendar, to recommend. 
 
 junto, near. reprobar, to reprove. 
 
 manifestar, to manifest. sentar (-se), to sit down. 
 
 merendar, lunch. sin embargo, nevertheless. 
 
 negar, to deny. sorprender, to surprise. 
 
 nevar, to snow. temblar, to tremble. 
 
 obligar, to oblige. volar, to fly. 
 
 EXERCISE XVIIL 
 
 1. El principe gobierna sus estados con modera- 
 tion y justicia. 2. <; Que piensa V. de la pieza que se 
 represento ayer ? 3. Los vicios despueblan las nacio- 
 nes mas que las guerras. 4. "No me acuerdo de lo 
 que me ha dicho (said), pero me acordare (de ello). 
 5. Me dio un punetazo; le di a el una bofetada muy 
 f uerte. 6. Si V. me diera (or diese) su perro, le daria a 
 V. mi escopeta. 7. Si V. encuentra (or encontrare) a 
 un anciano saludele V. con respeto. 8. El hombre 
 manifiesta buenas intenciones y confiesa sus faltas. 
 9. Temo que V. desapruebe la action, sin embargo no 
 la niego. 10. Acuerdese V. de su promesa y reco- 
 miendeme V. a su amigo. 11. Hiela (it freezes) y 
 nieva mucho este afro en Ithaca. 12. j Acuestese V. 
 amigo mio ! Gracias ! No tengo gana de acostarme. 
 13. Cuentenos V. como paso el (su) tiempo ayer por 
 la manana. 14. Mi sobrino se echo a reir (laughed 
 aloud) al tiempo de retirarse. 15. <j Piensa V. ir al 
 baile esta noche ? Yo no pienso ir. 16. El pobre 
 pajaro tiembla y no vuela en la tempestad. 
 
 THEME XVIIL 
 
 1. At what hour do you breakfast ? We breakfast 
 at six in the morning. 2. When do you begin the 
 work that you wish to write ? 3. I breakfast at seven, 
 
IRREGULAR VERBS SECOND CONJUGATION. 87 
 
 do not lunch in the evening, and go to bed early. 
 4. We marched (pret.) all night in order to surprise 
 the enemy (-ies). 5. I always give you good advice(s), 
 but you forget it (them) often. 6. The boy plays at 
 ball this morning. We do not play. 7. Discount this 
 letter of exchange that I have received to-day. 
 8. Why do you begin your labor so late ? I do not 
 awaken. 9. If he gave less to the poor he would not 
 be so in debt. 10. Sit down, sir. I do not sit down, 
 because I have not time. 11. Shut the door of my 
 room. It is already shut, sir. 12. I am not to (have 
 not the) blame. Why do you reprove me ? 13. How 
 much do these gloves cost ? They cost two pesetas a 
 pair. 14. He reached for his sword, and they took 
 French leave. 15. It pleases me to sit somewhere 
 near the fire. 16. The dust blinds me, and forces me 
 to enter the house. 
 
 LESSON XIX. 
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS I atender AND OTHERS SECOND 
 CONJUGATION. 
 
 185, CONJUGATION OF atender, to mind, to heed: 
 
 atend-er atend-iendo atend-ido attend 1 -o atend-i 
 
 atend-ia 
 
 and atento -es 
 
 -iste 
 
 -fas 
 
 he atend-ido -e 
 
 -io 
 
 -ia 
 
 etc. atend-emos 
 
 -ixnos 
 
 lamos 
 
 -eis 
 
 -isteis 
 
 -iais 
 
 atiend-en 
 
 -ieron 
 
 -ian 
 
 
 
 See note 1, p. 82. 
 
88 
 
 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 atender-e atiend-a atend-iera, -iese 
 
 -as -as etc. 
 
 -a -a 
 
 -emos atend-amos 
 
 -eis -ais 
 
 -an atiend-an 
 atender-ia atend-iere 
 
 -ias atiende etc. 
 
 -ia atiend-a V. 
 
 -iamos 
 
 -iais atended 
 
 -ian atiend-an VV. 
 
 186. CONJUGATION OF mover, to move: 
 
 mov-er 
 tnov-ia 
 
 etc. 
 mover-e 
 
 etc. 
 mover-ia 
 
 etc. 
 
 mov-iendo 
 
 . mov-ido 
 he mov-ido 
 etc. 
 
 muev-o 
 -es 
 -e 
 
 mov-emos 
 -eis 
 
 muev-en 
 
 muev-a 
 -as 
 
 mov-i 
 
 -iste 
 
 -io 
 
 -imos 
 
 -fsteis 
 
 -ieron 
 
 mov-iera, -iese 
 etc. 
 
 mov-amos 
 -ais 
 
 muev-an 
 
 mov-iere 
 etc. 
 
 mueve 
 mueva V. 
 
 moved 
 muevan VV. 
 
 187. CONJUGATION OF caer, to fall (idiomatic to 
 look into) : 
 
 ca-er ca-yendo ca-ido caigo cai 
 
 ca-ia he ca-ido caes ca-iste 
 
 etc. etc. cae cay-6 
 
 caer-e caemos caimos 
 
 etc. caeis caisteis 
 
 caen caen cayeron 
 
IRREGULAR VERBS SECOND CONJUGATION. 89 
 
 caer-ia caig-a ca-yera, -yese 
 
 etc. etc. etc. 
 
 ca-yere 
 
 ca-e etc. 
 
 caig-a V. 
 
 ca-ed 
 caigan VV. 
 
 188. CONJUGATION OF traer, to bring, to wear : 
 tra-er trayendo traido traig-o traj-e 
 tra-ia lie traido 
 
 etc. etc. 
 
 traer-e 
 
 etc. 
 traer-ia 
 
 etc. 
 
 traed 
 traigan VV. 
 
 189. CONJUGATION OF cocer, to cook (to boil or to 
 
 bake) : 
 
 tra-es 
 tra-e 
 etc. 
 traig-a 
 etc. 
 
 trae 
 traiga V. 
 
 -iste 
 
 -0 
 
 etc. 
 traj-era, -ese 
 etc. 
 traj-ere 
 etc. 
 
 co-cer 
 coc-ia 
 
 etc. 
 cocer-e 
 
 etc. 
 
 cocer-ia 
 etc. 
 
 cociendo 
 
 cocido 
 he cocido 
 etc. 
 
 cuez-o 
 cuec-es 
 cuec-e 
 coc-emos 
 -eis 
 cuec-en 
 cuez-a 
 -as 
 -a 
 coz-amos 
 -ais 
 cuez-an 
 
 coc-i 
 -iste 
 -io 
 
 -imos 
 -isteis 
 -ieron 
 coc-iera, -iese 
 etc. 
 coc-iere 
 etc. 
 
 cuece coced 
 cueza V. cuezan VV. 
 
90 
 
 PKACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 190. CONJUGATION OF hacer, to do, to make: 
 
 hac-er 
 
 hac-iendo hecho 
 
 hago 
 
 hic-e 
 
 hac-ia 
 
 he hecho 
 
 haces 
 
 hic-iste 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 hace 
 
 hiz-o 
 
 
 
 etc. 
 
 hic-imos 
 
 har-e 
 
 
 hag-a 
 
 etc. 
 
 -as 
 
 
 -as 
 
 hic-iera, -iese 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 har-ia 
 
 
 
 
 
 hic-iere 
 
 -ias 
 
 haz 
 
 haced 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. haga V. hagan VV. 
 
 191. CONJUGATION OF satisfacer, to satisfy : 
 
 satisfac-er 
 satisfac-ia 
 
 etc. 
 satisfar-e 
 
 etc. 
 satisfar-ia 
 
 etc. 
 
 (-fac-iendo) (-fecho) 
 he satisfecho 
 etc. 
 
 (-fag-o) (-fic-e) 
 
 (-fac-es) ( -iste) 
 
 ( -ce) (-fiz-o) 
 
 etc. (-fic-imos) 
 (-fag-a) etc. 
 
 ( -as) (-fic-iera, -iese) 
 
 etc. etc. 
 
 (-fic-iere) 
 
 (-face or -faz) (-faced) etc. 
 (-fagaV.) (-faganVV.) 
 
 192. CONJUGATION OF querer, to want, to will, to 
 wish ; also to like, to love : 
 quer-iendo quer-ido 
 he quer-ido 
 etc. 
 
 quer-er 
 quer-ia 
 
 etc. 
 querr-e 
 -as 
 etc. 
 
 querr-ia 
 -fas 
 etc. 
 
 quier-o 
 
 -es 
 
 -e 
 quer-emos 
 
 -eis 
 
 quier-en 
 quier-a 
 
 -as 
 
 -a 
 quer-amos 
 
 -ais 
 quier-an 
 
 quis-e 
 
 -iste 
 
 -o 
 
 -imos ' 
 
 -fsteis 
 
 -ieron 
 quis-iera, -iese 
 
 etc. 
 
 quis-iere 
 etc. 
 
 quiere quered 
 quiera V. quieran VV. 
 
IRREGULAR VERBS SECOND CONJUGATION. 91 
 
 VOCABULARY XIX. 
 
 el cirujano, surgeon. 
 
 concierto, concert. 
 
 corriente, present (month). 
 
 costumbre, custom. 
 
 embarazo, perplexity. 
 
 estudiante, student. 
 
 hornillo, (kitchen) stove. 
 
 homo, oven. 
 
 huevo, egg. 
 
 instante, instant. 
 
 pantalon, pantaloon. 
 
 postre, dessert. 
 
 reformador, reformer. 
 
 sastre, tailor. 
 
 socorro, help. 
 la libreria, bookstore. 
 
 mercaderia, goods. 
 
 pregunta, question. 
 aborrecer, to hate. 
 atender, to mind, heed. 
 
 caer, to fall. 
 
 cocer, to cook, to boil. 
 
 cocer (-se), cook, boil. 
 
 desde, since. 
 
 despacio, slowly. 
 
 ento*nces, then. 
 
 morder, to bite. 
 
 mover, to move. 
 
 ofrecer, to offer. [sure). 
 
 pasear (-se), to walk (for plea- 
 
 pretender, to pretend. 
 
 ( to want, will, wish; 
 1 uerer > \ to like, to love. 
 satisfacer, to satisfy. 
 sonar, to dream. 
 trabajar, to work. 
 traer, to bring, to wear. 
 valuar, to appreciate. 
 volver, to return. 
 
 EXERCISE XIX. 
 
 1. Pedro quiere a ese hombre, pero yo le aborrezco. 
 2. i Que pretenden los nuevos reform adores con su 
 sofiada igualdad? 3. <iQue esta mi hrjo haciendo? 
 Esta escribiendo una carta. 4. Mi hijo acaba de 
 (has just) llegar ; se ha paseado (una) hora y media. 
 5. <; Tiene el tiempo para (de) trabajar ? Si, pero no 
 tiene gana de bacerlo. 6. <j Ha hecho mis pantalones 
 el sastre ? Los tiene hechos. 7. Se man da V. hacer 
 un vestido ; <; por quien le ha hecho hacer V.? <; a 
 quien le ha dado V. a hacer? 8. Tenia costumbre 
 el rey de hacer esta pregunta : <; estais satisf echo ? 
 
 9. Dire al criado que traiga los postres al instante. 
 
 10. <; Conoce V. a este caballero ? Le conozco desde 
 
92 PKACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 muchos anos. 11. Cuando quiere V. que hagamos 
 este negocio para V.? 12. Su perro de V. muerde a 
 todos los que quieren entrar en su casa. 13. Es pre- 
 cise que V. caiga en la pobreza para valuar el socorro. 
 14. Hizo mucho frio en mi cuarto ent6nces, mas 
 ahora hace calof. 15. El tren se mueve muy despa- 
 cio, y llegarernos tarde. 16. Cuando vuelva V. a es- 
 cribirle, dele V. muchas memorias de mi parte. 
 
 THEME XIX. 
 
 1. I have just heard (to say} that the countess de 
 Villegas has lost a son ; it is the queen's surgeon who 
 has killed him. 2. I should like to read some of the 
 romances of Valdes. 3. I do not believe that you 
 will find them in a small bookstore. 4. He has of- 
 fered to carry to his mother the letter I have written. 
 5. What has been done with your brother ? He be- 
 came (made himself) doctor. 6. How long has it 
 been since (that) you have breakfasted ? A little time 
 since. 7. I shall set sail for Spain the twelfth of the 
 present month. 8. How shall I do to have goods 
 without money ? 9. Do you not wear your coat any 
 more? I do not wear it ; it is worn out. 10. What 
 do you wish ? We wish money to go to the concert. 
 11. What do you do on Sundays in the afternoon? 
 We take a walk. 12. He fell into a great perplex- 
 ity when he learned this news. 13. What kind of 
 weather is it to-day ? It is clear and quiet weather. 
 14. The students pay attention to the words of the 
 philosopher. 15. The eggs are cooked on the stove, 
 and the bread in the oven. 16. I have not again seen 
 (returned to see) him, but they have "just seen him. 
 
IRREGULAR VERBS OF SECOND CONJUGATION. 93 
 
 LESSON XX. 
 
 IRREGULAR YERBS OF SECOND CONJUGATION 
 (CONCLUDED). 
 
 193. Caber, 1 to hold, to le contained in (en): 
 caber cab-iendo cab-ido quep-o cup-e 
 cab-ia 
 
 etc. 
 cabr-e 
 
 etc. 
 cabr-ia 
 
 etc. 
 
 cabe cab-ed 
 
 quepa V. quep-an W. 
 
 194. Oler, to smell, to scent : 
 
 he cab-ido 
 
 cab-es 
 
 -lite 
 
 etc. 
 
 cab-e 
 
 -0 
 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 quep-a 
 
 cup-iera, -iese 
 
 
 -as 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 -a 
 
 cup-iere 
 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 ol-er 
 
 ol-ia 
 
 etc. 
 
 oler-e 
 
 etc. 
 
 oler-ia 
 
 etc. 
 
 ol-iendo ol-ido 
 
 huel-o 
 -es 
 -e 
 ol-emos 
 -eis 
 huel-en 
 huel-a 
 -as 
 -a 
 ol-amos 
 -ais 
 huel-an 
 
 Ol-l 
 
 -iste 
 -io 
 etc. 
 ol-iera, -iese 
 etc. 
 ol-iere 
 etc. 
 
 huel-e 
 -a V. 
 
 ol-ed 
 huel-an VV. 
 
 1 Subject generally follows this verb : as, en la catedral de 
 Burgos cabe mucha gente. 
 
94 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 195. Placer, 1 to please (impersonal): 
 
 placer placiendo placido place plug-o (plac-io) 
 
 plac-ia plazc-a (or plegue) plugu-iera, -iese 
 
 placer-a (or plega) (plac-iera, -iese) 
 
 placer -ia plegue (or plega) plugu-iere (plac-iere) 
 
 196. Poder, to be able (a model auxiliary meaning 
 can, may, could, might): 
 
 poder pud-iendo pod-ido pued-o pud-e 
 pod-ia -es -iste 
 
 etc. -e -o 
 
 podr-e pod-emos etc. 
 
 -as . -eis pud-iera, -iese 
 
 etc. pued-en etc. 
 
 podr-ia pued-a pud-iere 
 
 -fas -as etc. 
 
 etc. -a 
 
 pod-amos 
 
 -ais 
 Imperative wanting. pued-an 
 
 197. Poner, to place, to put: 
 
 poner pon-iendo puesto pong-o pus-e 
 
 pon-ia pon-es -iste 
 
 etc. etc. etc. 
 
 pondr-e pong-a pus-iera, -iese 
 
 etc. -as etc. 
 
 pondr-ia etc. pus-iere 
 
 etc. etc. 
 
 pon pon-ed 
 
 pong-a V. pong-an VV. 
 
 1 Placer may be (though it rarely is) used personally and 
 conjugated throughout (subject only to the regular euphonic 
 changes of verbs in cer). The compounds of placer are reg- 
 ular and not impersonal. 
 
IRREGULAR VERBS OF SECOND CONJUGATION. 95 
 
 198. Saber, to Mow (things); also, to know how: 
 
 saber sab-iendo sabido 
 
 se sup-e 
 
 sab-ia 
 
 sab-es -iste 
 
 etc. 
 
 -e -o 
 
 sabr-e 
 
 etc. etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 sep-a sup-iera, -iese 
 
 sabr-ia 
 
 -as etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. sup-iere 
 
 
 
 etc. 
 
 sabe 
 
 sabed 
 
 sep-a V. 
 
 sep-an VV. 
 
 199. Valer, to le worth : 
 
 
 val-er val-iendo val-ido 
 
 valg-o val-i 
 
 val-ia 
 
 val-es -iste 
 
 etc. 
 
 -e -io 
 
 valdr-e 
 
 etc. etc. 
 
 -as 
 
 valg a val iera, -iese 
 
 etc. 
 
 as etc. 
 
 valdr-ia 
 
 etc. val-iere 
 
 .fas 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. val, vale 
 
 val-ed 
 
 valg-a V. 
 
 valg-an VV. 
 
 200. yer, to see : 
 
 
 ver viendo visto 
 
 veo vi 
 
 ve-ia 
 
 ves viste 
 
 ve-ias 
 
 ve vio 
 
 etc. 
 
 vemos vimos 
 
 ver-e 
 
 veis visteis 
 
 -as 
 
 ven vieron 
 
 etc. 
 
 ve-a viera, -iese 
 
 ver-ia 
 
 -as etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. viere 
 
 
 
 etc. 
 
 ve 
 
 ved 
 
 vea V. 
 
 vean VV. 
 
96 PRACTICAL SPAXISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 201. Yacer, to lie (down) : 
 
 yac-er yac-iendo yac-ido yazc-o (yazg-o, yag-o) yac-i 
 yac-ia yac-es etc. 
 
 etc. yac-e yac-iera, -iese 
 
 yacer-e etc. etc. 
 
 etc. PRES. SORT. yac-iere 
 
 yacer-ia yazc-a, yazc-asetc. etc. 
 
 etc. yazg-a, yazg-as etc. 
 
 yag-a, yag-as etc. IMPERATIVE. 
 
 Rarely used, except in third per- 
 
 son of present and imperfect in- yace or yaz yaced 
 dicative. yazc-a V. yazc-an VV. 
 
 202. DEFECTIVE 1 VERBS OF SECOND CONJUGATION. (a) 
 Acaecer, acontecer, and suceder (each meaning to happen) are 
 used only in the third persons (sing, and plural), (b) Pacer, to 
 pasture, not (or rarely) used in pres. subj. or first person sing, 
 of pres. ind. (c) Raer, to erase. The forms in which the stem- 
 vowel comes before a or o are little used; but pres. ind. 
 raigo or rayo, raes, etc.; pres. subj. raiga or raya, raigas or 
 rayas, etc.; imp. ind. raia, etc.; pret. ind. rai, etc.; rayera, 
 etc.; rayese, etc.; rayere, etc. (d) Roer, 2 to gnaw. Pres. ind. 
 roo (roigo or royo), roes, roe, etc.; pres. subj. roa, roiga or 
 roya, roas, roigas or royas, etc. Corroer, corroe, corroen, co- 
 rroa, cor roan, are the most common forms of corroer. (e) Re- 
 poner (in the sense of) to reply, used only in pret. ind.: repuse, 
 etc. (/) Salve, 3 God bless you, has no other form than this 
 (second singular imperative), (g) Soler, to be accustomed to, 
 has in general use only the following forms : 
 
 soler 
 
 soliendo solido suelo 
 
 solia 
 
 sueles 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 1 Some, as will be noted, are simply impersonal. 
 
 2 Generally marked defective in pres. subj. and first person 
 of pres. ind. 
 
 3 Salve (and vale, see [i]) not in general use 
 
IRREGULAR VERBS OF SECOND CONJUGATION. 97 
 
 (h) Taner, to play (music), obsolete in first person sing. pres. 
 ind., which was formerly tango. Ataiier, to appertain, used 
 only in third person sing, and plur. (i) Vale, farewell (see 
 salve). Vale is generally treated as a noun or interjection. 
 
 VOCABULARY XX. 
 
 el alto, halt. la silla, chair. 
 
 arroyo, brook. vaca, cow. 
 
 banco, bank. a todo lo largo de, all along. 
 
 carnero, sheep. ausente, absent. 
 
 los caudales, funds. caber, to be contained. 
 
 el circo, circus. defender, to defend. 
 
 cofre, trunk. doler, to pain. 
 
 florero, flowerpot. inmediatamente, immediately. 
 
 juez, judge. luego que, as soon as. 
 
 porvenir, future. obedecer, to obey. 
 
 sepulcro, sepulchre. oler, to smell, scent. 
 
 la bolsa, purse. (en) otra parte, elsewhere. 
 
 cabra, goat. pacer, to pasture. 
 
 calidad, quality. placer, to please. 
 
 cama, bed. poner, to place. 
 
 legumbre, vegetable. proximo, next. . 
 
 lista, list (menu). soler, to be accustomed. 
 
 opinion, opinion. valer, to be worth. 
 
 sabana, sheet. yacer, to lie. 
 
 EXERCISE XX. 
 
 1. Podra V. comenzar sus lecciones de nadar ma- 
 fiana. 2. Me parece que todavia no puedo comen- 
 zar ; no tengo tiempo. 3. Hay mucha gente que 
 pierden mucho en darse a conocer. 4. La cabeza 
 me duele y quiero acostarme ahora mismo. 5. Puede 
 ser que yo le vea la primavera prfJxima en su casa. 
 6. jPluguiera a Dios que yo pudiera ir a Europa con 
 VV.I 7. Nos pusimos en camino a las cinco e 1 hici- 
 mos alto a las doce. 8. En el teatro de Burdeos 
 
 1 y before initial i or hi is e. 
 
98 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 caben dos mil personas. 9. <; Piensa V. que el pano de 
 Sedan valga mas que el de Louviers ? 10. Estas le- 
 gumbres son de una buena calidad, huelen bien y se 
 cuecen bien. 11. Luego que supe que su mujer habia 
 llegado f ui (/ went} a visitarle. 12. <; Que ve V.? 
 Nada, pero veremos el sol en algunos *ninutos. 
 
 13. Las vacas pacen en el campo junto al arroyo. 
 
 14. No he visto a mi amigo. ^ Sabe V. lo que le ha 
 sucedido ? 15. Defiendo a mis amigos cuando estan 
 ausentes. 16. Cuando veamos a este hombre le dire- 
 mos nuestra opinion. 
 
 THEME XX. 
 
 1. Who put the flowerpot here ? The servant put 
 it on the chair. 2. Now let us read the menu (list) 
 and know what we are (have) to eat. 3. I know that 
 he can be useful to you if he wishes. 4. I know your 
 judges ; they will do for you all that they can. 5. He 
 is accustomed to write to his father every (all .the) 
 week(s). 6. Put your funds in the bank; they will 
 be more safe there than elsewhere. 7. Know that 1 
 wish that they obey me immediately. 8. Many more 
 garments would go in this trunk if you would arrange 
 them well. 9. This horse will be worth three hun- 
 dred dollars in the spring, 10. Let them prepare 
 me a good bed and let them put on a clean sheet. 
 11. If we knew (subj.) the future we should be very 
 unhappy. 12. He has just arrived, and his friend 
 lies in the sepulchre. 13. The sheep and the goats 
 pasture all along the road. 14. This theatre holds 
 two hundred more persons than the circus. 15. He 
 knows that I can be useful to him if I wish to be so. 
 16. This purse contains more gold but less silver than 
 mine. 
 
IRREGULAR VERBS OF THIRD CONJUGATION. 99 
 
 LESSON XXI. 
 
 SOME IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE THIRD CONJUGA- 
 TION. 
 
 203. CONJUGATION OF sentir, to feel, to perceive : 
 
 sentir sint-iendo sent-ido sient-o sent i 
 sent-ia 
 etc. 
 
 sentir e 
 
 etc. 
 sentir-ia 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 he sent-ido 
 
 -es 
 
 -iste 
 
 
 etc. 
 
 -e 
 
 sint-io 
 
 
 
 sent imos 
 
 sent-imos 
 
 
 
 -is 
 
 -isteis 
 
 
 
 sient en 
 
 sint ieron 
 
 
 
 sient a 
 
 sint iera, -iese 
 
 
 
 as 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 
 -a 
 
 sint-iere 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 sint amos 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 
 
 
 -ais 
 
 
 sient e 
 
 sentid 
 
 sient an 
 
 
 sient-a V. 
 
 sient-an VV. 
 
 
 
 204. Pedir, to ask : 
 
 pedir 
 
 ped-ia 
 
 etc. 
 pedir-e 
 
 etc. 
 
 pedir ia 
 etc. 
 
 pidiendo ped-ido 
 he ped-ido 
 etc. 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 pide ped-id 
 
 pid-a V. pid-an VV. 
 
 205. Conducir, to conduct: 
 conduc-ir conduc-iendo conduc ido 
 conduc-ia he conduc ido 
 
 etc. etc. 
 
 pid-o ped-i 
 
 -es -iste 
 
 -e pid io 
 ped imos ped imos 
 
 -is -isteis 
 
 pid- en pid-ieron 
 pid-a pid iera, -iese 
 
 -as etc. 
 
 etc. pid-iere 
 etc. 
 
 conduzc-o 
 
 conduc-es 
 etc. 
 
 conduj-e 
 
 -iste 
 etc. 
 
100 
 
 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 conducir e IMPERATIVE. 
 
 conducir-ia conduc-e conduc id 
 
 etc. conduzc-a V. conduzc an VV. 
 
 206. Decir, to say, to tell : 
 
 conduzc a conduj-era, -ese 
 conduzc-as etc. 
 
 etc. conduj-ere 
 etc. 
 
 decir 
 
 die iendo 
 
 dich-o 
 
 digo 
 
 dij-e 
 
 dec-ia 
 
 
 he dich-o 
 
 dic-es 
 
 -iste 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 etc. 
 
 dic-e 
 
 -0 
 
 dir-e 
 
 
 
 dec-imos 
 
 -imos 
 
 dir-as 
 
 
 
 dec-is 
 
 -isteis 
 
 etc. 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 die en 
 
 -eron 
 
 diria 
 
 
 
 
 
 dig-a 
 
 dij-era, -ese 
 
 dir-ias 
 
 di 
 
 decid 
 
 -as 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 dig-a V. 
 
 dig an VV. 
 
 etc. 
 
 dij-ere 
 
 
 
 
 
 etc. 
 
 207. Heir, to laugh : 
 
 reir ri endo (riyendo) 1 re ido 
 re-ia he re-ido 
 
 etc. etc. 
 
 reir-e 
 
 etc. 
 reir-ia 
 
 etc. IMPERATIVE. 
 
 ri-e re-id 
 
 ri-a V. ri-an VV. 
 
 208. Instruir, to instruct : 
 instruir instru-yendo instru-ido instruy-o 
 
 ri-o 
 -es 
 -e 
 re -imos 
 -is 
 ri-en 
 ri-a 
 -as 
 etc. 
 
 re-i 
 -iste 
 rio 
 re -imos 
 -isteis 
 ri-eron 
 ri-era, -ese 
 etc. 
 ri-ere 
 etc. 
 
 instru-ia 
 
 etc. 
 instruir-e 
 
 etc. 
 instruir-ia 
 
 etc. 
 
 he instru-ido 
 etc. 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 instruy-e instru-id 
 
 -a V. instruy-an VV. 
 
 -e 
 
 instru-imos 
 
 -is 
 
 instruy-en 
 instruy-a 
 -as 
 etc. 
 
 instru-i 
 
 -iste 
 
 -yo 
 
 -imos 
 
 -isteis 
 
 -yeron 
 instru-yera, -yese 
 
 etc. 
 
 instru-yere 
 etc. 
 
 1 Old form. 
 
IRREGULAR VERBS OF THIRD CONJUGATION. 101 
 
 209. Venir, to come: 
 
 venir vin-iendo ven-ido veng-o vin-e 
 
 ven ia he ven-ido vien-es -iste 
 
 etc. etc. -e -o 
 
 vendr-e ven-imos -imos 
 
 etc. -Is -isteis 
 
 vendr-ia vien-en -ieron 
 
 etc. IMPERATIVE. veng-a vin-iera, -iese 
 
 -as etc. 
 
 ven ven-id etc. vin-iere 
 
 veng-a V. veng-an VV. etc. 
 
 VOCABULARY XXL 
 
 el abogado, lawyer. conducir, to conduct. 
 
 peligro, peril. conseguir, to obtain. 
 
 la cocina, kitchen. durante, during. 
 
 comida, (repast) meal. generalmente, generally. 
 
 conducta, conduct. maldecir, curse. 
 
 leccion, lesson. obtenir, obtain. 
 
 opera, opera. pedir, to ask. 
 
 peninsula, peninsula. preferir, to prefer. 
 
 acaso, perhaps. provenir, to arise. 
 
 aguardar, to wait. traducir, to translate. 
 
 amparar, to protect. vulgarmente, commonly. 
 
 EXERCISE XXL 
 
 1. <: V. dijo que yo no habia hecho mi deber, es ver- 
 dad ? 2. El no ha venido, porque V. no le ha convi- 
 dado. 3. (i Puede V. decirme cual es el asunto de 
 esta opera? 4. <; Que se dice vulgarmente de las ig- 
 lesias de Castilla? 5. <iQue libro traducen VV. del 
 frances al espafiol ? Gil Bias. 6. Dice que no tiene 
 dinero ahora, y es precise aguardar hasta el mes proc- 
 simo. 7. <; Porque no le dice V. a su sastre que V. 
 no puede pagarle ahora ? 8. <;De donde viene eso? 
 Viene de la casa vieja del valle. 9. Mi padre vino a 
 este pais cuando tenia veinte anos. 10. Yo no siento 
 
102 PKACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 nada ahora ; acaso lo sentire mas tarde. 11. El no 
 le pedira a V. mas dinero durante esta semana. 
 12. ^1 es quien sirve a la mesa ; no servimos mas que 
 el cafe. 13. Me rio porque con tantas lecciones V. ha 
 hecho tan (poco progreso) pocos adelantos. 14. El 
 prefirio el empleo de juez al de presidente y se arre- 
 piente ahora. 15.. Los malos maldicen aim a los que 
 los amparan. 16. El abogado instruye a su hijo en 
 las leyes del pais. 
 
 THEME XXL 
 
 1. What do you wish that I say (subj.) except that 
 it is bad weather ? 2. What are you doing in the 
 kitchen ? I am cooking the meat for dinner. 3. Come : 
 I wish to present you to my cousin who has just ar- 
 rived. 4. In what year did the Komans come to the 
 Spanish peninsula? 5. Where are you conducting 
 this child ? I am conducting him home. 6. What do 
 you ask for this horse? I do not ask except what it is 
 worth. 7. Can you translate this ? I don't translate 
 very well. 8. I asked a hundred dollars from () my 
 father and they came to me to-day. 9. We are sorry 
 (feel it) that you do not come with us to the concert. 
 10. How do you feel ? I feel very well to-day, (many) 
 thanks. 11. I do not think he will obtain (subj.) the 
 employment that he asks. 12. The misfortunes of 
 men arise generally from their bad conduct. 13. You 
 do not merit that I give you the news from your friend. 
 14. The stranger began to laugh at the time of retir- 
 ing (himself). 15. I compete for this employment 
 with him, but I doubt that I obtain it. 16. I fear 
 my friend does not inform (subj.) himself of the 
 dangers of the place. 
 
DEFECTIVE VERBS OF THIRD CONJUGATION. 103 
 
 LESSON XXII. 
 
 CONCLUSION OF IRREGULAR VERBS OF THIRD CON- 
 JUGATION. DEFECTIVE VERBS OF THIRD 
 CONJUGATION. 
 
 210. Adquirir, to get, to acquire: 
 
 adquir ir adquir-iendo adquir-ido adquier-o adquir i 
 adquir-ia 
 
 etc. 
 adquirir-e 
 
 etc. 
 adquirir-ia 
 
 etc. 
 
 adquier-e 
 
 adquier-a V. adquier-an VV. adquier-an 
 
 211. Asir (used figuratively), to seize: 
 
 as-ir as-iendo as-ido 
 as ia he as-ido 
 
 etc. etc. 
 
 asir-e 
 
 etc. 
 asir ia 
 
 etc. 
 
 Rarely used in first 
 person singular of 
 pres. ind., or in any as e 
 person of pres. subj. asg-a V. 
 
 lie adquir-ido 
 etc. 
 
 LTIVE. 
 
 adquir -id 
 
 -es -iste 
 -e -id 
 adquir- imos -imos 
 -is -isteis 
 adquier en -ieron 
 adquier a adquir-iera, -iese 
 -as etc. 
 -a adquir-iere 
 adquir- amos etc. 
 -ais 
 
 as go 
 
 as-i 
 
 es 
 
 -iste 
 
 e 
 
 -16 
 
 -imos 
 
 imos 
 
 -is 
 
 isteis 
 
 -en 
 
 -ieron 
 
 asg-a 
 
 as iera, -iese 
 
 -as 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 as-iere 
 
 
 
 etc. 
 
 as-id 
 
 
 asg-an 
 
 VV. 
 
104 
 
 PRACTICAL SPAH1SH GRAMMAR. 
 
 212. Dormir, to sleep: 
 
 dormir 
 
 dorm fa 
 
 etc. 
 dormir e 
 
 etc. 
 dormir ia 
 
 etc. 
 
 durm iendo dorm ido 
 k he dorm ido 
 etc. 
 e 
 
 ia 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 duerm e dorm-id 
 duerm-a V. duerm-an W. 
 
 duerm-o 
 -es 
 -e 
 dorm imos 
 -is 
 duerm-en 
 duerm-a 
 -as 
 -a 
 durm-amos 
 -ais 
 duerm-an 
 
 dorm-i 
 iste 
 durm-io 
 
 dorm imos 
 -is 
 durm-ieron 
 durm-iera, -iese 
 etc. 
 durm-iere 
 etc. 
 
 213. Erguir, 1 to hold up (the head, etc.): 
 
 erguir 
 ergu-ia 
 
 etc. 
 erguir-e 
 
 etc. 
 
 erguir-ia 
 etc. 
 
 PRET., etc. 
 ergu-i 
 
 -iste 
 irgu-io 
 ergu-imos 
 -isteis 
 irgu-ieron 
 irgu-iera, -iesa 
 
 etc. 
 
 irgu-iere 
 etc. 
 
 irgu iendo ergu ido 
 he ergu-ido 
 etc. 
 
 irgo or 
 irgues 
 irgue 
 erguimos 
 erguis 
 irguen 
 irg-a or 
 -as 
 
 yergo 
 yergues 
 yergue 
 erguimos 
 erguis 
 yerguen 
 yerg-a 
 -as 
 
 irgamos 
 irgais 
 irg-an yerg-an 
 
 irgue or yergue 
 irga V. yerga V. 
 
 erguid 
 
 irgan VV. yergan VV. 
 
 1 Little used in pres. ind. and pres. subj. 
 
DEFECTIVE VERBS THIRD CONJUGATION. 105 
 
 214. Ir, to go : 
 
 ir 
 
 yendo ido 
 
 voy 
 
 fui 
 
 iba 
 
 he ido 
 
 vas 
 
 -iste 
 
 ibas 
 
 etc. 
 
 va 
 
 -e 
 
 iba 
 
 
 vamos 
 
 -imos 
 
 ibamos 
 
 
 vais 
 
 -isteis 
 
 ibais 
 
 
 van 
 
 -eron 
 
 iban 
 
 
 vay-a 
 
 fu-era, -ese 
 
 ire 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 -as 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 
 etc. 
 
 fu-ere 
 
 ir-ia 
 
 ve id 
 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. vaya V. vayan VV. 
 
 215. Morir, to die : 
 
 morir mur-iendo muerto 
 mor-ia lie muerto 
 
 etc. etc. 
 
 morir-e 
 
 etc. 
 morir-ia 
 
 etc. 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 muer-e mor-id 
 
 muer o 
 
 -es 
 
 -e 
 mor-imos 
 
 -is 
 
 muer-en 
 muer-a 
 
 -as 
 
 -a 
 
 mur-amos 
 -ais 
 
 mor-i 
 
 -iste 
 mur-io 
 mor imos 
 
 -isteis 
 mur-ieron 
 mur-iera, -iese 
 
 etc. 
 
 mur-iere 
 etc. 
 
 muer-a V. muer -an VV. muer-an 
 
 216. Oir, to hear: 
 
 oir oyendo oido 
 
 oigo 
 
 01 
 
 o-ia he oido 
 
 oy-es 
 
 o-iste 
 
 etc. etc. 
 
 -e 
 
 -y6 
 
 oir-e 
 
 o imos 
 
 -imos 
 
 etc. 
 
 o-is 
 
 -isteis 
 
 oir-ia 
 
 oy-en 
 
 -yeron 
 
 etc. IMPERATIVE. 
 
 oig-a 
 
 o-yera, -yese 
 
 
 
 -as 
 
 etc. 
 
 oy-e oid 
 
 etc. 
 
 o-yere 
 
 oig-a V. oig-an VV. 
 
 
 etc. 
 
106 
 
 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 217. Podrir or pudrir, to decay, to rot : 
 
 podrir or 
 (podr-ia) " 
 
 etc. 
 (podrir-e) " 
 
 etc. 
 (podrir ia) " 
 
 etc. 
 
 PRES.IND. pudr-o 
 -es 
 -e 
 pudr (podr)-imos 
 
 -is 
 
 pudr-en 
 pudr-a 
 -as 
 etc. 
 
 pudrir pudr iendo 
 pudr-ia 
 
 etc. 
 pudrir-e 
 
 etc. 
 pudrir- ia 
 
 etc. 
 PRET. IND. etc. pudr-i 
 
 -iste 
 
 podr-ido 
 he podr-ido 
 etc. 
 
 or podr-i 
 
 -iste 
 pudr-io 
 
 -imos or -imos 
 -isteis " -isteis 
 pudr-ieron 
 pudr-iera, -iese 
 
 etc. 
 pudr-iere 
 
 etc. 
 
 pudr e pudr-id (podr-id) 
 pudr-a V. pudr-an VV. 
 
 (Forms beginning pu preferred by Sp. Ac. Grammar to those 
 beginning po, except in pres. inf. and past part.) 
 
 218. Salir, to go out: 
 
 sal-i 
 -iste 
 -io 
 
 -imos 
 -isteis 
 -ieron 
 
 sal-iera, -iese 
 etc. 
 
 sal-iere 
 salg-a V. salg-an VV. etc. 
 
 219. DEFECTIVE VERBS OF THIRD CONJUGATION. (a) 
 Several verbs are used only in those forms whose personal 
 endings begin with i (but the future is used, however) ; they 
 are then defective in the present indicative (first and second per- 
 
 sal-ir 
 
 sal -iendo sal-ido 
 
 salg-o 
 
 sal-ia 
 
 he sal-ido 
 
 -es 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 -e 
 
 saldr-e 
 
 
 -imos 
 
 -as 
 
 
 -is 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 -en 
 
 saldr-ia 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 salg-a 
 
 -ias 
 
 
 
 -as 
 
 etc. 
 
 sal sal-id 
 
 etc. 
 
DEFECTIVE VERBS OF THIRD CONJUGATION. 10? 
 
 sons plural only being used) ; in the imperative (the second 
 plural only being found), and are without the pres. subj. 
 Other forms are regular ; they are : abolir, aguerrir, 1 arrecirse, 
 aterirse, 1 colorir, desmarrirse, despavorir, embair, empedernir, 2 
 garantir, manir. (b) Concernir, conjugated like sentir, 203, 
 is practically defective in future ind. and in cond. and imp. 
 moods, and used elsewhere only in third person sing, and plur. 
 
 VOCABULARY XXII. 
 
 el anciano, old man. asir, to seize. 
 
 arzobispo, archbishop. bendecir, to bless. 
 
 calor, heat. concernir, to concern. 
 
 congreso, congress. desconocido, unknown. 
 
 ministro, minister. erguir, to hold up. 
 
 la carcel, prison. evitar, to avoid. 
 
 decision, decision. ir, to go. 
 
 diligencia, diligence. morir, to die. 
 
 libra, pound (money). oir, to hear. 
 
 manera, manner. podrir, ) . . 
 
 abolir, to abolish. pudrir, ) 
 adquirir, to acquire. 
 
 EXERCISE XXII. 
 
 1. Esta casa me sale (stands me) en mas de mil 
 libras. 2. Se quedo dormido y su hermano no le ha 
 despertado. 3. <? De cuantos anos murio su tia de V.? 
 Murio de treinta y tres anos. 4. No puedo salir hoy; 
 tengo un fuerte dolor de cabeza. 5. V. adquiere 
 conocimientos estudiando con atencion y diligencia. 
 6. El arzobispo de Toledo estuvo (was on the point) 
 para morir anoche. 7. Lo siento mucho ; ire a verle 
 mafiana por la mafiana. 8. <i Va V. al concierto esta 
 noche? No senor, voy a casa. 9. Mi amigo fue una 
 vez a la catedral y una vez al museo. 10. Deseo que 
 
 1 In parts used like sentir, 203. 
 
 2 In parts used like pedir, 204. 
 
108 PRACTICAL SPAXISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 V. vaya a su casa, porque puede ser que el vaya a 
 Paris. 11. <i Oyo V. lo que dijo este hombre ? Oi 
 todo lo que dijo. 12. Aqui yace un hombre que 
 murio pobre y desconocido. 13. Cuando V. venga a 
 Paris vaya V. a ver al ministro. 14. ^Donde iba V. 
 ayer cuando le encontre a V. en la plaza ? 15. Muchos 
 han dejado podrirse a sus parientes en la carcel. 
 16. Esta decision del juez concierne a los intereses de 
 V. 
 
 THEME XXII. 
 
 1 . The books he has bought stand him in a thou- 
 sand pesetas. 2. Are you asleep ? I am not asleep 
 now. What have you to say to me? 3. In (de) 
 what manner do we acquire useful knowledge(s) ? 
 4. Whom has the old man blessed ? He blessed his 
 sons. 5. Your father has just gone out ; he will 
 return in two hours. 6. At what hour do you go out 
 every day ? I go out at ten o'clock. 7. Do you hear 
 what I say ? I hear very well, but I have to go out. 
 8. At what hour did you go (repeatedly) to the house 
 of the doctor? At eleven. 9. Our father does not 
 wish that we sleep so late. 10. The general has died ; 
 he died a year since in a battle. 11. He was born in 
 eighteen hundred and died in eighteen hundred and 
 thirty-six. 12. We have gone out early this morning 
 to avoid the heat. 13. I shall go out to-morrow at 
 six o'clock ; I shall go to see some friends. 14. Do 
 you wish that we go (subj.) to hunt ? Yes, we shall 
 go to-morrow. 15. Congress has abolished the laws 
 against the blacks. 16. My sister is dead ; it was 
 yesterday that I went to see her. 
 
IMPERSONAL VERBS. 109 
 
 LESSON XXIII. 
 
 IMPERSONAL VERBS 1 VERBS USED NEGATIVELY AND 
 INTERROGATIVELY. 
 
 220. The following impersonal verbs are used only 
 as such : 
 
 concierne, it concerns. deshiela, it thaws. 
 
 importa, it imports. llueve, it rains. 
 
 aborea, it becomes day, dawn, llovizna, it drizzles. 
 
 2 i it becomes morning, mollizna, it rains. 
 amanece, j- th& day breakSt nieva, it snows. 
 
 anocheee, it becomes night. obscurece, it becomes dark. 
 diluvia, it rains heavily. relampaguea, it lightens. 
 
 escarcha, it makes frost. truena, it thunders. 
 
 graniza, it hails. ventea, it blows. 
 
 hiela, it freezes. ventisca, it storms (with snow). 
 
 (a) God is sometimes placed as subject of these verbs. Llo- 
 ver, amanecer, and anochecer are occasionally used personally. 
 (b) Mela and nieva are used in Exercise XVIII, sentence 11. 
 
 221. Acaecer, 2 to happen; acontecer, to happen; bastar, to 
 suffice ; suceder, to happen, are used both impersonally and 
 personally (third person sing, or plur.). 
 
 222. (a) Besides being used impersonally the fol- 
 lowing verbs are used personally and in all persons 
 and both numbers : 
 
 me admira, it surprises me. toca, to touch (concern). 
 
 conviene, it suits. es, it is. 
 
 me interesa, it interests me. esta, it is. 
 
 parece, 3 it seems. hay, 5 there is, there are. 
 
 me pesa, it grieves me. hace, it is, etc. 
 
 puede, 4 it is possible. 
 
 1 Haber is conjugated impersonally, 159. Other impersonal 
 verbs are conjugated analogously, the conjugation to which 
 they belong being taken into account. 8 See 202 (a). 
 
 3 See Exercise XX, sent. 2. 4 See Exercise XX, sent. 5. 
 
 5 Though hay is not used personally, its verb, haber, is so 
 used. 
 
110 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 (b) Here belong all impersonally used reflexive verbs : as, se 
 dice no se ve a las cinco. The third person plural is sometimes 
 used impersonally : as, nos escriben. 
 
 223. (a) The verb is made negative by placing no 
 before it (and before its auxiliary, and the conjunc- 
 tive object pronoun) : as, yo no he podido venir, no he 
 podido yo venir, no he podido venir yo (never no yo 
 he podido venir). (b) Two negatives do not generally 
 destroy each other in Spanish as they do in English, 
 but add strength each to the other : as, no lo he visto 
 jamas, / have never seen it ; no deseo verla nunca, I 
 never wish to see her. (c) When the other negative 
 is brought before the verb, the no is omitted: as, na- 
 die lo sabe. (d ) With some time-phrases : as, en mi 
 vida, en toda mi vida, en toda la noche, etc., when 
 placed before the verb, the no is omitted : as, en toda 
 mi vida me han sacado diente ni muela de la boca, in 
 all my life they have not taken a front toothy nor, etc. 
 (e) The no is occasionally pleonastic and should be 
 omitted when doubt would arise : as, 61 es m&s rico 
 que no ella ; temia no entrara, / feared he might 
 come in. 
 
 224. (a) The verb is often used interrogatively 
 with interrogative adverbs : such as, c6mo, cual, 
 cnnto, eundo, d6nde, por qu6, etc. (and, of course, 
 with interrogative pronouns: as, qui6n, etc.): as, qu.6 
 tal van los asuntos? how do affairs go? (b) No often 
 introduces questions ( j no tiene V. algo que darnos ?) 
 or is used elsewhere in interrogative phrases: as, 
 ; cuan dulce no es la esperanza ! (c) While the sub- 
 ject generally follows the verb in interrogative sen- 
 tences, it does not always do so : as, j sabe 61 que estoy 
 aqui? Este es el rostro que yo vi traspasado (nfflict- 
 ed)? ^Elhaidoalld? 
 
IMPERSONAL VERBS. 
 
 Ill 
 
 VOCABULARY XXIII. 
 
 el aire, air, wind. 
 
 bledo, wild amaranth. 
 
 cielo, heaven. 
 
 descanso, rest. 
 
 lamento, lamentation. 
 
 partido, course. 
 
 remedio, resource, part. 
 
 requisite, requisite. 
 
 rostro, face. 
 la alegria, J0#. 
 
 enhoramala, ill-luck. 
 
 esperanza, hope. 
 
 luna, moon. 
 
 misericordia, mercy. 
 
 pretension, pretension. 
 
 sena, sign. 
 
 voluntad, will. 
 antiguo, old. 
 bastar, to be enough. 
 convencer, to convince. 
 
 degradar(-se), to degrade (oneself) 
 
 desanimar (-se), to be discour- 
 
 despreciable, despicable, [aged. 
 
 dictar, to dictate. 
 
 emborrachar (-se), to get drunk. 
 
 fuera (de), out (of). 
 
 importa, imports. 
 
 lastimar, to grieve. 
 
 Hover, to ram. 
 
 necesitar, to need. 
 
 nublado, cloudy. 
 
 oscuro, dark. 
 
 pesar (-se), to weigh, distress 
 
 que tal, how. 
 
 relampaguear, to lighten 
 
 repetir, to repeat. 
 
 sacar, to pull out. 
 
 seco, dry, meagre. 
 
 traspasado, afflicted. 
 
 tronar, to thunder. 
 
 EXERCISE XXIII. 
 
 1. El abogado me ha dicho lo que en este negocio 
 importa. 2. El cielo muchas veces suele Hover sus 
 misericordias en el tiempo que estan mas secas las es- 
 peranzas. 3. Si todas estas senasno bastan,nopuedo 
 convencerla. 4. "Me pesa de mis trabajos," me ha 
 dicho su padre. 5. No puede ser que jamas' hayan 
 servido para cosa alguna. 6. Con todos los requisi- 
 tes que son necesarios es menester no desanimarse. 
 
 7. Esta nublado y esta nevando y helando esta tarde. 
 
 8. Hara luna esta noche ; hace sol y hace mas aire 
 que hace un ano. 9. Ayer trono y relampagueo re- 
 petidas veces, y llovio un poco. 10. Acontecieron 
 esas desgracias sin esperarlas. 11. Se necesita des- 
 
112 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 canso despues (no antes) del trabajo. 12. <; Conoce V. 
 a aquella buena anciana ? Conozco a aquella, no buena, 
 pero si anciana. 13. Hace tan oscuro que no se si 
 vengo 6 no fuera de camino. 14. A ninguno impor- 
 taba un bledo que la ciudad hubiese sido lo que ya 
 no era, ni habia de volver a ser nunca. 15. <; No te 
 lastiman mas, los lamentos de todos esos infelices? 
 16. Mi querido principe, donde se fueron vuestras ale- 
 grias antiguas ? 
 
 THEME XXIII. 
 
 1. It is necessary that you wait (suty.) for my 
 brother. 2. It is necessary to study much, to learn a 
 language well. 3. There is no other resource ; you 
 have to come soon to go to the store. 4. It has fro- 
 zen to-day ; but it was fine weather yesterday when I 
 came. 5. How long (much time) since you were in 
 Paris ? 6. How many years (are there) have you 
 been (are) in the city ? 7. Reason demands that man 
 (may) follow more the prudent counsels than his own 
 will. 8. If that happens, we shall take the resolution 
 that prudence dictates to us. 9. There is nothing so 
 despicable as a man who degrades himself [by] get- 
 ting drunk. 10. It is necessary that you desist from 
 your pretensions. 11. Formerly things pleased me 
 which at present disgust me. 12. It appears that men 
 forget that they have to die. 13. Do you not know 
 to whom to sell your horse ? 14. May ill luck be for 
 me if from to-day on (mas) I give advice to any one! 
 15. In my whole life I have not spoken to him ; I do 
 not know him. 16. Have you not been well ? The 
 whole night I have not been able to sleep. 
 
LIST OF IKBEGULAK AKD DEFECTIVE VERBS. 113 
 
 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF ALL THE IR- 
 REGULAR AND THE PRINCIPAL 
 DEFECTIVE VERBS. 
 
 Except the irregular participles frito, preso, provisto, and 
 roto, all irregular participles are used as adjectives when there 
 is a regular participle for the same verb. 
 
 (References are to sections.) 
 
 abastecer, see 150 [and 149 acrecentar, see acertar, 176,1 77 
 abnegar, see acertar, 176, 177, acrecer, see 150 
 abolir, see 219 (a) adecentar, see acertar, 176,177 
 
 aborrecer, see 150 [reg. adestrar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 
 , (p.p.) abierto, otherwise adherir, see sentir, 203 
 absolver, (p. p.) absuelto, see adolecer, see 150 
 
 ^ mover, 186 adormecer, see 150 
 
 absonar, see acordar, 178, 179 adormir, see dormir, 212 
 absorver, absorvido, absorto adquirir, see 210 
 abstenerse, see tener, 174, 175 aducir, see conducir, 205 
 abstraer, 1 see traer, 188 advertir, see sentir, 202 
 
 abuiiolar, see acordar, 178, 179 aficionarse, aficionado, afecto 
 acaecer, see 202 (a) and 150 ^afijar (obs.), afijado or afijo 
 
 -yaceptar, see aceptado and acep- afligir, afligido, or aflicto 
 acertar, see 176, 177 [to afollar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 
 aclocarse, see acordar, 178, 179 aforar, 2 see acordar, 178, 179 
 and 149 agorar, 3 see acordar, 178, 179 
 
 acollar, see acordar, 178, 179 ^agradecer, see 150 
 acontecer, see 202 (a), 150 aguerrir, see 219 (a) 
 
 acordar, see 178, 179 aguzar, see aguzado, agudo 
 
 acornar, see acordar, 178, 179 ahitarse, ahitado, ahito 
 
 -^acostar, see acordar, 178, 179 alebrarse, see acertar, 176,177 
 
 1 abstraer, abstraido, abstracto. 2 Reg. in sense of to gauge. 
 3 Takes diaeresis in irregular forms. 
 
114 
 
 PKACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 alentar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 alertarse, alertado, alerto 
 aliquebrar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 almorzar, seeacordar, 178,179, 
 and 149 [.and 149 
 
 alongar, see acordar, 178,179, 
 amanecer, see 150, 220 
 amoblar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 amolar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 amollecer, see 150 
 amorecer, see 150 
 amortecer, see 150 
 amover, see mover, 186 
 -andar, see 180, 181 
 angostar, angostado, angosto 
 anochecer, see 150, 220 
 antedecir, see decir, 206 
 anteponer, see poner, 197 
 antever, see ver, 200 
 antojar, see 184 (b) 
 apacentar, see acertar, 176,177 
 aparecer, see 150 
 apercollar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 apernar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 apetecer, see 150 
 apostar, 1 see acordar, 178, 179 
 apretar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 aprobar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 argiiir, 2 see instruir, 208 
 arrecirse, see sentir, 203 
 arrendar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 arrepentirse, see sentir, 203 
 
 ascender, see atender, 185 
 asentar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 asentir, see sentir, 203 
 aserrar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 asir, see 211 
 
 asolar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 asoldar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 asonar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 asosegar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 astringir, (obs.) astringo, (obs.) 
 
 astricto 
 
 ataner, see 202 (h), 152 
 atender, see 185 
 atenerse, see tener, 174, 175 
 atentar, 3 see acertar, 176, 177 
 aterirse, see sentir, 203, 219 (a) 
 aterrar, 4 see acertar, 176, 177 
 atestar, 5 see acertar, 176, 177 
 atraer, see traer, 188 
 atravesar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 atribuir, see instruir, 208, 153 
 atronar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 avalentar, see acertar, 176,177 
 avanecerse, see 150 
 avenir, see venir, 209 
 aventar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 avergonzar,* see 149 
 azolar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 
 bendecir, (p.p.)bendecido, ben- 
 
 dito, see decir, 206 
 bienquerer, see querer, 192 
 
 1 Regular when it means to post guards. 
 
 2 Loses diaeresis before y. 
 
 3 Regular when meaning to attempt crime. 
 
 4 Regular in sense of to terrify. 
 
 5 When meaning to cram ; otherwise regular. 
 
 6 Takes diaeresis in irregular forms. 
 
LIST OF IRREGULAR A^D DEFECTIVE VERBS. 115 
 
 blanquecer, see 150 
 bregar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 bruiiir, see 152 
 bullir, see 152 
 
 caber, see 193 
 
 caer, see 187 
 
 calentar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 
 canecer, see 150 
 
 carecer, see 150 
 
 cegar, see acertar,176,177,149 
 
 cenir, see pedir, 204, 152 
 
 cerner, see atender, 185 
 
 cerrar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 
 cimentar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 
 circuir, see instruir, 208 
 
 circuncidar, circuncidado, cir- 
 
 cunciso 
 
 clarecer, see 150 
 clocar.see acordar,178,179,149 
 cocer, see 189 
 
 colar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 colegir, see pedir, 204, 151 
 colgar,see acordar, 178, 179, 149 
 colorir, see 219 (a) 
 combarse, combado, combo 
 comedir, see pedir, 204 
 ^comenzar, see acertar, 176,177 
 compadecer, see 150 [and 149 
 comparecer, see 150 
 compeler, compelido, compulso 
 competir, see pedir, 204 
 complacer, see 150 
 complanir, see 152 
 completar,completado, completo 
 componer, see poner, 197 
 comprender, comprendido, com- 
 
 prenso [preso 
 
 comprimir, comprimido, com- 
 
 comprobar, see acordar, 178,179 
 concebir, see pedir, 204 
 concernir, see 219 (b) 
 concertar, see acertar, 176,177 
 concluir, (p.p.) concluido, con- 
 
 cluso, see instruir, 208 
 concordar, see acordar, 178,179 
 concretar, concretado, concrete 
 condescender, see atender, 185 
 condolerse, see mover, 186 
 conducir, see 205 
 conferir, see sentir, 203 
 confesar, (p.p.) confesado, con- 
 
 feso, see acertar, 176, 177 
 confluir, see instruir, 208 
 confundir, confundido, confuso 
 -rconmover, see mover, 186 
 conocer, see 150 
 conseguir, see pedir, 204, 151 
 yconsentir, see sentir, 203 
 consolar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 consonar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 constar, see 184 (b) 
 constituir, see instruir, 208 
 constrenir, see pedir, 204, 152 
 construir, see instruir, 208 
 consumir (-se), consumido, con- 
 
 sunto 
 
 contar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 contender, see atender, 185 
 contener, see tener, 174, 175 
 contentar (-se), contendado, 
 
 contento 
 
 contorcerse, see cocer, 189 
 contracordar, see acordar, 178 
 
 179 
 
 contradecir, see decir, 206 
 contraer, contraido, contracto, 
 
 see traer, 188 
 
116 
 
 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 contrahecer, see hacer, 190 
 contraponer, see poner, 197 
 contravenir, see venir, 209 
 contribuir, see instruir, 208 
 controvertir, see sentir, 203 
 contundir, contunclido, contuso 
 convalecer, see 150 
 convencer, convencido,convicto 
 convenir, see venir, 209 
 convertir, (p. p.) convertido, 
 
 converse, see sentir, 203 
 corregir, (p.p.) corregido, cor- 
 
 recto, see pedir, 204, 151 
 corroer, see 202 (d) 
 corromper, corrompido, cor- 
 
 rupto 
 
 corvar, corvado, corvo 
 costar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 -crecer, see 150 
 oreer, see 153 
 crespar, crespado, crespo 
 cruentar,(obs.) cruentado,(obs.) 
 
 cruento 
 
 cuadrar, cuadrado, cuadro 
 cubrir,cubierto(other\vise reg.) 
 cultivar, cultivado, culto 
 
 dar, see 182 
 decaer, see caer, 187 
 decentar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 decir, see 206 
 decrecer, see 150 
 deducir, see conducir, 205 
 defender, see atender, 185 
 defenecer, see 150 
 deferir, see sentir, 203 
 degollar, see agorar,113 (page) 
 
 demoler, see mover, 186 
 demostrar, see acordar, 178,179 
 denegar, see acertar, 176, 177, 
 denegrecer, see 150 [and 149 
 denostar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 densar, densado, denso 
 dentar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 deponer, see poner, 197 
 derrenegar, see acertar, 176, 
 177, 149 [177, 149 
 
 derrengar, see acertar, 176, 
 derretir, see pedir, 204 
 derrocar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 derruir, see instruir, 208 
 desabastecer, see 150 
 desacertar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 desacollar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 desacordar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 desadormecer, see 150 
 desadvertir, see sentir, 203 
 desaferrar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 desaforar, 1 see acordar, 178, 179 
 desagradecer, see 150 
 desalentar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 desamoblar, see acordar, 178,179 
 desandar, see andar, 180, 181 
 desaparecer, see 150 
 desapretar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 desaprobar, see acordar,178, 179 
 desarrendar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 desasentar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 desasir, see asir, 211 
 desasosegar, see acertar, 176,177 
 desatender, see atender, 185 
 desatentar, see acertar, 176,177 
 desaterrar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 desatraer, see traer, 188 
 
 1 Regular when meaning to redeem a heritage. 
 
LIST OF IRREGULAR AND DEFECTIVE VERBS. 117 
 
 desatravesar, see acertar, 1 76, 
 desavenir, see venir, 209 [177 
 desaventar, see acertar, 176, 
 desbastecer, see 150 [177 
 
 desbravecer, see 150 
 descabullirse, see 152 
 descaecer, see 150 
 descalzar, descalzado, descalzo 
 descender, see atender, 185 
 descenir, see pedir, 204, 152 
 descolgar, see acordar, 178, 
 
 179, 149 [152 
 
 descollar,see acordar, 178,179, 
 descomedirse, see pedir, 204 
 descomponer, see poner, 197 
 desconcertar, see acertar, 176, 
 desconocer, see 150 [177 
 
 desconsentir, see sentir, 203 
 desconsolar,see acordar, 178, 179 
 descontar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 desconvenir, see venir, 209 
 descordar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 descornar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 descrecer, see 150 
 desdar, see dar, 182 
 desdecir, see decir, 206 
 desdentar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 desembebecerse, see 150 
 desembellecer, see 150 
 desembravecer, see 150 
 desempedrar, see acertar, 176, 
 desempobrecer, see 150 [177 
 desencarecer, see 150 
 desencerrar, see acertar, 176, 
 
 177 [179 
 
 desencordar, see acordar, 178, 
 desencrudecer, see 150 
 desencruelecer, see 150 
 desenfurecerse, see 150 
 
 desengrosar, see acordar, 178, 
 desenmohecer, see 150 [179 
 desenmudecer, see 150 
 desensoberbecer, see 150 
 desentenderse, see atender, 185 
 desenterrar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 desentorpecer, see 150 
 desentristecer, see 150 
 desentumecer, see 150 
 desenvolver, see 186 
 desertar, desertado, desierto 
 deservir, see pedir, 204 
 desfallecer, see 150 
 desfavorecer, see 150 
 desferrar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 desflaquecerse, see 150 
 desflocar, see acordar, 178, 179, 
 desflorecer, see 150 [149 
 
 desfortalecer, see 150 
 desgobernar, see acertar, 176,177 
 desguarnecer, see 150 
 deshacer, see hacer, 190 
 deshelar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 desherbar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 desherrar, see acertar, 176,177 
 deshombrecerse, see 150 
 deshumedecer, see 150 
 desimponer, see poner, 197 
 desinvernar, see acertar, 176,177 
 desleir, see reir, 207 
 deslendrar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 deslucir, see 150 
 desmajolar, see acordar, 178,179 
 desmarrirse, see 219 (a) 
 desmedirse, see pedir, 204 
 desmelar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 desmembrar, see acertar, 176, 
 desmentir, see sentir, 203 [177 
 desmerecer, see 150 
 
118 
 
 PEACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 desmullir, see 152 
 desnegar, see acertar, 176,177 
 desnevar, see acertar (but im- 
 personal) 
 
 desnudar, desnudado, desnudo 
 desobedecer, see 150 
 desobstruir, see instruir, 208 
 desoir, see oir, 216 
 desolar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 desoldar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 desollar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 desosar, 1 see acordar, 178, 179 
 desovar, 2 see acordar, 178,179 
 desparecer, see 150 
 despavorir, see 219 (a) 
 despedir, see pedir, 204 
 despedrar, see acertar, 176,177 
 desperecer, see 150 
 despernar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 despertar, (p. p . )despertado, des- 
 pierto, see acertar, 176, 177 
 despezar, 3 see acertar, 176, 177, 
 desplacer, see 150 [149 
 
 desplegar, see acertar, 176, 177, 
 
 and 149 
 
 despoblar,see acordar, 178,179 
 desproveer, (p.p.) desproveido, 
 
 desprovisto, see creer, 153 
 destenir, see pedir, 204, 152 
 destentar, see acertar, 176.177 
 desterrar, see acertar, 176,177 
 destituir, see instruir, 208 
 destorcer, see cocer, 189 [149 
 destrocar,see acordar, 178, 179, 
 
 destruir, see instruir, 208 
 desvanecer, see 150 
 desventar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 desverdecer, see 150 
 desvergonzarse, 4 see 149 
 desvolver, (p.p.) desvuelto, see 
 
 mover, 186 
 
 detener, see tener, 174, 175 
 detraer, see traer, 188 
 devolver, (p.p.) devuelto, see 
 
 mover, 186 
 
 dezmar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 diferir, see sentir, 203 
 difluir, see instruir, 208 
 difundir, difundido. difuso 
 digerir, see sentir, 203 
 diluir, see instruir, 208 
 dirigir, dirigido, direct o 
 discerner, see atender, 185 
 discernir, see sentir, 203 
 disconvenir, see venir, 209 
 discordar, see acordar, 178,179 
 disentir, see sentir, 203 
 disminuir, see instruir, 208 
 disolver, (p.p.) disuelto, see 
 
 mover, 186 
 
 disonar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 dispersar, dispersado, disperso 
 dispertar, see acertar, 176,177 
 displacer, see 150 
 disponer, see poner, 197 
 distender, see atender, 185 
 distinguir, distinguido,distinto 
 distraer, see traer, 188 
 
 1 Takes h in irregular forms ; not to dare, regular. 
 * Takes h in irregular forms. 
 
 3 Regular when meaning to make the end thinner (smaller). 
 
 4 Takes diaeresis in irregular forms. 
 
LIST OF IRREGULAR AKD DEFECTIVE VERBS. 119 
 
 distribuir, see instruir, 208 
 divertir, see sentir, 203 
 dividir, dividido, diviso 
 doler, see mover, 186 
 -^dormir, see 212 
 
 educir, see conducir, 205 
 elegir, elegido, electo, see pe- 
 
 dir, 204, 151 
 embair, see 219 (a) 
 embarbecer, see 150 
 embastecer, see 150 
 embebecer, see 150 
 embellecer, see 150 
 embermejecer, see 150 
 embestir, see pedir, 204 
 emblandecer, see 150 
 emblanquecer, see 150 
 embobecer, see 150 
 embosquecer, see 150 
 embravecer, see 150 
 embrutecer, see 150 [177 
 
 emparentar, see acertar, 176, 
 empedernir, see pedir, 204, also 
 
 219 (a) 
 
 empedrar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 empellar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 empequenecer, see 150 
 empezar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 emplastecer, see 150 
 emplumecer, see 150 
 empobrecer, see 150 
 empodrecer, see 150 
 empoltronecerse, see 150 
 emporcar, see acordar,178,179, 
 enaltecer, see 150 [149 
 
 enardecer, see 150 
 encabellecerse, see 150 
 encallecer, see 150 
 
 encalvecer, see 150 
 encandecer, see 150 
 encanecer, see 150 
 encarecer, see 150 
 encarnecer, see 150 
 encender, see atender, 1*85 
 encentar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 encerrar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 enclocar, see acordar, 178, 179, 
 encloquecer, see 150 [149 
 
 encomendar, see acertar, 176, 
 
 177 
 
 encontrar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 encorar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 encordar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 encorecer, see 150 
 encornar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 encovar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 encrudecer, see 150 
 encruelecer, see 150 [177 
 
 encubertar, see acertar, 176, 
 endentar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 endentecer, see 150 
 endurecer, see 150 
 fenfierecerse, see 150 
 inflaquecer, see 150 
 aafranquecer, see 150 
 enfurecer, see 150 
 engorar, see agorar 
 engrandecer, see 150 
 engreirse, see reir, 207 
 e^grosar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 engrumecerse, see 150 
 engullir, see 152 
 enhambrecer, see 150 [177 
 enhambr entar , see acertar, 1 76, 
 enhestar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 enjugar,enjugado,enjuto [149 
 enlenzar, see acertar, 176,177, 
 
120 
 
 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 enllentecer, see 150 
 enloquecer, see 150 
 enlucir, see 150 
 enmagrecer, see 150 
 enmalecer, see 150 
 enmarillacerse, see 150 
 enmelar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 enmendar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 enmerdar. see acertar, 176,177 
 enmohecer, see 150 
 enmollecer, see 150 
 enmudecer, see 150 
 ennegrecer, see 150 
 ennoblecer, see 150 
 ennudecer, see 150 
 enorgullecer, see 150 
 enrarecer, see 150 
 enriquecer, see 150 
 enrobustecer, see 150 
 enrodar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 enrojecer, see 150 
 enronecer, see 150 
 enronquecer, see 150 
 enruinecerse, see 150 
 ensalmorar, see acordar, 178, 
 ensandecer, see 150 [179 
 
 ensangrentar, see acertar, 176, 
 ensoberbecer, see 150 [177 
 ensonar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 ensordecer, see 150 
 
 entallecer, see 150 
 entender, see atender, 185 
 entenebrecer, see 150 
 enternecer, see 150 
 enterrar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 entigrecerse, see 150 
 entontecer, see 150 
 
 entorpecer, see 150 
 entortar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 entredecir, see decir, 206 
 entregerir, see sentir, 203 
 entrelucir, see 150 
 entremorir, see morir, 215 
 entreoir, see oir, 216 
 entreparecerse, see 150 [177 
 entrepernar, see acertar, 176, 
 entreponer, see poner, 197 
 entretener, see tener, 174, 175 
 entrever, see 200 
 entristecer, see 150 
 entullecer, see 150 
 entumecer, see 150 
 envanecer, see 150 
 envejecer, see 150 
 enverdecer, see 150 
 envestir, see pedir, 204 
 envilecer, see 150 
 envolver, 1 see mover, 186 
 enzurdecer, see 150 
 equivaler, see valer, 199 
 erigir, erigido, erecto 
 erguir, see 213 
 errar, see 184 (a) 
 escabullirse, see 152 
 escandecer, see 150 [177 
 
 escarmentar, see acertar, 176, 
 escarnecer, see 150 
 esclarecer, see 150 
 escocer, see cocer, 189 
 escolar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 ^escribir, (p.p.) escrito, other- 
 ' wise regular [149 
 
 esforzar, see acordar, 178,179, 
 espesar, espesado, espeso 
 
 volver and its compounds have part, vuelto. 
 
LIST OF IRREGULAR AND DEFECTIVE VERBS. 121 
 
 stablecer, see 150 
 , see 166, 167 
 estatuir, see instruir, 208 
 estrechar, estrechado, estrecho 
 estregar, see acertar, 176,177, 
 estremecer, see 150 [149 
 
 estrenir, (p.p.) estrenido, es- 
 
 tricto, see pedir, 204, 152 
 exceptuar, exceptuado, excepto 
 excluir, (p.p.) excluido, exclu- 
 
 so, see instruir, 208 
 excretar, excretado, excreto 
 exentar, exentado, exento 
 eximir, eximido, exento 
 expedir, see pedir, 204 
 expeler, expelido, expulso 
 exponer, see poner, 197 
 expresar, expresado, expreso 
 extender, (p.p.) extendido, ex 
 
 tenso, see atender, 185 
 extinguir, (p,p.) extinguido, 
 
 extinto, see 157 
 extraer, (p.p.) extraido, ex- 
 tract o, see traer, 188 
 extrenir, see pedir, 204, 152 
 
 fallecer, see 150 
 faltar, faltado, falto 
 favorecer, see 150 
 fechar, fechado, fecho 
 fenecer, see 150 
 ferrar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 fijar, fijado, fijo 
 fingir, fingido, ficto 
 florecer, see 150 
 fluir, see instruir, 208 
 foliar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 fortalecer, see 150 [149 
 
 forzar, see acordar, 178, 179, 
 
 fregar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 freir, (p.p.) freido and frito, 
 see reir, 207 
 
 ganir, see 152 
 garantir, see 219 (a) 
 gemecer, see 150 
 gemir, see pedir, 204 
 gobernar, see acertar, 176,177 
 gruir, see instruir, 208 
 grunir, see 152 
 guaiiir, see 152 
 guarecer, see 150 
 guarnecer, see 150 
 
 haber, see 157, 158, 159 
 hacendar, see acertar, 176,177 
 nacer, see 190 
 liartar, hart ado, harto 
 heder, see atender, 185 
 helar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 henchir, see pedir, 204, 152 
 bender, see atender, 185 
 henir, see pedir, 204, 152 
 herbar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 herbecer, see 150 
 herir, see sentir, 203 
 herrar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 hervir, see sentir, 203 [149 
 holgar, see acordar, 178, 179, 
 hollar, see acordar, 178, 178, 
 huir, see instruir, 208 [149 
 humedecer, see 150 
 
 iludir, (obs.) iludido,(obs.) iln- 
 imbuir, see instruir, 208 [so 
 impedir, see pedir, 204 
 imponer, see poner, 197 
 imprimir, imprimido, impreso 
 
PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 improbar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 improvisar, improvisado, im- 
 provise 
 
 incensar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 incluir, incluido, incluso, see 
 
 instruir, 208 
 
 incurrir, incurrido, incurso 
 indisponer, see poner, 197 
 inducir, see conducir, 205 
 infartar, infartado, infarto 
 infectar, infectado, infecto 
 inferir, see sentir, 203 
 infernar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 inficionar, inficionado, infecto 
 influir, see instruir, 208 
 infundir, infundido, infuso 
 ingerir, (p.p.) ingerto, see sen- 
 tir, 203 
 
 inhestar, see acertar, 176,- 177 
 injerir, (p.p.) injerido, injerto, 
 
 see sentir, 203 
 injertar, injertado, injerto 
 inquirir, see adquirir, 210 
 inscribir, inscribido, inscrito 
 inseguir, see pedir, 204, 151 
 insertar, insertado, inserto 
 instituir, see instruir, 208 
 instruir, see 208 
 interdecir, see decir, 206 
 interponer, see poner, 197 
 interrumpir, interrumpido, in- 
 
 terroto 
 
 intervenir, see venir, 209 
 introducir, see conducir, 205 
 intrusarse, intrusado, intruso 
 invernar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 invertir, invertido, inverse, see 
 
 sentir, 203 
 investir, see pedir, 204 
 
 ir, see 214 
 
 [149 
 
 jamerdar, see acertar, 176, 177, 
 jimenzar, see acertar, 176, 177. 
 jugar, see 183 [149 
 
 juntar, juntado, junto 
 
 languidecer, see 150 
 -leer, see creer, 153 
 limpiar, limpiado, limpio 
 liquefacer, see satisfacer, 191 
 Hover, see mover, 186, 220 
 lobreguecer, see 150 
 lucir, see 150 
 luir, see instruir, 208 
 
 maldecir, (p.p.) maldecido, mal- 
 
 dito, see decir, 206 
 malherir, see sentir, 203 
 malquerer, see querer, 192 
 malquistar, malquistado, mal- 
 
 quisto 
 
 malsonar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 maltraer, see traer, 188 
 mancornar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 manifestar, (p.p.) manifestado, 
 
 manifiesto,see acertar, 176, 177 
 manir, see 219 (a) 
 mantener, see tener, 174, 175 
 marchitar, marchitado, mar- 
 
 chito 
 
 mecer, see 150, exception 
 medir, see pedir, 204 
 melar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 mentar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 mentir, see sentir, 203 
 merecer, see 150 
 merendar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 moblar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 
LIST OF IRREGULAR AKD DEFECTIVE VERBS. 
 
 mohecer, see 150 
 
 moler, see mover, 186 
 
 morder, see mover, 186 
 ^morir, see 215 
 ^mostrar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 x ^mover, see 186 
 
 muir, see instruir, 208 
 
 mullir, see 152 
 
 munir, see 152 
 
 nacer,(p.p.)nacido,nato,see 150 
 negar, see acertar, 176, 177,149 
 negrecer, see 150 
 nevar, see acertar, 176, 177, 220 
 
 obedecer, see 150 
 
 obscurecer, see 150 
 *)bstruir, see instruir, 208 
 -obtener, see tener, 174, 175 
 
 ocultar, ocultado, oculto 
 
 ofrecer, see 150 
 
 oir, see 216 
 
 oler, see 194 
 
 omitir, omitido, omiso 
 
 oponer, see poner, 197 
 
 oprimir, oprimido, opreso 
 
 orinecerse, see 150 
 
 oscurecer, (p. p.) oscurecido, 
 oscuro, see 150 
 
 pacer, see 150, 202 (6) 
 padecer, see 150 
 palidecer, see 150 
 parecer, see 150, 222 (a) 
 pasar, pasado, paso 
 pedir, see 204 
 
 pensar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 perder, see atender, 185 
 perecer, see 150 
 
 perfeccionar, perfeccionado, per- 
 
 fecto 
 
 permanecer, see 150 [(obs.) 
 permitir, permitido, permiso 
 perniquebrar , see acertar, 176, 
 
 177 
 
 perseguir, see pedir, 204, 151 
 pertenecer, see 150 
 pervertir, (p.p.)pervertido, per- 
 
 verso, see sentir, 203 
 pesar, see 184 (b) 
 pimpollecer, see 150 
 placer, see 195 
 planir, see 152 
 plastecer, see 150 
 plegar, see acertar, 176,177,149 
 poblar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 poder, see 196 
 podrecer, see 150 
 podrir, see 217 
 
 polucionar, polucionado, poluto 
 ,poner, see 197 
 poseer, (p.p.) poseido, poseso. 
 
 see creer, 153 
 posponer, see poner, 197 
 preconocer, see 150 
 predecir, see decir, 206 
 predisponer, see poner, 197 
 preferir, see sentir, 203 
 prelucir, see 150 
 premorir, see morir, 215 
 prender, prendido, preso 
 preponer, see poner, 197 
 prescribir, prescribido, pre- 
 
 scrito 
 
 presentir, see sentir, 203 
 presumir, presumido, presunto 
 presuponer, see poner, 197 
 pretender, preten^o, pretenso 
 
124 
 
 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 preterir l 
 
 prevalecer, see 150 
 prevaler, see valer, 199 
 prevenir, see vinir, 209 
 prever, see ver, 200 
 probar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 producir, see conducir, 205 
 proferir, (p.p.) proferido, pro- 
 
 ferto (obs.), see sentir, 203 
 profesar, profesado, profeso 
 
 (obs.) 
 
 promover, see mover, 186 
 propender, propendido, propenso 
 proponer, see poner, 197 
 proscribir, proscribido, proscrito 
 proseguir, see pedir, 204, 151 
 prostituirse, (p.p.) prostituido, 
 
 prostitute, see instruir, 208 
 proveer, (p.p.) proveido, pro- 
 
 visto, see creer, 153 
 provenir, see venir, 209 
 pudrir, see 217 
 
 quebrar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 querer, see 192 
 
 raer, (p.p.)raido, raso, see 202 (c) 
 
 ranciarse, ranciado, rancio 
 
 r ar ef acer , (p.p.) r ar ef acido, r ar e- 
 
 facto, see satisfacer, 191 
 reagradecer, see 150 
 reaparecer, see 150 
 reapretar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 reaventar, see acertar, 176,177 
 rebendecir, 2 see decir, 206 
 reblandecer, see 150 
 
 rebullirse, see 152 
 
 recaer, see caer, 187 
 
 recalentar, see acertar, 176,177 
 
 recenir, see 152 
 
 recentar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 
 recluir, (p.p.)recluido, recluso, 
 
 see instruir, 208 
 recocer, see cocer, 189 
 recolar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 recolegir, see pedir, 204, 151 
 recomendar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 recomponer, see poner, 197 
 reconducir, see conducir, 205 
 reconocer, see 150 
 reconstruir, see instruir, 208 
 recontar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 reconvalecer, see 150 
 reconvenir, see venir, 209 
 recordar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 recostar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 recrecer, see 150 
 recrudecer, see 150 
 redarguir, 3 see instruir, 208 
 redoler, see mover, 186 
 reducir, see conducir, 205 
 reelegir, see pedir, 204, 151 
 reencomendar, see acertar, 176, 
 referir, see sentir, 203 [177 
 reflejar, reflejado, reflejo 
 reflorecer, see 150 
 refluir, see instruir, 208 [149 
 reforzar, see acordar, 178, 179, 
 refregar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 refreir, (p.p.) refreido, refrito, 
 
 see reir, 207 
 refringir, refringido, refracto 
 
 1 Law-term aod defective verb. 
 3 Loses diaeresis before y. 
 
 5 See also bendecir of this list. 
 
LIST OF IRREGULAR AND DEFECTIVE VERBS. 125 
 
 reganir, see 152 
 regar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 regimentar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 regir, see pedir, 204, 151 
 rigoldar, 1 see acordar, 178, 179 
 regrunir, see 152 
 rehacer, see hacer, 190 * 
 rehenchir, see pedir, 204, 152 
 reherir, see sentir, 203 
 reherrar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 rehervir, see sentir, 203 
 rehollar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 rehuir, see instruir, 208 
 rehumedecer, see 150 
 ^reir, see 207 
 rejuvenecer, see 150 
 relentecer, see 150 [150 
 
 rellentecer, see relentecer, also 
 relucir, see 150 
 remaldecir, see decir, 206 
 remanecer, see 150 [204 
 
 remedir, see medir, also pedir, 
 remendar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 rementir, see sentir, 203 
 remolar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 remoler, see mover, 186 
 remorder, see mover, 186 
 remover, see mover, 186 
 remullir, see 152 
 renacer, see 150 
 rendir, see pedir, 204 
 renegar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 reiiir, see 152, 204 
 renovar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 repacer, see 150, 202 (b) 
 repadecer, see 150 
 repedir, see pedir, 204 
 
 repensar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 repetir, see pedir, 204 
 replegar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 repletar, repletado, repleto 
 repoblar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 repodrir, see podrir, 217 
 reponer, see poner, 197, 202 (e) 
 reprobar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 reproducir, see conducir, 205 
 repudrir, see pudrir, 217 
 requebrar, see acertar, 176,177 
 requerer, see querer, 192 
 requerir, see sentir, 203 
 resaber, see saber, 198 
 resalir, see salir, 218 
 resegar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 resembrar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 resentirse, see sentir, 203 
 resolver, (p.p.) resuelto, see 
 
 mover, 186 
 
 resollar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 resonar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 resplandecer, see 150 
 resquebrar, see acertar, 176,177 
 restablecer, see 150 
 restituir, see instruir, 208 [149 
 restregar, see acertar, 176,177, 
 restringir, restringido, restricto 
 restrinir, see 152 
 retallecer, see 150 
 retemblar, see acertar, 176,177 
 retener, see tener, 174, 175 
 retentar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 retenir, see 152, 204 
 retiiiir, see 152 
 retonecer, see 150 
 retorcer, see cocer, 189 
 
 1 Takes diaeresis in irregular forms. 
 
126 
 
 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 retostar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 retraer, see traer, 188 
 retribuir, see instruir, 208 
 retronar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 retrotraer, see traer, 188 
 revejecer, see 150 
 revenirse, see venir, 209 
 reventar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 rever, see ver, 200 
 reverdecer, see 150 
 reverter, see atender, 185 
 revestir, see pedir, 204 
 *evolar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 revolcarse, see acordar, 178, 179, 
 149 [mover, 186 
 
 revolver, (p.p.) revuelto, see 
 rizar, rizado, rizo 
 robustecer, see 150 
 rodar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 roer, see 202 (d) 
 rogar, see acordar, 178,179,149 
 romper, rompido, roto 
 
 jaber, see 198 
 salir, see 218 
 
 salpimentar, see acertar, 178, 179 
 salpresar, salpresado, salpreso 
 salpullir, see 152 
 salvar, salvado, salvo 
 salve, see 202 (/) 
 sarmsntar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 sarpullir, see 152 
 satisfacer, see 191 
 secar, secado, seco 
 seducir, see conducir, 205 
 segar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 seguir, see pedir, 204, 151 
 selegir, selegido, selecto 
 sembrar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 sementar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 
 sentar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 sentir, see 203 
 sepultar, sepultado, sepulto 
 ser, see 164, 165 
 serrar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 servir, see pedir, 204 [149 
 
 simenzar, see acertar, 176, 177, 
 situar, situado, sito 
 sobrecrecer, see 150 
 sobreentender, see atender, 185 
 sobrentender, see atender, 185 
 sobreponer, see poner, 197 
 sobresalir, see salir, 218 [177 
 sobresembrar, see acertar, 176, 
 sobresolar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 sobrevenir, see venir, 209 
 sobreventar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 sobreverterse, see atender, 185 
 sobrevestir, see sentir, 203 
 sofreir, (p.p.) sofreido, sofrito, 
 
 see reir, 207 
 
 solar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 soldar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 soler, see 202 (g) 
 sollar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 soltar, (p.p.) soltado, suelto, 
 
 see acordar, 178, 179 [186 
 solver, (p.p.) suelto, see mover, 
 somover, see mover, 186 
 sonar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 sonar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 sonreir, see reir, 207 
 sonrodarse, see acordar, 178, 179 
 sorregar, see acertar, 176, 177. 
 
 149 [149 
 
 sosegar, see acertar, 176, 177, 
 sostener, see tener, 174, 175 
 soterrar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 subarrendar, see acertar, 176, 
 
 177 
 
LIST OF IRREGULAR AKD DEFECTIVE VERBS. 127 
 
 subentender, see atender, 185 
 subseguir, see pedir, 204, 151 
 substituir, see instruir, 208 
 substraer, see traer, 188 
 subtender, see atender, 185 
 subvenir, see venir, 209 
 subvertir, see sentir, 203 
 suceder, see 202 (a) 
 sugerir, see sentir, 203 
 sujetar, sujetado, sujeto 
 superponer, see poner, 197 
 supervenir, see venir, 209 
 suponer, see poner, 197 
 suprimir, suprimido, supreso 
 surgir, surgido, surto 
 suspender, suspendido, suspense 
 sustituir, (p.p.) sustituido, sus- 
 
 tituto, see instruir, 208 
 sustraer, see traer, 188 
 
 tallecer, see 150 
 
 taner, see 202 (h) 
 
 temblar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 
 tender, (p.p.) tendido, tenso, 
 
 see atender, 185 
 tener, see 174, 175 
 teiiir, (p.p.) tenido, tinto, see 
 
 pedir, 204, 152 
 tentar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 torcer, (p.p.) torcido, tuerto, 
 
 see cocer, 189, 150 
 tostar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 traducir, see conducir, 205 
 traer, see 188 
 
 transcender, see atender, 185 
 transfregar, see acertar, 176, 
 translucirse, see 150 [177, 149 
 transponer, see poner, 197 
 trascender, see atender, 185 
 trascolar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 
 trascordarse, see acordar, 178, 
 179 [149 
 
 trasegar, see acertar, 176, 177, 
 trasferir, see sentir, 203 
 trasfregar, see acertar, 178, 
 traslucir, see 150 [179, 149 
 trasoir, see oir, 216 
 trasonar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 trasponer, see poner, 197 [149 
 trastrocar, see acordar, 178,179, 
 trasverter, see atender, 185 
 trasvolar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 travesar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 trocar, see acordar, 178,179,149 
 tronar, see acordar, 178,179,220 
 tropezar, see acertar, 176, 177, 
 tullir, see 152 [149 
 
 tumefacerse, see satisfacer, 191 
 
 vaciar, vaciado, vacio 
 valer, see 199 
 yenir, see 209 
 
 ventar, see acertar, 176, 177 
 ver, see 200 
 verdecer, see 150 
 verter, see atender, 185 
 vestir, see pedir, 204 
 volar, see acordar, 178, 179 
 volcar, see acordar, 178, 179, 
 149 [186 
 
 volver, (p.p.)vuelto,seemover, 
 
 yacer, see 201 
 yuxtaponer, see poner, 197 
 
 zabullir, see 152 
 zafarse, zafado, zafo 
 zaherir, see sentir, 203 
 zambullirse, see 152 
 
128 PRACTICAL SPANISH GKAMMAR. 
 
 LESSON XXIV. 
 
 USE OF THE TENSES. SIMPLE TENSES. 
 
 225. The simple tenses are preferred to the com- 
 pound in many cases where the latter would be used 
 in English: as, / have read, I do not know where; 
 yo lei no s6 donde. / have met him this morning, 
 and have come to an agreement with him about the 
 affair ; le encontr6 esta manana, y trat6 con 61 del 
 asunto. It has been five years since I was in Madrid ; 
 hace cinco anos que estuve en Madrid. 
 
 226. (a) The present tense of the indicative ex- 
 presses in Spanish, as in English, what exists, hap- 
 pens, or is being done: as, el es coronel; ella se 
 levanta tarde ; la luna acompana 4 la tierra. (b) The 
 progressive present (am writing, etc.) is rendered 
 in Spanish by estar with present participle : as, estoy 
 escribiendo ; estn leyendo. 
 
 227. The English emphatic present (do write, etc.) 
 does not admit of a literal translation into Spanish ; 
 but instead, the verb is sometimes modified by an 
 adverb: as, canta nmy Men, de v6ras (realty); she 
 does sing very well. Si lo creo, / do believe it. 
 
 228. (a) When the auxiliary do is used for a verb 
 previously expressed, the affirmative si or the negative 
 no is used for do in Spanish, provided do and its pre- 
 ceding verb are of the same number and person : as, 
 61 no se queja, pero ella si ; he does not complain, but 
 she does. V. no le conoce, pero nosotros le conocemos: 
 you do not know him, but we do. 
 
USE OF THE TEKSES. SIMPLE TENSES- 129 
 
 (&) Do, not as an auxiliary but a principal verb, is hacer. 
 as, Harelo que V. me manda, I will do what you order me to do. 
 
 229. The present is sometimes (not frequently) used for a 
 near future : as, viene al instante ; partimos manana. 
 
 230. The present (historical) is sometimes used for the pre- 
 terite : as, llega Cortes y habla a los suyos. 
 
 231. (a) The imperfect tense denotes a progressive 
 (continuing) or repeated past action or state : as, iba 
 muy d menudo al concierto, cuando estaba en Paris. 
 (b) This tense often denotes a state continuing, or an 
 action going on, when something else happened to 
 interrupt it; and estar, with present participle, is 
 often used for the simple imperfect tense : as, Andres 
 leia (or estaba leyendo) cuando entr6, Andrew ivas 
 reading when I entered, (c) The imperfect tense is 
 used in describing the permanent qualities of persons 
 and things; hence is called the descriptive tense: 
 as, los Romanes eran grandes guerreros. (d) Paren- 
 thetical or explanatory remarks in a narrative are 
 expressed by the imperfect: as, sent6se bajo un sauce 
 6 imit6 su ejemplo otro moro que le acompanaba, etc. 
 
 (e) The imperfect sometimes takes the place of the condi- 
 tional : as, si le hubiera dicho la verdad, me exponia a un re- 
 gano, if I had told him the truth 1 should have exposed myself 
 to a scolding, (f) For the emphatic form did, see do, 227 and 
 228. VV. no le vieron, pero yo le vi, you did not, etc. ; VV. no 
 le vieron, pero ellos si (they did). 
 
 232. (a) The preterite tense refers to an entirely 
 past action or state, and hence is called the historical 
 tense: as, fui (/ went) al concierto anoche ; los Ro- 
 manes conquistaron & la Bretaiia. (b) When an action 
 or state is broken in upon by something else, that 
 which interrupts is put in the preterite tense: as, 
 mientras yo revolvia el asador (spit), 61 dispuso la 
 mesa. $, D6nde estabas, cuando preguntS por ti ? 
 
130 
 
 PEACTICAL SPANISH GKAMMAE. 
 
 VOCABULAKY XXIV. 
 
 el asador, spit (stick). 
 
 asalto, assault. 
 
 bosque, woods. 
 
 cateto, side of right angle. 
 
 clasico, classic. 
 
 coronel, colonel. 
 
 cuadrado, square. 
 
 ejemplo, example. 
 
 estrago, ravage. 
 
 exponer, to expose. 
 
 guerrero, warrior. 
 
 indicio, indication. 
 
 lecho, bed. 
 
 moro, moor. 
 
 regano, scolding. 
 
 sauce, willow. 
 
 viento, wind. 
 la abuela, grandmother. 
 
 cnesta, hill. 
 
 epidemia, epidemic. 
 
 hipotenusa, hypotenuse. 
 
 mirada, glance. 
 
 mocedad, youth. 
 
 salida, exit. 
 
 suavidad, gentleness. 
 
 suma, sum (amount). 
 
 la vista,, prospect. 
 
 atrever (-se), to venture. 
 
 componer, to compose. 
 
 correr, to run. 
 
 democratic, democratic. 
 
 erudito, learned. 
 
 girar, to turn. 
 
 herir, to wound. 
 
 igual, equal. 
 
 imitar, to imitate. 
 
 intentar, to attempt. 
 
 magnifico, magnificent. 
 
 a mediados, about the midst of, 
 
 percibir, to perceive. 
 
 pintar (-se), to paint. 
 
 a principios, early. 
 
 prorumpir, to break forth. 
 
 quejar (-se), to complain. 
 
 al rededor, about. 
 
 rondar, to go round. 
 
 solicito, solicitous. 
 
 soplar, to blow. 
 
 subir, to ascend, mount. 
 
 tender (-se), to stretch (one's self). 
 
 de veras, really. 
 
 viajar, to travel. 
 
 EXEKCISE XXIV. 
 
 1. El gobierno de los Estados Unidos es democra- 
 tico. 2. Hace echo dias que rondan la calle donde 
 vivo. 3. Yo estoy viajando y mi amigo est compo- 
 niendo una obra. 4. Corre a la puerta, se la hace abrir 
 y halla a su amigo lierido. 5. Xosotros nos vamos 
 mafiana y ellos salen el dia despues. 6. Ella ha es- 
 
USE OF THE TENSES. SIMPLE TENSES. 131 
 
 crito y viene aqui, su hermana va alii. 7. <; Puedo yo 
 coiitar con (upon it) que V. vendra ? Voy al instante. 
 8. Cuando percibi a mi hermano corri al instante a 
 el. 9. En sus miradas pintabanse l la amistad ma's 
 solicita, y el interes mas vivo. 10. Iba todos los dias 
 a la libreria; fue a la libreria ayer. 11. Cervantes 
 nacio a mediados del siglo diez y seis; y murio a prin- 
 cipios del diez y siete. 12. Llegue a Londres en el 
 ano de 1838; <;no es verdad ? 13. No se atrevieron 
 los enemigos a subir la cuesta. 14. Copernico probo 
 que la tierra giraba al rededor del sol. 15. Cuando 
 tu recorrias la Francia, estaba yo en Italia. 16. Mi- 
 entras que referia sus desgracias, prorumpieron en 
 lagrimas. 17. A la salida de Viena aun seguia haci- 
 endo estragos la epidemia. 
 
 THEME XXIV. 
 
 1. Good-day, sir; how long have you been in Madrid ? 
 2. The square on (of) the hypotenuse is equal to the 
 sum of the squares on the other two sides. 3. They 
 were going when we were coming. 4. He is a man 
 that likes and does not like the same person. 5. They 
 write that they are selling everything that they have. 
 6. Some learned men are translating the Latin clas- 
 sics. 7. Men are speaking of war, and yet they desire 
 peace. 8. The general armed himself, mounted his 
 horse, and sallied forth. 9. When I was in Vienna, I 
 went to the concert every evening. 10. I called to 
 the servants, who were still in bed. 11. I used to 
 travel much when I was younger. 12. I knew Mr. 
 
 1 There were painted (descriptive), or used to be painted. 
 
132 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 Benot, but they did not know him. 13. The enemy 
 (-ies) did not give any indication of attempting the 
 assault. 14. The wind blew gently (with gentleness), 
 and the heavens presented a magnificent prospect. 
 15. The ancients used to stretch themselves on couches 
 at the table. 16. His grandmother was very beautiful 
 in her youth. 17. The woods, says Galatea, were 
 formerly my companions. 
 
 LESSON XXV. 
 
 SIMPLE TENSES CONCLUDED AND COMPOUND 
 
 TENSES. 
 
 233. (a) The future tense indicates that something 
 will exist or take place in the future : as, el sera ele- 
 gido ; enviar6 la carta manana. (b) The future ex- 
 presses a mild command: as, no dirSs de esto nada 
 nadie. (c) The future is sometimes used instead of 
 the present when doubt is implied: as, vendrd (he 
 comes) quiz, para amenazarme. (d) The future is 
 sometimes used for the present or past in questions 
 where a contradictory reply is not expected: as, 
 jhabra disgracia mayor que la mia? 
 
 (e) When shall and will are not signs of the future they must 
 be translated by equivalent verbs : as, will you lend me your 
 penknife? i quiere V. prestarme su cortaplumas ? ; it shall be 
 as I say, ha de ser como digo. . (/) Shall and will used as sub- 
 stitutes for the verbs they represent must be treated as do (see 
 227, 228) : as, / shall not proceed, but he will; yo no procedere, 
 pero el procedera. 
 
 234. (a) The compound 1 of the present (perfect 
 
 1 Very frequent in letters. 
 
SIMPLE TEASES A^D COMPOUND TEKSES. 133 
 
 tense) represents a past action or state of being as 
 completed at the present time. / have written to 
 him three times this week, le he escrito tres veces 
 esta semana. Han anunciado para hoy una comedia 
 muy buena. (b) This tense often denotes an action, 
 or state in a period of time of which the present forms 
 a part, and so used; to-day, this week, etc., are often 
 added, see 234 (a). 
 
 (c) Note that tener is sometimes (with transitive verbs) used 
 as auxiliary instead of haber : as, las cartas que tiene escritas ; 
 como yo tengo dieho ; limpiaronle el rostro que cubierto de polvo 
 tenia. (d) The progressive form is used, but the time of the 
 state or action must be expressed or easily understood : as, 
 i donde ha estado V. escribiendo esta maiiana ? 
 
 235. The compound of the imperfect (or pluperfect 
 tense) represents a state or action as completed in 
 some indefinite period before another action or state 
 expressed or easily understood : as, ya habia oido la 
 noticia ; habia hablado V. al m6dico (at the time we 
 are speaking of). 
 
 236. The compound of the preterite (past anterior 
 tense) represents a state or action as completed in 
 some tolerably definite period before another state or 
 action expressed or easily understood (and words, as 
 cuando, despues de, etc., are always used with this 
 tense) : as, ap6nas me hubo visto, cuando me Ilam6. 
 
 237. The compound of the future (or future per- 
 fect tense) bears the same relation to the future that 
 the compounds of the imperfect and preterite do to 
 these tenses : as, habr6 acabado, esta noche ; ya habra 
 oido muchas veces decir, etc., you will often have heard 
 
134 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 VOCABULARY XXV. 
 
 el capitan, captain. avisar, to inform. 
 
 hospital, hospital. cubrir, to cover. 
 
 hugrfano, orphan. desaparecer, to disappear. 
 
 julio, July. escapar (-se), to run off. 
 
 mensagero, messenger. exclamar, to exclaim. 
 
 merito, merit. franco, frank. 
 
 orden, order (m. & f.) horroroso, frightful. 
 
 reinado, reign. humilde, humble. 
 
 ruego, request. leal, loyal. 
 
 temporal, storm. limpiar, to clean. 
 
 la constancia, constancy. primoroso, fine. 
 
 fuerza, force. proceder, to proceed. 
 
 maravilla, wonder. quiza, perhaps. 
 
 suplica, petition. super ar, to surpass 
 
 tarea, task. terminal, to terminate. 
 amenazar, to threaten. 
 
 EXERCISE XXV. 
 
 1. Sefiores, hemos visto muchas maravillas en 
 siglo. 2. ; Que palabras hallaremos que no se hayan 
 ya usado! 3. ^ Serviremonos de ruegos y de humildes 
 suplicas? 4. <;Se habra visto cosa mas primorosa 
 en este mundo ? 5. (La) Espana produjo grandes 
 hombres en los r.einados de Carlos I, y Felipe II. 
 6. Cuando vuelva a mi pais habra cambiado sin duda 
 el orden de cosas que alii deje. 7. Habia acabado de 
 almorzar antes que el viniera. 8. No bien hube aca- 
 bado de escribir cuando entro ella. 9. Muchas obras 
 de merito han sido escritas durante el presente siglo. 
 
 10. No le he visto hoy, ni en todo este mes de julio. 
 
 11. Fingio creer que todo aquello era suyo y que yo 
 se lo habia quitado. 12. La mujer conocio que me 
 
SIMPLE TEASES AND COMPOUND TENSES. 135 
 
 habia escapado del hospital de huerfanos. 13. Ya 
 habre terminado la tarea cuando llegue el verano. 
 
 14. A los capitanes tengo avisado lo que ban de hacer. 
 
 15. Hace cuatro anos que el esta aqui en el ejercito. 
 
 16. Habia (or haefa) dos boras que yo estaba escri- 
 biendo cuando llego mi padre. 
 
 THEME XXV. 
 
 1. Rome made herself mistress of the world; Eng- 
 land has made herself mistress of the sea. 2. He was 
 in the city yesterday, but he has returned to the coun- 
 try to-day. 3. Greece produced great orators and 
 poets, Spain has produced great men. 4. I had al- 
 most believed that his conduct was frank and loyal. 
 5. He encountered many and grave difficulties in his 
 undertaking, but by force of constancy he had over- 
 come them all. 6. She will wait for her father here, 
 but I shall not. 7. To-morrow at this hour we shall 
 have learned the news. 8. I had already received his 
 letter when I wrote mine. 9. This year the storms in 
 the Mediterranean have been frightful. 10. Thus is 
 named he whom I have (hold) mentioned in my let- 
 ter. 11. Oh, Heaven! I exclaimed, is there a condi- 
 tion more wretched 'than mine? 12. Next week we 
 shall have lived together six months. 13. He has been 
 in the United States for these five years. 14. His 
 father died two years ago, and I have not seen him 
 since. 15. The clouds had almost disappeared when 
 it began to rain, 16. I had been waiting an hour 
 when the messenger arrived. 
 
136 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 LESSON XXVI. 
 
 THE IMPERATIVE MOOD. THE CONDITIONAL MOOD. 
 
 238. (a) The imperative mood is used to express 
 commanding, exhorting, entreating, or permitting 1 : 
 as, confieselo V. ; que ella vaya ; venga V. ; vamos. 
 (b) The imperative forms proper are the second per- 
 sons singular and plural (as, ama, amad ; come, corned ; 
 recibe, recibid, etc.), which cannot be used with a 
 negative. For all persons except the second singular 
 and plural, and for these when negative, the subjunc- 
 tive is used for the imperative : as, dice, decid ; no 
 digas, no digais ; diga V., digamos, que digan, digan 
 VV., no diga V., etc. 
 
 (c) Kote that let (as sign of imperative) with third person may 
 be translated by que : as, que digan, let them say. (d) The 
 future of the indicative is sometimes used for the imperative, 
 see 233 (b). (e) The infinitive with a sometimes has the force 
 of the imperative : as, a ver, let us see. 
 
 239. (a) When the conditional mood is used, a 
 condition is usually expressed or understood in the 
 sentence, the conditional mood being used in the con- 
 clusion and some conjunction (frequently si 2 ) being 
 generally used in the condition : as, iria con V. si 
 
 1 Also a wish : as, sea su nombre bendito, may Jiis name be 
 blessed. Thus used even the first person singular is found : 
 as, viva el y viva yo, may Tie and I live. 
 
 2 Si, meaning whether, is followed by the conditional mood : 
 as, no se si me lo concederia 6 no. 
 
THE IMPERATIVE MOOD. THE CONDITIONAL MOOD. 13? 
 
 tuviese (or tuviera) dinero; si tuviese (or tuviera) 
 dinero iria con V ; ; daria todo lo que tengo para 
 verle! (Z>) The conjunction that naturally intro- 
 duces a conditional sentence cannot be omitted 
 at will as in English : as, si tuviera papel, escribiria 
 una carta; we cannot say tuviera papel, etc. 
 (c) When the principal verb l of the sentence de- 
 notes supposition, hope, fear, promise or affirma- 
 tion, and precedes the conjunction que *, the condi- 
 tional may be used : as, pensaba que su criado acudiria 
 a la hora seiialada. (d) A modest request or wish is 
 often expressed by the conditional mood : as, desearia 
 ver los muebles en casa de V., but querer (in subj. ) is 
 more usual. If, however, an interjection is used, the 
 conditional cannot be : as, ojala no le hubiera (or 
 hubiese) yo conocido. (e) The conditional is often 
 used in modest, approximate, or uncertain statements: 
 as, serian las diez de la noche. (/) It is also used in 
 interrogative expressions of politeness (see d)] and 
 of doubt, concerning possibility or fitness : as, jme 
 atreveria yo a pedir? j,seria verdad? (g) In indirect 
 quotations after verbs in the past or conditional, the 
 conditional is used: as, dijo que vendria. 
 
 (h) Could, when a condition is expressed or implied, is ren- 
 dered by the conditional of poder : as, yo podria ir si quisiera. 
 {i) Might, expressing power or ability, is also rendered by the 
 conditional of poder : as, el podria venir, si quisiera. (j) Should, 
 meaning ought to, is rendered by the conditional of deber: as, 
 V. deberia venir conmigo. (k) The preposition a, followed by 
 an infinitive, is sometimes used to form a conditional sentence: 
 as, a ser cierta la noticia, me alegraria mucho ; si fuese cierta 
 la noticia, me alegraria mucho. 
 
 1 Not always expressed. 
 
138 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 VOCABULARY XXVI. 
 
 el canto, singing. acudirl^ come 
 
 credito, credit. (to come(by appointment}. 
 
 delirante, raver. afirmar, to affirm. 
 
 delito, crime. avenir, to agree, to join. 
 
 extravio, frenzy. cometer, to commit. 
 
 favor, favor. contentar, to content. 
 
 idioma, language. hebreo, Hebrew. 
 
 individuo, individual, person, inevitable, inevitable. 
 
 marroqui, morocco leather. jurar, to swear. 
 
 mueble, furniture. navegar, to navigate. 
 
 plato, dish. ofrecer, to offer. 
 
 la aldea, hamlet. osar, to dare. 
 
 cadena, chain. permitir, to permit. 
 
 chinela, slipper. radical, radical. 
 
 nave, ship. vano, vain. 
 
 ocasion, occasion. 
 
 EXERCISE XXVL 
 
 1. Permita V. que diga lo que he oido sobre ego. 
 2. No vaya V. tarcje, es preciso que V. este alii tem- 
 prano. 3. Los individuos que deseen aprender el 
 idioma hebreo acudiran a la calle de D. 4. Ama a 
 tu projimo, como a ti mistfio. 5. Leeria los libros 
 que estan aqui, si tuviera el tiempo. 6. Aun cuando 
 me hubiera ofrecido otro tanto, yo no iria. 7. Si yo 
 tuviese una casa de campo, viviria siempre en ella. 
 8. Puesto (caso) que durmiese, y no despertase ; en 
 vano seria mi canto. 9. Si V. se hubiese levantado 
 mas temprano, habria almorzado con nosotros. 10. No 
 fui tan simple, que tomase el camino de Toledo; por- 
 que (by which) me expondria a encontrarme con el. 
 11. Desearia un par de chinelas y las quisiera en (de) 
 
THE IMPERATIVE MOOD. THE CONDITIONAL MOOD. 139 
 
 marroqui. 12. Con todo eso, osaria afirmar y jurar que 
 son radicales. 13. Tendria en aquel tiempo la ciudad 
 sesenta mil vecinos. 14. <; Es posible que los extravios 
 de un delirante, cuya razon evidentemente descon- 
 certaria la proximidad de la muerte, hayan encon- 
 trado credito ? 15. ^Deberia yo dar ocasion a que 
 cometiese otros nuevos delitos ? 
 
 THEME XXVI. 
 
 1. The war is inevitable, and let it come ! I repeat 
 it, let it come ! 2. Do not suffer that they betray you 
 with promises. 3. Do me the favor to tell me where 
 the doctor lives. 4. Speak to this man; and ask him 
 what you wish. 5. He would certainly be [the] son 
 of a grandee, if this had been in his power. 6. I 
 would have given him the watch and the chain, if he 
 merited them. 7. If I had known that you were not 
 at home, I would not have come. 8. He would have 
 much more wealth (-s), if he had not spent it (them) 
 in voyages. 9. I would have invited him, if he under- 
 stood the German language. 10. It seems to me that 
 we would not agree badly living together. 11. I 
 would content myself with any (whatever) of these 
 dishes. 12. It was about two o'clock in the after- 
 noon, when they reached the village. 13. They might 
 have sailed two hours when they discovered a power- 
 ful ship. 14. Would you have the kindness to tell 
 me where the post [office] is ? 15. The gentleman 
 said that you might know the truth, if you wished. 
 16. Could you find your way in the city without me ? 
 
140 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 i 
 
 LESSON XXVII. 
 
 THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 240. (a) The subjunctive mood in independent sen- 
 tences expresses command, exhortation, wish, con- 
 cession, uncertainty: as, pagueseme lo que se me debe; 
 hagame V. el favor ; sepamos caal es mas looo ; venga 
 esta dueiia y pida lo que quisiere ; viva 61 y viva yo ; 
 saiga lo que saliere (come what may}, (b) The sub- 
 junctive in independent sentences is really used as an 
 imperative, see 238 and Exercise XXVI. 
 
 241. The subjunctive mood is used in dependent 
 sentences whose meaning is represented rather as a 
 conception than a reality; and which are connected 
 (either as subject or object) with the principal sen- 
 tence 1 by que 2 ; or as object by an interrogative pro- 
 noun or conjunction. 
 
 Note the following: aunque estaba alii (ind.) ; aunque estu- 
 viese alii (subj.); though lie was there (sure); though he might be 
 there (doubtful); aunque viene hoy, no le vere (he surely comes)\ 
 aunque viniese hoy, no le veria (coming not sure). 
 
 242. This dependent subjunctive is used: (a) After 
 expressions that deny or question the reality or possi- 
 bility of the statement in the dependent sentence : 
 as, no es verdad que lo haya dicho. j Es verdad que 
 lo haya dicho? Dudo que venga; dud6 que viniese 
 (but no dudo que vendra) ; no dudo que seas mi amigo. 
 (b) After expressions (that represent the statement in 
 the dependent sentence as a subject) of fear, hope, or 
 
 1 Sometimes understood or placed after the subjunctive. 
 
 2 Generally que or a compound of que, rarely others. 
 
THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 141 
 
 expectation : as, temia descubriese la trampa ; espe- 
 rando se cumpla el numero del vapuleo ; but temo (/ 
 fear = I am sure) no ha de llegar el dia. (c) After 
 expressions (that represent the statement in the 
 dependent sentence as a subject) of command, wish, 
 concession, etc.: as, guardaos de que no os enga-^ 
 nen; conjiirote que me digas quien eres; concede 
 que todo lo que dices sea verdad. (d) After expres- 
 sions of feeling, emotion, etc. : as, le agradecer6 a Vr- 
 que me d6 un poco de papel; me alegraria de que 61 
 viniese (viniera). (e) After impersonal expressions, 
 representing what follows them as an idea or concep- 
 tion of the speaker or writer: as, lo mejor es que no 
 corran; es necesario que vaya. (/) Generally after 
 saber used negatively or interrogatively: as, no s6 qu6 
 diga. (g) Sometimes after decir l and in some other 
 constructions, where we might expect the conditional : 
 as,dijo que lo hiciera, si no fuera prohibido : but the sub- 
 junctive of indirect statement is not a regular Spanish 
 construction: as, dije,-pens6 (dijo, pens6) que era ver- 
 dad. (h) After verbs of causing, occasioning, accom- 
 plishing, etc.: as, consigues que seas respetado: but 
 after such followed by de manera que, de suerte que, 
 or tan made prominent, the result must be a future 
 one to be expressed by the subjunctive : as, se porta 
 de manera que es amado de todos; portate de manera 
 que seas amado de todos. 
 
 243. DISTINCTION IN USE BETWEEN FIRST (ending in ra) 
 AND SECOND (ending in se) IMPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE. (a) 
 When the imperfect subjunctive is preceded by si, con tal que, 
 cuando, or by an interjection expressing desire, either the first 
 or the second subjunctive may be used : as, si tuviera, or tu- 
 
 1 See under conditional mood. 
 
142 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 viese, dinero, comprarialibros; ojalafuera, or fuese cierto. (b) In 
 cases similar to these in (a), but without the conjunction, either 
 the first subjunctive or the conditional is used : as, de buena 
 gana saliera, or saldria. [NOTE. From (a) and (5) it follows 
 that ra (1st subj.) may sometimes take the place of se (2d 
 subj ) or of ria (conditional), but that se and ria differ.] (c) Se 
 is generally used if a relative pronoun precedes: as, premiare a 
 todos los que hubiesen hecho su deber. (d) Ra is generally used 
 in exclamations : as, quien lo hubiera pensado ! or, habria pen- 
 sado ! (e) Partial list of impersonal expressions generally tak- 
 ing the subjunctive mood after them : 
 es necesario es malo conviene 
 
 es precise es justo es bien 
 
 es menester es injusto es hora 
 
 es fuerza es lastima lo mejor es 
 
 es bueno es verguenza menos mal es, etc. 
 
 VOCABULARY XXVII. 
 
 el destine, destiny. cumplir (-se), to complete, fulfil. 
 
 nfLmero, number. desterrar, to banish. 
 
 perro, dog. determinar, to determine. 
 
 puesto, place, position. dudar, to doubt. 
 
 sacrificio, sacrifice. espantar, to frighten. 
 
 uso, use. fiar (-se), to trust. 
 
 vapuleo, whipping. ladrar, to bark. 
 
 la burla, jest, sport. loco, foolish, simple. 
 
 duda, doubt. mantener, to keep. 
 
 duena, lady (married). ojala, would that. 
 
 las letras, learning. permanecer, to persist, remain. 
 
 la patria, native land. premiar, to reward. 
 
 trampa, trap, fraud. prohibir, to prohibit. 
 
 advertir, to inform. proseguir, to pursue. 
 
 agradecer, to thank. respetar, to respect. 
 
 alcanzar, to reach. separar, to separate. 
 
 apear (-se), to dismount. ya, now. 
 conjurar, to entreat. 
 
THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 143 
 
 EXEKCISE XXVII. 
 
 1. Ojala la tierra se me abriera antes que me viese 
 puesto en esta condicion. 2. Sea el que fuere el uso 
 que V. hiciere de mi papel, no dudo que lo aprobare. 
 3. Aunque ladren los perros, no me despertaran en 
 este cuarto. 4. Que no se espante V. de verme, que 
 no se muera V. al (de) verme. 5. No puede ser que 
 mi destino se separe del tuyo 6 del suyo. 6. Tengo 
 determinado que vaya V. por una parte del monte y 
 yo por otra. 7. Mi amigo estaba contento con que 
 (ivlien) me hallase en casa. 8. Es hora que prosigamos 
 nuestro camino sale el sol. 9. Entre tan alegre como 
 si supiera adonde habia de ir a comer. 10. Te juro 
 que si pudiera subir 6 apearme (que) yo te hubiera 
 vengado. 11. Aun cuando tratara (or tratase) de re- 
 mediar el mal, etc. 12. Le advirtio que a cuanto ella le 
 dijese, le respondiese (-ra). 13. Aunque me lo haya 
 dicho el otro dia, no me acuerdo ya de ello. 14. Le 
 hubiera ido a ver ayer, si hubiese sabido esta noticia. 
 15. Si permaneciere aqui algun tiempo se lo avisare 
 a V. 16. Si el hubiere dejado Granada antes que le 
 alcance mi carta, etc. 
 
 THEME XXVII. 
 
 1. Do not think that my destiny can ever be sepa- 
 rated from thine. 2. Either it was to gain my con- 
 fidence or to make fun of me. 3. That he may keep 
 the place, I have made many sacrifices. 4. There is 
 no doubt that you might be deceived by that letter. 
 5. Our destiny has not wished that we should die in 
 our native land. 6. I did not wish (imp.) that any 
 
144 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 one should know-that I had money. 7. I am astonished 
 to see that a man so without letters (education) says 
 such things. 8. It is necessary that you know and do 
 your task and your duty. 9. I do not know what I 
 would do then; this I know, what I wish to do now. 
 10. It would be well that they should banish that old 
 criminal. 11. I called him that he might go out with 
 me. 12. There was no one in the city that trusted 
 them. 13. I shall not return until they have delivered 
 me the money. 14. He would have paid me, if he 
 had had money at home. 15. I will bring you what 
 (-ever) they may give me. 16. Even if he should have 
 written him before he (might) arrive, etc. 
 
 LESSON XXVIII. 
 
 THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD IN DEPENDENT SENTENCES 
 (CONTINUED). SEQUENCE OF TENSES. 
 
 244. The subjunctive mood is used after certain 
 conjunctions. The important ones used with the 
 subjunctive are l : 
 
 a fin de que, to the end that, como quiera que, notwithstanding. 
 
 a menos que, unless. como si, as if. 
 
 antes que, before. con tal que, provided that. 
 
 apenas, scarcely. cual si, as if. 
 
 asi que, so that. cuando, when. 
 
 aunque, although. dado que, granted that. 
 
 bien que, although. en caso de que, in case that. 
 
 como, as, when. en vez de que, instead of. 
 
 1 The same conjunction will be followed by the indicative 
 or subjunctive mood according to the sense in which it is used, 
 see 241. 
 
THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 145 
 
 hasta qua, until para que, ) fe ^^ ^ 
 
 hast a donde, as far as. porque, > 
 
 luego que, as soon as. por...que, however. 
 
 mientras, while. siempre que, whenever. 
 
 no sea que, lest. sin que, without. 
 
 ojala, would that. supuesto que, supposing that. 
 
 NOTE. Other conjunctions are sometimes used with the 
 subjunctive. 
 
 245. (a) The subjunctive is used in relative senten- 
 ces, when the relative pronoun or adverb refers to a 
 negative idea: as, no habia quien les creyese. (Z>) When 
 the relative refers to an unknown or indefinite person 
 or thing : as, yo le dir6 cosas que le admiren. (c) Often 
 when the relative has a general force (as, any one 
 whatever, anywhere whatever, etc.): as, V. hara lo 
 que mejor le pareciere (or parezca). (d) The relative 
 referring to a superlative 1 does not require the sub- 
 junctive : as, la ingratitud es uno de los mayores peca- 
 dos que se conoce. (e) When the relative expresses a 
 purpose, the subjunctive is used : as, quiso irse donde 
 sus ojos no la viesen jamas. 
 
 246. (a) The future of the subjunctive is but little 
 used, the present subjunctive generally taking its 
 place : as, todo lo que me den, all thai they may give 
 me; cuando vengan, when they should come, (b) But 
 when used it is only in sentences beginning with si, 
 cuando, mientras, or a relative adverb or pronoun : as, 
 saldr6 si no lloviere (or llueva). (c) The compound 
 of the present subjunctive is generally used for the 
 compound of the future subjunctive : as, cuando haya 
 acabado mi tarea, etc. 
 
 1 The superlative relative is found with the subjunctive, but 
 it is not the superlative as such that requires it. 
 
146 PEACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 247. SEQUENCE OF TENSES, (a) Verbs in the pres- 
 ent or future indicative or the present subjunctive 
 are generally followed by the present subjunctive or 
 compound of the present : as, manda que se haga 
 luego; me alegro que lo haya vencido; desear6 que V. se 
 divierta. (b) Verbs in any of the past tenses, simple or 
 compound, of the indicative, conditional or subjunc- 
 tive, or in the compound future of the indicative, are 
 generally followed by the imperfects of the subjunc- 
 tive, simple or compound: as, he mandado' que lo 
 llevara (or llevase) V. ; me alegraba que lo hubiera 
 visto. 
 
 VOCABULARY XXVIII. 
 
 el caballero andante, knight- confundir, to confound. 
 
 cura, priest. [errant, consultar, to consult. 
 
 ganapan, porter. decidir, to decide. 
 
 ignorante, ignorant (one). devolver, to return. . 
 
 insensate, stupid (one). dispensar, to excuse. 
 
 oficio, office. disponer, to dispose. 
 
 pecado, sin. inducir, to lead (induce). 
 
 sello, seal. luego, presently, immediately. 
 
 vencedor, conqueror. morar, to dwell. 
 
 la accion, action. ofender, to offend. 
 
 ingratitud, ingratitude. para que, in order that. 
 
 insula (isla), island. procurar, to try. 
 
 mentira, lie. resolver (-se), to resolve. 
 
 profesion, profession. suplicar, to supplicate. 
 
 serial, sign. 
 
 EXERCISE XXVIII. 
 
 1. Los describio a fin de que los ignorantes no los 
 confundan con los verdaderos sabios. 2. Me escape 
 sin que me viesen. 3. V. habla como si la profesion de 
 las armas fuese oficio de ganapanes. 4. Lo digo para 
 
THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 147 
 
 que (a fin que) V. lo sepa. 5. Me suplico que le 
 hablase de modo que se resolviese. 6. Buscaba a su 
 amo por largo tiempo, sin que le hallase. 7. <; Cuando 
 quiere el banquero que yo le devuelva el dinero? 
 8. Quien la oiga, creera que esta ya decidido que me 
 quedo. 9. Cualquiera palabra 6 accion que pueda 
 inducir a otros en error es mentira. 10. Haced bien 
 a los que os hayan ofendido. 11. Deme V., dijo el 
 estudiante un libro que pueda consultar. 12. En cual- 
 quiera figura que haya sido, he quedado vencedor de 
 mi enemigo. 13. Con la mas minima sefial que me 
 haga V. pondre un sello en mi boca. 14. <i Quien 
 le habia de dar a V. senor insulas que gobernase? 
 15. Me maravillo que hayan creido una noticia tan 
 improbable. 16. El general le habria ordenado que 
 volviera (or volviese). 
 
 THEME XXVIII. 
 
 1. He who responds before he hears shows that he 
 is a stupid [one]. 2. What a gentleman once prom- 
 ises, he tries to fulfil although it costs him his life. 
 3. If Heaven shall dispose of the king, I swear that I 
 will give you my hand. 4. I place the paper in your 
 hands, in order that you may make use of it. 5. I 
 shall keep it for [a] relic, as long as life shall last. 
 6. What will your master say when he sees what you 
 have done ? 7. He will give me money until I have 
 found a good situation. 8. An American who goes for 
 the first time to Boston will be [a] stranger. 9. My 
 mother needs a servant who knows how to cook well. 
 10. Work makes for men houses where they may 
 dwell. 11. I rejoice (I regret) to have been the first 
 
148 PRACTICAL SPANISH GEAMMAR. 
 
 who said it. 12. Is there a hamlet priest that can 
 say what my master has said ? 13. He is the most 
 loyal squire that ever served l a knight-errant. 14. All 
 his friends said to him that he should say what he 
 wished. 15. I beg that you will (may) excuse me 
 from coming to-morrow. 16. I doubted that he would 
 convince him (or) that he would have convinced him. 
 
 LESSON XXIX. 
 
 THE INFINITIVE MOOD. 
 
 248. (a) The infinitive is sometimes used exactly as 
 a noun and may take an article (the masculine el) be- 
 fore it, may form a plural, be limited by an adjective 
 or possessive or by de with its noun, may be subject 
 or object of a verb, or governed by a preposition : as, 
 evitad el hablar demasiado ; los pesares de la vida; 
 el dulce murnmrar ; al romper (d)el dia ; el cantar 
 de las aves es nrny agradable; tu saber. (V) Some- 
 times its verbal force is kept when used as noun, and 
 it may be qualified by an adverb or take an object 
 after it : as, el hablar corrientemente, etc. ; el leer 
 buenos libros, etc. 
 
 249. (a) The infinitive as subject is generally used 
 with the article or other qualifiers, but sometimes 
 without: as, el cazar es buen ejercicio; hablar mucho 
 es un vicio. (b) The infinitive as subject sometimes 
 precedes, as in (a), and sometimes follows its verb : 
 as, no es mi tristeza haber caido en tu poder, / am 
 
 1 Use preterite indicative. 
 
THE 
 
 MOOD. 
 
 149 
 
 not sad for, etc. (c) due with a personal form of the 
 verb (indicative or subjunctive) is used instead of 
 the infinitive when its subject cannot be inferred from 
 the rest of the sentence: as, basta que sepas, it is 
 enough that thou knowest; but, me basta saber, le 
 basta a V. saber, etc. (d) Sometimes, however, the 
 infinitive is retained and the personal pronoun or 
 other subject placed near it : as, el oirlo yo, me causa 
 lastima; el dar el si manana la hermosa Julia. 
 
 250. The infinitive without a preposition, generally 
 as direct object, is used after many verbs, of which 
 the principal are : 
 
 aconsejar 
 
 declarar 
 
 manifestar 
 
 procurar 
 
 acostumbrar 
 
 dejar 
 
 mas vale 
 
 prohibir 
 
 afirmar 
 
 desear 
 
 merecer 3 
 
 prometer 
 
 alegrar (-se) 
 
 determinar 
 
 mostrar 
 
 protestar 
 
 andar l 
 
 esperar 
 
 necesitar 
 
 querer 
 
 celebrar 
 
 fingir 
 
 negar 
 
 saber 
 
 concebir 
 
 gustar 
 
 oir 
 
 sentir 
 
 confesar 
 
 haber menester 
 
 osar 
 
 soler 
 
 conocer 
 
 hacer 
 
 parecer 
 
 temer 
 
 contar 
 
 holgar 
 
 pensar 
 
 tener 
 
 conviene 
 
 imaginar (-se) 
 
 poder 
 
 vedar 
 
 creer 
 
 impedir 
 
 preferir 
 
 venir 4 
 
 deber 2 
 
 intentar 
 
 presumir 
 
 ver 
 
 decir 
 
 mandar 
 
 pretender 
 
 
 VOCABULARY XXIX. 
 
 el aliento, breath. 
 banquete, banquet. 
 euidado, care. 
 lacayo, servant. 
 
 el manjar, dish (food). 
 milagro, miracle. 
 muro, wall. 
 musico, musician. 
 
 1 Andar buscar, to go to seek. 2 De is sometimes used as, 
 por aqui cerca debe de estar alguna fuente. 3 Merece ser alab.&a. 
 4 Viene adorar a omitted for euphony lie comes to adore. 
 
150 
 
 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 el punto, point. 
 
 termino, limit. 
 
 tesoro, treasure. 
 la admiracion, wonder. 
 lasartes, intrigues. 
 la cuestion, question. 
 
 dama, lady. 
 
 diferencia, difference. 
 
 doctrina, doctrine. 
 
 estrella, star. 
 
 fuente, spring. 
 
 labradora, working woman. 
 
 lastima, pity. 
 
 locura, folly. 
 
 naturaleza, nature. 
 
 ola, wave. 
 
 renta, income. 
 
 tristeza, grief, sadness. 
 
 la utilidad, profit. 
 aderezar, to prepare (victuals). 
 cansar, to weary. 
 causar, to cause. 
 comer, to eat. 
 comparar, to compare. 
 considerar, to consider. 
 corrientemente,. fluently. 
 curioso, curious. 
 demasiado, too much. 
 encantar, to delight. 
 entristecer, to sadden. 
 facilitar, to facilitate. 
 lugubre, gloom. 
 murmurar, to murmur. 
 perfecto, perfect. 
 por en cima, on top t over. 
 romper, to break. 
 
 EXERCISE XXIX. 
 
 1. Gastar en un banquete la renta de un afio es 
 locura. 2. El decir tu si y el acabarseme la vida, ha 
 de ser todo a un punto. 3. Le entristecia ver que 
 Altisidora no le habia cumplido la palabra. 4. Se te 
 ha ido de las mientes haber visto a Dulcinea conver- 
 tida en labradora. 5. Es decir; se me ha olvidado 
 decir. 6. El suceso que yo he tenido en ver a V. ? es 
 imposible ser malo. 7. El hablar nosotros pasa de los 
 terminos de la naturaleza. 8. Es mas milagro darme 
 a mi un poeta un peso que yo recibirle. 9. La dife- 
 rencia que hay del animal bruto al hombre, es ser el 
 hombre animal racional y el bruto irracional. 10. Es- 
 perando 6 por mejor decir temiendo perder la vida, 
 fue, etc. 11. Pasabanle las olas por (en) cima, no solo 
 impidiendole ver el cielo sino (pero) negandole el 
 
THE IKFIKITIVE MOOD. 151 
 
 poder pedirle ayuda. 13. Son artes que nuestros 
 mayores prohibieron aprenderse. 14. El reino de 
 Dios no es comer ni beber sino (inas) paz y justicia. 
 15. Quiero imitar al pueblo en el vestido, en las cos- 
 tumbres solo a los mejores. 16. La que (ella) decia 
 ser mi madre esta alia. 
 
 THEME XXIX. 
 
 1. It would be curious to compare this doctrine 
 with the other. 2. To take from a knight his lady 
 is to take from him his eyes. 3. Let it not weary 
 you to hear me relate what happened to me. 4. It 
 is not my sadness that (I am not sad because) my 
 friend has fallen in your power. 5. You shall con- 
 quer the stars ; for it is possible to conquer them. 
 6. I seem to see her enter (between) the gloomy walls 
 of this prison. 7. It will not be lost care to consider 
 this question. 8. Your saying this (el decirlo tu) and 
 my hearing it causes me new wonder. 9. Where is 
 that trembling [of] all before him and that speaking 
 to him on the knees? 10. The general determined to 
 put them at (in) liberty. 11. The doctor has no need to 
 go to seek help. 12. The horses need to take breath 
 in order not to fall on the way. 13. The perfect 
 playing of this musician delights one. 14. He knows 
 how to prepare and cook many good dishes. 15. The 
 profit of the kingdom counselled facilitating for both 
 cities the commerce with America. 16. If I should 
 get a servant like you, I should believe [myself] to 
 have found a treasure. 
 
152 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 LESSON XXX. 
 
 THE INFINITIVE (CONCLUDED). 
 
 251. The infinitive (generally in independent con- 
 struction) is used after the prepositions, a, antes de, 
 con, despues de, en, en cuanto a, en vez de, hasta, para, 
 por, sin, sobre and many compounds of de : as, al 
 perder el cuerpo la vida ; a ser otra cosa ; le gan6 a 
 correr; junto con ser cruel era encantador; hasta 
 verte ; no se siguitf el alcance por ser noche ; sin yo 
 pensarlo ; a pesar de (or) sin embargo de (or) no ob- 
 stante de haberle yo pagado, no estuvo satisfecho. 
 
 252. (a) The infinitive in dependent constructions 
 is used after the prepositions a and de, also after con, 
 en, para, por, and so used, (b) A, with the infini- 
 tive, follows verbs of motion, and others with which 
 the idea of direction toward an end is united. 
 
 The principal verbs are : animar, aprender, aspirar, ayudar, 
 comenzar, condenar, consentir, convidar, conviene, dar, echar, 
 empezar, ensenar, enviar, habituar, inclinar, invitar, ir, mostrar, 
 obligar, pasar, salir, tender, venir, volver. El vino a visitarme ; 
 sail a ver los soldados ; el me ensena a cantar ; nos convido a 
 comer con el. 
 
 (b') A with the infinitive follows other verbs, parti- 
 ciples, or adjectives whose meaning naturally require 
 to (a) : such as, bastar, esforzarse, obligar, precisar, etc. : 
 as, se esfuerza a hacerlo ; no estas tu obligado a saber 
 latin. (#") Besides esforzarse, etc. (see b'), atreverse, 
 decidirse, negarse, ponerse, resistirse, are so used: as, 
 no me atrevo a hablarle. (c) De, with the following 
 
THE lOTItflTIVE MOOD. 153 
 
 infinitive, may follow substantives or adjectives: as, 
 es tiempo de dormir; es bueno de coiner, (c') After 
 verbs of emotion, etc. ; after verbs denoting removal, 
 cessation, etc. ; after to be used impersonally, and 
 after haber (and often tener in the sense of is to, 
 or must) : as, me alegro de ver a V. bueno ; desisti6 
 de perseguir a sus contraries (opposers). Es de desear. 
 I due" me tengo de armar ? (d) Con (the manner how, 
 or means by which) with following infinitive: as, 
 le entretengo con contarle cuentos. (e) En with fol- 
 lowing infinitive : as, empleo mi tiempo en estudiar. 
 (/) Para with the following infinitive: as, tiene bas- 
 tante dinero para comprar la casa. (/') Para, in 
 order to, after estar, means to be about to : as, estoy 
 para marcharme. (g) Por (for the sake of): as, 
 trabaja por alcanzar premio. (g') Estar por means 
 to intend, is not yet : as, estuve por responderle; la 
 casa esta por acaber, the house is not yet finished. 
 (h) due is often followed by the infinitive, especially 
 when its subject is the same as that of the principal 
 verb: as, nada tiene que explicar; tengo que escribir 
 una carta; hoy hay (or maiiana habra) mucho que 
 hacer. 
 
 VOCABULARY XXX. 
 
 el alcance, pursuit. el homenaje, homage. 
 arrepentimiento, repentance. lenguaje, language. 
 barbaro, barbarian. oido, ear. 
 
 contrario, opposer. restante, rest. 
 
 cuento, story. tema, theme. 
 
 euerpo, body. teologo, theologian. 
 
 emperador, emperor. la bandera, flag. 
 encantador, enchanter. cena, supper. 
 
 enfermo, sick (man). conversacion, conversation. 
 
154 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 las fiestas, holidays, entretener, to entertain. 
 
 la impresion, impression. esforzar (-se), to make efforts. 
 
 misantropia, misanthropy. marchar (-se), to go off. 
 
 muestra, sign. perseguir, to pursue. 
 
 salud, health. pescar, to fish. 
 
 abandonar, to abandon. privar, to- deprive. 
 
 abrazar, to embrace. provenir, to arise. 
 
 deleitar, to delight. reconocer, to recognize. 
 
 destruir, to destroy. rendir, to render. 
 
 dibujar, to draw, sketch, sobre. besides. 
 
 diferente, different. tardar, to tarry. 
 
 emplear, to employ. variar, to vary. 
 
 entender, to understand. visitar, to visit. 
 
 EXERCISE XXX. 
 
 1. Al oir esas palabras ya le reconocemos a V. 
 2. La vista se deleita con el nacer de la luz y con el 
 variar de las nubes. 3. Preguntare hasta saber la ver- 
 dad. 4. Ninguna de estas razones fue entendida de 
 los barbaros por ser dichas en diferente lenguaje que 
 el suyo. 5. Se come para vivir. 6. Mis hermanas 
 aprenden a dibujar con el sefior Kondel. 7. Preste 
 dos libros a su amigo de V., pero el no ha vuelto a 
 traermelos. 8. El juez se contento, con privar al reo 
 de la libertad. 9. Por la culpa, de no habermelo tu 
 acordado te sucedio eso. 10. Abrazome, diciendo que 
 habia esperado 1 de hacer impresion sus razones. 
 
 11. No por eso ha dejado de ser ella la que antes era. 
 
 12. No deja de ser un enfermo, con todo eso trabaja 
 mucho. 13. Es de desear que haga buen tiempo du- 
 rante las fiestas (holidays). 14. Mas tardo en hablar 
 Don Quijote que en acabarse la cena. 15. Aunque 
 
 1 Rather antiquated. 
 
THE INFINITIVE MOOD. 155 
 
 tiene oidos para oir, no tiene lengua para hablar. 
 16. Pocas palabras me quedan por decir, aunque mu- 
 chas lagrimas si que llorar. 17. Su misautropia pro- 
 viene de no haber nunca tenido un verdadero amigo. 
 
 THEME XXX. 
 
 1. Besides being king, he wishes to make himself 
 emperor. 2. Even the boys of this city, without ever 
 having seen me, know me. 3. (The) which histories, 
 for not being to my taste, I do not mention (them). 
 4. He must be [a] theologian, in order to know how 
 to give account of the Christian law. 5. I shall remain 
 at home instead of going out. 6. The banker has in- 
 vited us to dine, but we cannot go. 7. I am going 
 to visit some friends who have arrived from France. 
 8. This man has destroyed his health by (con) much 
 drinking. 9. The poor boy had (the) misfortune to 
 lose his watch. 10. It would weigh upon me to see 
 him give signs of any repentance. 11. Soon all will 
 love him without any one ceasing to fear him. 
 12. They accuse the soldier of having abandoned his 
 flag. 13. He is to work this morning, and can fish 
 this afternoon. 14. The rest of the conversation was 
 occupied in speaking of the king. 15. I come accom- 
 panied by my son to render you the first homage. 
 16. I had neither lessons to study nor themes to write 
 out. 
 
156 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 LESSON XXXI. 
 
 PRESENT PARTICIPLE (OR GERUND). 
 PAST PARTICIPLE. 
 
 253. The present l participle is not used as an ad- 
 jective but as a verb, hence does not change its form 
 for gender and number, and is used : (a) For the in- 
 finitive with a preposition (especially in the sense of 
 by) : as, me divierto leyendo (or en leer) ; gana su 
 vida escribiendo (or en escribir). (b) The present 
 participle, when not referring to a verb (as, continud 
 escribiendo), is often placed at the beginning of the 
 sentence ; and when there, naturally refers to the 
 subject : as, estudiando se aprende ; viendole tomar la 
 espada le dijo, on seeing him take, etc. (c) The pres- 
 ent participle with en often implies a close relation 
 between what precedes and what follows : as, llega 
 otro, y dale de palos, y en dandoselos huye. (d) The 
 continuation of an action or state is often denoted by 
 estar with the present participle : as, j ftu6 estas ha- 
 ciendo? Estoy escribiendo una carta; estarse dur- 
 miendo, to befalling to sleep ; but with verbs of mo- 
 tion ir, not estar, is used : as, va corriendo. (e) Ir, 
 with the present participle, generally means continua- 
 
 1 The name present participle is used instead of " gerund " 
 because the latter is little used in English, and the real present 
 participle forms (such as calmante, habitante, and doliente) are 
 not used as participles. 
 
PRESENT PARTICIPLE. PAST PARTICIPLE. 157 
 
 tion or increase. Se va burlando de vosotros, lie keeps 
 making fun of you. El fuego se iba extendiendo. 
 
 254. (a) The past 1 participle with the meaning of a 
 verb has the form of an adjective, and when formed 
 from transitive verbs it has a passive, and from intran- 
 sitive verbs an active meaning. Its chief use is to 
 form the compound tenses (generally with haber). 
 (b) The past participle is not varied with haber as the 
 auxiliary: as, ella ha escrito. With llevar and tener 
 it agrees in gender and number with the object: as, 
 llevo escrita una carta; also, ellos se hallan arruinados. 
 With andar, ir, and quedar it agrees with the subject: 
 as, 61 anda descuidado ; ellos van satisfechos. In the 
 passive voice the past participle agrees with the sub- 
 ject: as, nosotros nemos sido castigados. The past 
 participle of ser and estar (conjugated with auxiliary 
 haber) are never varied; hemos estado alii, (c) When 
 not used as a verb, but as an adjective, the past 
 participle, of course, agrees with the noun or pronoun 
 qualified: as, una carta bien escrita. (a) The past par- 
 ticiple is used absolutely (or independently) : as, aca- 
 bada la cena, nos fuimos a pasear. (e) The feminines 
 of many past participles are used as nouns: as, la be- 
 bida, the drink ; sometimes other forms : as, los des- 
 graciados, the unfortunate. (/) Past participles may 
 be used with prepositions : as, despues de restablecida 
 la paz, floreceran las artes ; es un hombre despreci- 
 ado de todos. (g) For double forms of the past parti- 
 ciple, see List of Irregular Verbs (page 113, etc.). 
 
 1 The reflexive participle rarely takes the reflexive pronoun ; 
 but is the same in form as that of a non-reflexive verb : as, ale- 
 grado, instead of alegradose. 
 
158 
 
 PEACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 VOCABULAKY XXXI. 
 
 el asno, ass. 
 
 dano, loss. 
 
 devoto, devout (man). 
 
 mantel, tablecloth. 
 
 nicho, niche. 
 
 paje, page. 
 
 palo, blow (with stick). 
 
 pensamiento, thought. 
 
 rebano, flock. 
 
 reconocimiento, gratitude. 
 
 rubor, blush. 
 
 templo, temple. 
 la cantidad, quantity. 
 
 cara, face. 
 
 conjuracion, conspiracy. 
 
 doncella, maiden. 
 
 idea, idea. 
 
 oveja, sheep. 
 
 partida, party (squad). 
 
 risa, laughter. 
 
 ventana, window. 
 
 victoria, victory. 
 
 la yerba, grass. 
 acribillailo, drubbed. 
 amontonar, to mass. 
 arruinar, to ruin. 
 asaltar, to assault. 
 callar, to keep silent. 
 calmante, narcotic. 
 descuidar, to neglect. 
 despreciar, to despise. 
 doliente, sorrowful. 
 edificar, to build. 
 florecer, to flourish. 
 lleno, full. 
 
 modificar (-se), to be modified. 
 mostrar, to show. 
 prendado, smitten (in love). 
 rebuznar, to bray. 
 respirar, to breathe. 
 sucesivamente, little by little. 
 velar, to watch. 
 vestir (-se), to dress. 
 
 EXERCISE XXXI. 
 
 1. El devoto mostro su reconocimiento, edificando 
 templos. 2. Y teniendo yo mas vida, tengo menos 
 libertad Calderon. 3. Estaba para volver, quedando 
 muy ocupado (en) vistiendose (en vestirse). 4. Un re- 
 bano de ovejas andaba paciendo la yerba al rededor de 
 el. 5. Mas vale pajaro en la mano que buitre volando. 
 6. Hasta entonces el joven liabia ido callando y escn- 
 cliando. 7. Habiendolavistoun dia quedo prendado de 
 ella. 8. Levantados los manteles y tomando D. Antonio 
 

 PRESENT PARTICIPLE. PAST PARTICIPLE. 159 
 
 por la mano a D. Quijote, se entro. 9. ^Cuanto hay 
 que ha muerto este hombre ? 10. Escribio una carta 
 al emperador, refiriendole lo acaecido. 11. Abando- 
 nado enteramente y olvidado, solo respiraba venganza. 
 12. Ganada la Sierra y rotoa los Moros se vio obligado 
 a quedarse alia. 13. Tomo la carta, cubierta su bella 
 cara de un honestisimo rnbor. 14. Despues de bien 
 acribillado le echaron a la calle. 15. A pocas calles 
 andadas encontro con el paje Cervantes. 16. Teni- 
 endo ya preparado mi viaje, hube de diferirlo por el 
 mal estado de los caminos. 
 
 THEME XXXI. 
 
 1. Trembling from head to foot, he went away from 
 the house. 2. The army lost the victory [after] having 
 lost its king. 3. While l passing, I saw the woman 
 looking out of the window. 4. These ideas kept on 
 being modified little by little. 5. Always gaining 
 and never spending, they amass the greatest quantity 
 of money. 6. The servant sleeps and the master is 
 watching. 7. The duchess was dying with laughter, 
 on hearing Sancho 2 speak. 8. When I brayed, all 
 the asses of the town brayed. 9. The conspiracy dis- 
 covered, the king bought him of his master. 10. Aided 
 by (of) God they found from (a) (such great) loss a 
 sure and speedy escape. 11. He was informed that 
 the general, all his force being joined, was awaiting 
 him. 12. This being said, the lawyer presented the 
 paper. 13. He passed the night without sleeping ; 
 his thought busied with the face of the maiden. 
 
 1 Old form, en pasando ; modern form, al pasar. 
 
 2 A must be used before Saucho. 
 
160 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 14. He answered, with his eyes full of tears. 15. After 
 having locked the door, he put the key in a niche. 
 16. While I was sleeping, a party of robbers stormed 
 the house. 
 
 LESSON XXXIL 
 
 THE ADVERBS. 1 
 
 255. The adverbs are (a) simple : as, bien, mal, 
 etc. (b) Derived (chiefly from adjectives by adding 
 men te 2 English like ly) : as, altamente, dulcemente, 
 claramente, ciertamente, fuertemente. (c) Compound: 
 as, de dia, de noche, a menudo, de veras, de rodillas, 
 a solas (alone), etc. (d) Adjectives (especially those 
 ending in o) are often used as adverbs without 
 change of form: as, alto, claro, bajo, cierto, derecho, 
 etc. (e) Algo, bastante (enough), cuanto, demasiado, 
 mucho, muy, nada, poco, tanto, etc., are used as adverbs. 
 
 256. (a) Some adverbs of affirmation and negation are: acaso, 
 cierto, ciertamente, eso si, nada, no, no nada, por supuesto, proba- 
 blemente, quiza, quizas, si, sin duda, tampoco, verdaderamente. 
 (&) (a) Adverbs of place : as, aqui 3 , aca 3 , here; ahi, alii 3 , alia 3 , 
 there, (ft) Adverbs of time and order : ahora, antes, a 
 noche, en primer lugar, etc. (y} Quantity : mas, menos, etc. 
 (8) Quality : asi, tal, (so); mejor, peor, etc. (e) Others are : 
 de buena gana, willingly; con mucho gusto, etc. 
 
 1 For the negative adverb with verb, see 223 (a). 
 
 2 Mente is added to the feminine form of the adjective, if 
 there is a particular feminine form : as, sabio, sabia, sabiamente; 
 but, facil, facilmente. 
 
 3 Aqui and alii generally with verbs of rest ; aca and alia 
 with verbs of motion. 
 
THE ADVERBS. 161 
 
 257. COMPARISON OF AD VERBS, (a) The comparison 
 of adverbs, except that they do not vary for gender or 
 number, is substantially the same as that of adjec- 
 tives, and the adverbs of comparison for both com- 
 parative and superlative degrees are : mas, m6nos, 
 mejor, peor, mas bien, mas mal; m6nos bien, m6nos 
 mal; as, mas tarde, later or latest, mas duramente, 
 harder or hardest. Cuenta dos anos mSnos que su 
 hermano; tiene m6nos de cincuenta anos; por lo 
 mas. 1 (b) Absolute superlative forms are : fortisima- 
 mente (from fortisimo), facilimamente (from facilimo), 
 muchisimo, poquisimo, lejisimo, muy bien, muy de 
 manana, etc. (c) Tan-como, no-m6nos que, cuanto- 
 tanto, etc., are a kind of correlative comparative 
 forms, (d) After comparative adverbs, the negatives 
 are sometimes used idiomatically: as, se fiaba de 61 
 mas que de ninguno. 
 
 257 bis. Some peculiarities of the use of adverbs: (a) otras ce- 
 remonias que tu no sabes y yo si (and! do know). Kespondio que 
 si (or que no), (b) Nunca and jamas, each meaning never, gen- 
 erally precede the verb, but if they follow, some other nega- 
 tive generally precedes the verb : as, jamas (or better, with 
 past tense, nunca) vi tal cosa ; el no quiere jamas nada ; no le 
 olvidare para (por) nunca jamas; para siempre jamas (for ever}, 
 (c) No is sometimes pleonastic : as, i cuan dulce no es la espe- 
 ranza 1 ? and especially with verbs of fearing and denying: as, 
 temio no le perdiesen el respeto, lie feared they would lose respect 
 for Mm, (d) A kind of double negative (either no or nega- 
 tive indefinite pronoun) is often used with verbs of denying, 
 refusing, doubting, etc. ; with expressions of hostility, care- 
 lessness, etc. ; with sin and nunca : as, no consiente que ningunos 
 otros que los suyos me avasallen. (e) The adverb is sometimes 
 
 i Ms is not an adverb in such constructions, though por lo 
 m&s is. 
 
162 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 joined to a noun idiomatically: as, es nmy Espanol ; la siexnpre 
 senora mia. (/) Ya, generally meaning already, is sometimes 
 best rendered by since, indeed, now, etc. : as, ya que V. lo sabe, 
 since you know it; ya se arrepentira V., you will indeed repent. 
 
 258. (a) The place of the adverb is generally after 
 the verb (and after the participle in compound 
 tenses): as, el discipulo ha estudiado siempre su lec- 
 cion. (b) Except the negative no, the adverb rarely 
 comes in between the subject and verb: mi amigo no 
 ha llegado. (c) The adverbs of exclamation (como, 
 cuanto, etc.), and ap6nas, asi que, cuando, de donde, 
 donde, luego que, mi6ntras que, and some others pre- 
 cede the verb and the subject: as, ; C6mo me ha en- 
 ganado este hombre ! Luego que nos apartamos del 
 camino real, etc. (d) Except with the verb, the adverb 
 generally precedes the word it modifies. 
 
 VOCABULARY XXXII. 
 
 el instrumento, instrument. avasallar, to enslave. 
 
 salario, salary. condenar, to condemn. 
 
 violin, violin. curar (-se), to take account. 
 
 la cabalgadnra, baggage-horse, enfrenar, to bridle. 
 
 cebada, barley. extender, to reach. 
 
 cuerda, cord. habitable, habitable. 
 
 hermosura, beauty. harto, enough. 
 
 malicia, malice. a merced, gratis. 
 
 modestia, modesty. por . . . que, however. 
 
 necesidad, necessity. real, royal (state). 
 
 administrar, to administer. reparable, worthy of attention. 
 
 admitir, to admit. temeroso, afraid. 
 
 aguardar, to await. turbar, to confuse. 
 
 volver a ver, to see again. 
 
THE ADVERBS. 163 
 
 EXERCISE XXXII. 
 
 1. Ciceron hablo sabia l j elocuentemente ; Cesar es- 
 cribio elegantemente. 2. Era hombre para conseguir- 
 
 10, bien que fuese cosa mas grande. 3. Le aguardare 
 esta noche en el cafe del Leon de Oro. 4. Hablando 
 es como se aprende a hablar una lengua. 5. Mejor es 
 el trabajo que no la ociosidad 6 la necesidad. 6. Harto 
 le hemos aconsejado ; pero el se cura poco de consejos. 
 7. Mira hasta donde se extiende la malicia de los en- 
 cantadores. 8. Para administrar bien los intereses de 
 la sociedad es preciso conocerlos perfectamente. 9. La 
 razon quiere que el hombre siga mas los prudentes 
 consejos que no su propia voluntad. 10. No quere- 
 mos mas (de) que dar cebada a nuestras cabalgaduras. 
 
 11. Yo he hecho mal en leerlos y peor en creerlos, y 
 mas mal en imitarlos. 12. Mi madre es muy mujer 
 de casa; se levanta tan de manana, lo siento mucho. 
 13. No creo que jamas estuvieron a salario, sino a 
 merced. 14. El reo esta temeroso 2 de (no) ser hallado 
 de la justicia. 15. Dudo mucho que nadie pueda 
 condenar mis acciones. 16. Eespondio que no traia 
 dinero (-s) porque el nunca habia leido en las historias 
 de los caballeros andantes que ninguno lo (-s) hubiese 
 traido. 
 
 THEME XXXII. 
 
 1. She was worthy of attention, as much for her 
 beauty as for her modesty. 2. Among us there 
 are scarcely heard those barbarous expressions. 3. It 
 
 1 Mente of eloouentemente understood with sabia. 
 8 Esta temeroso is the same as tema, fears. 
 
164 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 is necessary to speak well, if we wish that they listen 
 to us. 4. This is the reason why (for the which) I 
 have not yet said it to him. 5. See here, to what the 
 passions lead when reason does not bridle them. 6. In 
 the whole house, large as it was, there was not a single 
 habitable room. 7. As is the life so is almost always 
 the death. 8. The merchant has read your letter 
 with much attention. 9. I have not seen him more 
 than once 1 in all this time. 10. Among the string 
 instruments, the violin pleases me most. 11. The 
 counsel of the poor, however good it was, was never 
 admitted. 12. He wished to go away where his eyes 
 would never see her again. 13. I do not deny that 
 what has happened to us is a ridiculous thing. 14. It 
 is a garden whose owner does not consent that any 
 one walk through it. 15. I do not know how I am 
 able to say it without that shame confuses my tongue. 
 16. He has good and bad books, but more of the good 
 (books). 
 
 LESSON XXXIII. 
 
 PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 259. A number of prepositions are used in compo- 
 sition with other words (as inseparable prepositions) : 
 as, abs-tracto, ante-ojo, anti-patia, circun-specto, con- 
 sentir, de-generacion, e-mision, ex-clamar, ex-provin- 
 cial, entre-tiempo, equi-ldtero, extra-ordinario, en- 
 golfar, in-d6cil, etc. 
 
 1 Una vez; than before una either de or que ; before other 
 numerals de. 
 
rREPOSITIOKS. 165 
 
 260. The simple prepositions are : 
 
 a, to, at. hasta, till, until, even, to. 
 
 ante, before. mediante, by means of, througJi. 
 
 bajo, under. menos, except, but. 
 
 con, with, no obstante, notwithstanding. 
 
 conforme, according to. para, for (the purpose of), in 
 
 contra, against. order to, to. 
 
 de, of, from. por, by, for, through. 
 
 dentro, within. salvo, excepting. 
 
 desde, since, from. segun, according to, as. 
 
 durante, during. sin, without. 
 
 en, in. so (sub), under. 
 
 entre, between, among. sobre, upon, about. 
 
 excepto, except. tras, behind. 
 
 hacia, toward. 
 
 261. Some compound prepositions are: (a) Those 
 ending in de (and preceded by only one word) : as, 
 acerca de, about, concerning. dentro de, in, within. [der). 
 ademas de, besides. despues de, after (time or or- 
 al rededor de, around. [der). detras de, behind. 
 
 antes de, before (of time or or- encima de, on, upon. 
 
 a pesar de, notwithstanding. enfrente de, opposite. 
 
 cerca de, near. fuera de, out, outside, beyond. 
 
 debajo de, under. [place). lej"os de, far from. 
 
 delante de, before (refers to 
 
 (b) Those ending in a (and preceded by only one 
 word): as, 
 
 conforme a, according to. junto a, near, close. 
 
 contrario a, contrary to. respecto a, with respect to. 
 
 frente a, in front of. tocante a, touching. 
 
 (c) Other compound prepositions are : 
 
 Para con, toward; juntamente con, together with; en cuento a, 
 with respect to; en orden a, with regard to; por el lado de, on the 
 side of; etc., etc. 
 
 262. A (to) is used as sign of the infinitive; before 
 the indirect object; before the direct object referring to 
 
166 PRACTICAL SPAKISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 a person ; after certain verbs and adjectives and in 
 independent constructions: as, 
 
 Vamos a dar un paseo. Da el regalo a los niiios . Adolfo busca 
 a Carlos. La ventana da al patio (overlooks the yard}. El criado 
 juega a los naipes. Huele a (of) ambar. Fiel a sus amigos. A 
 tres del mes. Hecho a martillo. Voy a Espana ; a Madrid. 
 
 263. De (of) is used as sign of the infinitive; after 
 many verbs; to give the reason why; before the agent 
 in passive construction; to represent the meaning in- 
 volved or role taken ; after many adjectives ; after 
 many nouns, and in independent construction : 
 
 Ha de venir ; acaba de venir ; se aparta de sus amigos. La 
 ciudad se puebla de gente. Fadece de los ojos. Se trata de una 
 nueva convencion. Lloro de gozo. Es aborrecido de todos. Le 
 censuran de avaro. Trabaja de carpintero. Pobre de conceptos ; 
 digno de elogio. Sordo de un oido. El hombre de la casaca verde. 
 Dos pies de ancho. Logro el nombre de catolico. Infeliz de ti 
 (unhappy thou}. Parece un angel de hermosa (for hermosura). 
 No comia Don Quijote de puro pesaroso (weariness). De dia, etc. 
 
 264. En, in, on : En mi ausencia. En general. En 
 la calle. Estoy en Paris ; en Espana. En (on) el 
 puente. De rato en (to) rato. De puerta en puerta. 
 En cuanto & mi (with regard to me). 
 
 265. Para, for (the purpose of), in order to (or that), 
 to, denotes the end or purpose of an action: as, estu- 
 dio para aprender. It denotes the use, intention, etc.; 
 la tinta (ink) es para escribir; esto es para V. It 
 denotes capacity, etc. : as, es hombre para mucho. It 
 sometimes means direction : as, va para America. It 
 sometimes refers to time: as, estar6mos devueltapara 
 las Pascuas (the Easter holidays). 
 
 266. Por, %,/or, through, denotes motive, cause, or 
 reason; also the means by which a thing is done: as, 
 h&galo V. por caridad; lo hizo por malicia. It de- 
 
PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 167 
 
 notes instrumentality; el libro fu6 escrito por 61, 6 im- 
 preso por su hermano. Sometimes it means in place 
 of: as, obro por 61. Note the following: 
 
 Murio por su patria. Trabaja por alcanzar un premio (para 
 ganar). Preguntar por alguno. Por un ano. Ir por pan. Te- 
 ner por bueno. Palabra por palabra. Pasar por la calle. 1 
 mundo fue hecho por Dios. Lo hizo por amor. Vendio su caballo 
 por dos mil reales. A un duro por docena, por libra, etc. Paso 
 por mi ventana (by my window}. Le tome por medico. La mesa 
 tiene ocho pies de largo por cuatro de ancho (but y more usual 
 than por). 
 
 VOCABULAEY XXXIII. 
 
 el abrigo, shelter. 
 
 abril, April. 
 
 ambar, amber. 
 
 campanario, belfry. 
 
 carpintero, carpenter. 
 
 extranjero, stranger. 
 
 extrano, foreigner. 
 
 malecon, dike. 
 
 mando, power. 
 
 martillo, hammer. 
 
 naipe, card. 
 
 perjuicio, prejudice. 
 
 rato, time (short). 
 
 rico, rich (man). 
 
 subdito subject (citizen). 
 
 trigo, wheat. 
 la ausencia, absence. 
 
 autoridad, authority. 
 
 avenida, inundation. 
 
 capa, cloak. 
 
 copa, bowerlike branch. 
 
 disputa, dispute. 
 
 distancia, difference. 
 
 fachada, facade. 
 
 fragilidad, frailty. 
 
 magistratura, magistracy. 
 
 la pina, cone. 
 
 reverencia, veneration. 
 
 senda, path. 
 
 traba, trammel. 
 
 ventaja, advantage. 
 apartar (-se) to separate, leave. 
 comparecer, to appear (in court). 
 construir (-se), to be constructed. 
 coronar, to crown. 
 desventurado, unfortunate. 
 discurrir, to discuss. 
 disgustar, to disgust. 
 embarazar, to embarrass. 
 encaminar (-se), to betake (one's 
 
 self). 
 
 enterar (-se), toinform(one 's self). 
 mediano, mediocre. 
 mudar, to change. 
 notar, to notice. 
 odiar, to hate. 
 pensativo, thoughtful. 
 perorar, to harangue. 
 publico, public. 
 sentenciar, to sentence. 
 social, social. 
 tras, behind. 
 
168 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 EXERCISE XXXIII. 
 
 1. Ha obrado correspondientemente a su clase, (or) 
 separadamente de los suyos. 2. El hijo menor estaba 
 bajo la autoridad paterna. 3. De la magistrate ra al 
 mando supremo hay gran distancia. 4. El mismo 
 amor y reverencia le siguieron a Sicilia. 5. El reo 
 compared 6 ante el juez y fue sentenciado. 6. Esta 
 embarazado con los muchos negocios a que ha de aten- 
 der. 7. El rey se veia odiado de sus siibditos, y per- 
 seguido de los extranos. 8. ; Desventurados de ellos, 
 si se apartan de la senda de la virtud ! 9. Escribio 
 diez cartas en un cuarto de hora la noche pasada. 
 10. Entre confuso y pensativo el extranjero nos re- 
 spondio. 11. El enfermo se levanto y se encamino ha- 
 cia la puerta. 12. Para un escritor mediano se hallan 
 cien detestables. 13. De nada valen las riquezas para 
 con (in the presence of) la muerte. 14. Mude de tono 
 por 6 para no disgustar a mi padre. 15. Pagare el 
 trigo, segun el precio a que se venda en el proximo 
 abril. 16. El pajaro busco un abrigo so las copas de 
 los arboles (so, rarely used, means under). 
 
 THEME XXXIII. 
 
 1. From eight to nine he was reading public docu- 
 ments. 2. It was crowned in February with a beauti- 
 ful cone of white flowers. 3. The commerce with 
 India is now free from its old trammels. 4. The of- 
 ficer did not inform himself well concerning the dis- 
 pute. 5. The fagade of the church is under the bell- 
 tower (belfry). 6. A dike was constructed against 
 the inundations of the river. 7. He was talking of 
 
PREPOSITIOHS. 169 
 
 the advantages that (the) social life brings with it. 
 8. There is [a] great difference between (from) a rich 
 and a poor (man). 9. He was haranguing from three 
 till five in (of) the afternoon. 10. The general made 
 a treaty with the enemy to (en) [the] prejudice of the 
 state. 11. Quintana rightly counts Herrera among 
 the first (best) Spanish poets. 12. Wait here; toward 
 midday we shall see one another. 13. To (in order 
 to) tell the truth, I have not breakfasted to-day. 
 14. The boy took his brother's cloak for his own, 
 without noticing it. 15. The orator spoke (discussed) 
 upon the frailty of our life. 16. The robber fled, and 
 shut behind him the door of the room. 
 
 LESSON XXXIV. 
 
 PKEPOSITIOKS (CONCLUDED). 
 
 267. Without attempting explanations, I shall give 
 some illustrations of the different ways of translating 
 English prepositions into Spanish. 
 About : 
 
 Iba bailando por la ciudad. Hablo de (or sobre) ese negocio. 
 
 Tratado (a treatise) sobre los idiotismos espanoles. Estaba 
 
 para decirselo a V. 
 
 Above : 
 
 No alcanzo a comprenderlo ; It is above my comprehension. 
 Su liberalidad excede a sus recursos (means). 
 After : 
 
 Despues de las tres. A la (moda) americana. Hace las cosas 
 a su antojo. Iba en busca de un amigo ; I was looking after a 
 friend. Segun su modo de escribir. 
 
170 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 Against : 
 
 Me opuse a ello ; I set my face against it. Estare de vuelta 
 para fines del mes ; 1 shall be back against (by) tlie end of the 
 month. 
 
 Along : 
 
 A lo largo de la ribera. Venga V. conmigo ; come along 
 with me. Por la calle. 
 
 At: 
 
 i Estan en casa * En Paris. No se como deter minar ; I am 
 at a loss, etc. De ningun modo ; not at all. Entro por la 
 ventana. Esta comiendo ; he is at dinner. 
 
 Before : 
 
 Delante de mi ventana. Ante el juez. Llegare antes de 
 la semana que viene. 
 
 Behind : 
 
 Le deja en zaga. Viene V. tarde ; behind (your time). 
 
 Beneath : 
 
 Tales acciones son indignas de un caballero. Bajo (or so) 
 capa de santo. 
 
 Beside : 
 
 Parecia fuera de si. Al lado mio. 
 
 Beyond : 
 
 Excede a toda alabanza. Fuera de mi alcance. Sin duda 
 alguna. 
 
 By: 
 
 De noche. Por accidente. Impelido de la necesidad. TJno 
 a uno. i Por donde le vino a V. ? ; how did you come by it ? Luego; 
 by and by. Por mar. A la mano, close by. El banco de Balti- 
 more esta junto a mi casa. Despreciado de todos. 
 
 Doivn : 
 
 Cuesta abajo ; down the hill. Echelo V. en tierra ; throw it 
 down. 
 
 For: 
 
 Esta flor es para ella. Parto manana para Segovia. Por 
 amor de mi. Por miedo. Actuo (/ act) por el. Durera por 
 muchos anos. Lo compre por un peso. Me es imposible a mi. 
 
PKEPOSITIOKS. 171 
 
 En cuante a mi ; as for me. Murio por su patria. El aposto 
 por su hermano. 
 
 From : 
 
 Vengo de Fraucia. Lo hizo de miedo. Digale V. de mi 
 parte (from or for me). 
 
 In: 
 
 For la manana ; es el sol el astro (planeta) mas brillante 
 del universe. En la primavera. Ponga V. sus papeles en el 
 cajon. 
 
 Into : 
 
 Bajar al jardin. Entraron en alianza. 
 
 Of: 
 
 Todos nosotros. Le pido a V. Tener buena fama ; to be well 
 spoken of. Por supuesto : ignorar el hecho. 
 
 Off: 
 
 i Cuanto dista T Sobre el puerto ; off the port. De improvise ; 
 offhand. Levantelo V. del suelo. Quitese V. el sombrero. 
 Se la llevo ; he carried her off. Le perdone, or le deje ir ; 
 I let him off. Pronto acabare ; I shall soon leave off. 
 
 On: 
 
 Quedese V. con la capa puesta ; keep on your cloak. Sobre 
 la mesa. Vino (el) lunes pasado. Les encontro en el camino. 
 Por ese motivo. De este lado y de aquel. En ciertas ocasiones. 
 Al contrario. A pie. A caballo. Adelante ; come in, go on. 
 Dependa V. de mi. Sobre mi palabra. No se tratan ; they are 
 not on good terms. Les impuse esa obligacion. Sentado en 
 el canape. Venga V. el doce de mayo. Se alimenta de pan. 
 
 Over : 
 
 El coche le paso encima (over him). Por todo el mundo. Al 
 (or del) otro lado ; over the way. Se acabo ; it is all over. 
 Vuelva V. a leerlo, or repaselo V. ; read it over. No sobro 
 nada. Acabe V. ; give over. Encima de la puerta. 
 Out of: 
 
 De miedo ; out of fear. Fuera de peligro. Fuera de casa. 
 Esta sin dinero. Descompuesto ; out of order. Por (or de) ven- 
 
172 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 ganza ; out of vengeance. Por curiosidad. Estar de mal 
 humor ; to be out oj humor. 
 
 Through: 
 
 Pase por la calle del mercado. Le atraveso de parte a parte. 
 Pase por entre la caterva. Por razon de el. Por medio de el. 
 Por (or de) envidia. Por todo el pais. Se entregaron de ham- 
 bre. 
 
 Till; until: 
 
 Que dare hasta pasado mafiana. 
 
 To: 
 
 De dia en dia. De puerta en puerta. Eso esta aun por venir. 
 Esto es nuevo para (to) mi. Secretario de (to] la embajada. 
 Victiina de (of, to) sus pasiones. Diez contra uno. Hasta el 
 dia de hoy. Entregue la carta a ml padre. 
 
 Toward : 
 
 Hacia Madrid. 
 
 Under : 
 
 Debajo de la silla. Bajo la mesa. El navio esta a la vela. 
 Es menor de edad. Bajo de juramento. 
 
 Up: 
 
 Hacia alia ; up that way. i Estan levantados 1 ; are they 
 up ? Al segundo piso ; up two pairs of stairs. 
 
 With : 
 
 Con el cuchillo. Con dulzura. Rineron entre si. Armese 
 V. de paciencia. Dotado de virtudes. 
 
 Within: 
 
 A tiro de pistola. El esta dentro de la prision. 
 
 Without: 
 
 Sin zapatos. Vine sin clla. Sin ezcepcion. Fuera de casa. 
 
 268. NOTE. La muerte de Cesar el (not del) hombre mas va- 
 liente. Llego a Bona, ciudad en Prusia. Ezcepto yo, tn, el. 
 Segun creo. Estar por ; to b* abov.t, to have a mind. Estar 
 para ; to be ready for. Estar en ; fc be determined on, to under- 
 stand. Este diner? e* para ti. para el, y para ella. 
 
PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 173 
 
 269. Prepositions always precede the words they 
 govern : i A qui6n escribi6 V. ?, to whom did you write ? 
 (or whom did you write to 9) ; este es el libro de que 
 hablaba, this is the book which I spoke of (or of which 
 I spoke). 
 
 VOCABULARY XXXIV. 
 
 el animo, mind. 
 
 antojo, whim. 
 
 cajon. drawer. 
 
 camino de hierro, railway. 
 
 canape, couch. 
 
 comedor, dining-room. 
 
 contento, contentment. 
 
 juramento, oath. 
 
 martes, Tuesday. 
 
 monje, monk. 
 
 oriente, east. 
 
 parecer, opinion. 
 
 pintor, painter. 
 
 sentido, sense. 
 
 suelo, ground. 
 
 tiro, shot. 
 la bala, ball (shot). 
 
 caterva, crowd. 
 
 embajada, embassy. 
 
 la estimation, esteem. 
 
 gala, ornament. 
 
 imagen, figure (of speech). 
 
 ribera, shore. 
 
 selva, forest. 
 
 vela, sail. 
 bailar, to dance. 
 bajar, to descend. 
 conforme, according to. 
 dotado, endowed. 
 (de) enfrente, opposite. 
 esforzado, vigorous. 
 establecer, to establish. 
 granjear, to win. 
 igualar, to equal. 
 mediant e, by means of. 
 por donde, through. 
 practicar, to practise. 
 
 EXERCISE XXXIV. 
 
 1. No se puede negar, que para un hombre como 1 
 semejante expresion no le estaba bien. 2. Hay treinta 
 y seis millas de Baltimore a Washington. 3. El llego 
 alii el doce de enero y volvera el martes veinte y ocho. 
 4. Ve a la sala; y cuando vuelvas, entra en el comedor 
 d ver si la comida esta en la mesa. 5. Se paseaba por 
 las calles sin sombrero. 6. A las diez de la mafiana 
 
174 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 estabamos fuera del puerto. 7. La poesia vive de las 
 imagenes materiales y saca de ellas su mayor gala y 
 hermosura. 8. Estamos seguros y nos alegramos de 
 que tenga esa intencion el gobierno. 9. Esta casa es 
 mejor y tan grande como la de enf rente. 10. No los 
 gozaba con la libertad que los gozara, si fueran mios. 
 11. Dan testimonio de que por aqui cerca debe de estar 
 (or haber) alguna f uente. 12. El cielo, la mar, el viento 
 todos juntos y cada uno de por si, prometian felicisimo 
 viaje. 13. En su juventud siguio la guerra, donde se 
 acredito de valeroso y esforzado capitan. 14. Lo 
 primero en que puse los ojos, fue en cuatro ninos. 
 15. <; Por quien pregunta V. ? Por que pregunta su 
 amigo de V. ? 
 
 THEME XXXIV. 
 
 1. My father's house stands (is) toward the north 
 and not toward the east. 2. There is not upon (en) 
 the earth, according to my opinion, contentment that 
 equals the regaining lost freedom. 3. For so large a 
 house the door is too small. 4. Charity, the least 
 practised, is above all the virtues. 5. Our senses are the 
 doors through which (por donde) the images of things 
 enter our minds, by means of which we know them. 
 6. Even in (por) the mountains and forests are those 
 who know (of) music. 7. Bossuet carried to the 
 highest degree the talents of orator and of theologian. 
 8. He had returned to his village with [the] reputa- 
 tion of [being] wise and very learned. 9. This man 
 smells to me more like () a robber than a monk. 
 10. This portrait was made by the painter who is pass- 
 ing along the street. 11. With the same [thing with] 
 which he thought to make himself happy he makes 
 
CONJUNCTIONS AND INTERJECTIONS. 175 
 
 himself miserable. 12. John earns five francs a day, 
 and wins for himself the esteem of all by (con) his 
 good manners. 13. In a battle, the balls are for the 
 soldiers and the glory for the general. 14. The first 
 railway established in Spain was that from Barcelona 
 to Mataro, about the year 1848. 
 
 LESSON XXXV. 
 
 CONJUNCTIONS AND INTERJECTIONS. 
 
 270. The most used conjunctions are : 
 
 mas, but; ni, nor; ni . . . ni, neither . . . nor; 6 (u before o or 
 ho), or; 6. . . 6, either . . .or; pero, but; que, that; si, if; sino, 
 but; y, and (e before i or hi, except at the beginning of an inter- 
 rogation: as, i y Ines T; or hie where ie is diphthong: as, tigre 
 y hiena ; nieves y hielos). 
 
 271. Other much-used conjunctions 1 are : 
 
 a fin (de) que, in order that; a menos que, unless; antes que, 
 before ; asi, so; aun, even; como, as; con que, so; con tal que, 
 provided; conforme, as; mientras, whilst; no obstante, notwith. 
 standing; para que, in order that; por consiguiente, conse- 
 quently ; por eso, therefore; por mie&o, for fear; porque, because; 
 porque, why; pues, since, then; respecto, regarding; sea . . . sea, 
 either . . . or; sin embargo, however; sobre, thereupon; tampoco, 
 nor, neither; ya . . . ya, now . . . now; ya que, since*. 
 
 272. (a) If the clause begins with no, ni may be used but 
 once, or be repeated : as, no descansa ni de dia ni de noche, or 
 no descansa de dia ni de noche. But if the verb comes last, no 
 is not used : as, ni de dia ni de noche descansa. (5) Pero and 
 mas (each meaning but) are generally interchangeable. Sino, 
 with same meaning, requires a negative to precede, whose 
 
 1 Many words and expressions not given here are sometimes 
 used as conjunctions. 
 
176 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 meaning sino [ contradicts : as, el no habla sino aleman ; no 
 hablo frances sino ingles ; hablo ingles pero no hablo frances. 
 
 273. No attempt will be made to divide the inter- 
 jections into classes, since the same exclamation may 
 express joy, sadness, surprise, etc., according to the 
 connection in which it is written or the tone in which 
 it is uttered. The principal interjections are : 
 
 ah!, ah!; ay!, ay!; bah!, bah!; ca! denotes negation or in- 
 credulity ; caspita! denotes surprise; ea!, encouragement, si- 
 lence, etc. ; eh ! indicates a call or question ; guay ! denotes a 
 threat ; hola!, a call to inferiors, or denotes joy or surprise ; 
 huy!, dear me!, oh!; oh!, oh!; ojala!, that !, would that !; 
 ox!, used to frighten birds or fowl ; puf !, ugh ! ; quia !, same as 
 ca ; sus!, cheer up!; tate!, take care!; uf!, oh! (weariness); 
 zape!, scat!, or God forbid! 
 
 274. When adjectives are used as interjections, de 
 follows them: as, jdesdichado de mi ! j infeliz de mi 
 hijo !, oh my unhappy child!; and ay!, meaning woe! 
 or alas!, is followed by de before words referring to 
 persons : as, jay de ti !, alas for t/iee !; jay de mi hijo !, 
 alas for my son f 
 
 275. (a) Many expressions are used as interjections, 
 though generally otherwise used or taken from other 
 languages: as, 
 
 bien !, well f; cuidado!, take care !; Dios mio !, goodness !; hola, 
 poco a pocoj, holla, gently!; hurra!, hurrah!; muera!, down 
 with!; otra, otra! encore! que lastima !, what a pity!; que ver- 
 guenza !, what a shame!; quita !, pshaw!; viva!, hurrah!. 
 
 (6)Hete!, behold thouf, is used with personal pronouns as 
 direct objects: as, heteme aqui !, behold me here !. 
 
 1 Verb generally understood : when expressed, pero or mas 
 generally used. 
 
CONJUNCTIONS AND INTERJECTIONS. 177 
 
 VOCABULARY XXXV. 
 
 el escribano, scribe. bandear (-se),to shift for one's self. 
 
 grito, cry. caminar, to walk. 
 
 hielo, ice. con(por)...que, however. 
 
 secuaz, follower. cuidar (-se), to take care of one's 
 la crianza, breeding. health. 
 
 determinacion, determina- enfermar (-se), to become ill. 
 
 hiena, hyena. [tion. indispuesto, indisposed. 
 
 instancia, solicitation. , por mas, however (great). 
 
 nieve, snow. (de) prisa, fast (hastily). 
 
 arrancar, to root out. puesto que, since (although). 
 
 asiduo, assiduous. semejar, to resemble. 
 
 \ ay dolor !, alas ! tildar, to censure. 
 
 EXERCISE XXXV. 
 
 1. Me dijo que lo sabia, pero (or mas) parece que 
 no es verdad. 2. La pobre mujer salio, no obstante 
 que estaba indispuesta. 3. Lo dijo a fin de que cono- 
 ciesen su determinacion. 4. Digo bien : si (for) no 
 hay cosa que yo haga que no se tilde y rina. 5. Es 
 menester que se cuide V. ; porque si no, se enf erma- 
 ra. 6. Por (mas) horrible que sea el vicio, siempre en- 
 cuentra secuaces. 7. No solo habla bien el sefior, sino 
 que escribe muy elegantemente. 8. Dice que no tiene 
 dinero, pues (and yet) le he dado ayer 10 duros. 
 
 9. No entiendo lo que V. dice, ni (lo que) quiere decir. 
 
 10. Mas semejaba a su padre que a su madre ni a su 
 tia. 11. No tuvo ni hambre ni sed. 12. No descubre 
 ni el menor indicio. 13. Puesto que no sabe nada y 
 que nadie gusta de el, se ha hecho soldado. 14. Dio 
 un grito que parecio se le habia arrancado el alma. 
 15. No quise tomar para mi mas que la cuarta parte 
 por mas instancias que me hizo. 16. Con ser tan asi- 
 
178 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 dua apenas gana la muchacha la vida. 17. ; Alabado 
 (bendito) sea Dios ! 
 
 THEME XXXV. 
 
 1. I rest because I am tired and have a little (of) 
 time. 2. We may go now since our fathers give us 
 permission. 3. I have given him the book that he 
 may learn his lesson. 4. I did not walk very fast, but 
 (or yet) I arrive in time. 5. However great a man 
 may be, he should always be humble. 6. Both the 
 knowledge of books and of men is necessary. 7. Good 
 breeding is not [the] work of nature, but of a good 
 education. 8. They were not content, nor did they 
 wish to do what the captain had ordered. 9. He was 
 hungry and not thirsty. 10. He who knows how to 
 shift for himself is king, however little he may have. 
 11. Scarcely had they finished killing him when they 
 repented. 12. Since the scribe does not come, it is 
 necessary to write to him. 13. He works in order to 
 be able to be useful to society. 14. What a horse 
 these people lose which, on account of ignorance, they 
 do not know how to make use of [it]. 15. But alas ! 
 (the) truth is that if they know anything, it is only to 
 deceive. 16. How 1 unfortunate he is! How kind 
 his father is ! 
 
 'Que. 
 
HISTORY OF THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. 179 
 
 SKETCH OF THE HISTORY OF THE 
 SPANISH LANGUAGE, 
 
 ESPECIALLY IN ITS RELATION WITH LATDT. 
 
 THE history of a language is of necessity intimately 
 associated with that of the people by whom it has 
 been developed ; and so true is this of Spanish that 
 no satisfactory view of its development can be had 
 without at least some general, knowledge of the his- 
 tory of Spain. Faint as is the light that shines on 
 early Spanish history, it seems to reveal a homogeneous 
 people there, called by the Greeks Iberians. If, as is 
 generally assumed, the Basques, a people of about 
 620,000 souls, and living both in France and Spain 
 (500,000 in Spain) about the west end of the Pyrenees 
 Mountains, retaining their primitive language, are 
 the descendants of the Iberians, we may, of course, 
 learn much of what we may call the primitive his- 
 torical language of the country. So different is the 
 Basque, not simply from all surrounding but from 
 all other known languages, and so exclusive and con- 
 servative are the Basques as a people, that in the main 
 at least we may assume both language and people of 
 early Spain to have been quite similar to the Basque 
 and the Basques of to-day. The language of the 
 Iberians has scarcely left a well-defined trace in the 
 Spanish of to-day (unless it be the aversion to the f, 
 which exists only in foreign words in the Basque); 
 but the general mental, moral, and physical make-up of 
 the Iberians has doubtless wielded a great though now 
 
180 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 untraceable influence over the Spanish, and especially 
 upon its sounds. Fine-looking, healthy, vigorous, 
 though not large; good workmen and soldiers, and re- 
 markable sailors; at once conservative in mingling 
 little with other peoples, and radical in their treatment 
 of women (who have the same rights as man) ; super- 
 stitious and at times bloodthirsty; cheerful and not 
 free from coarseness; generally open-hearted and true, 
 but not without cunning; ambitious for themselves 
 and proud of their country and people; lovers of 
 music and display in dress, but through all sensible 
 till excited, then bigoted, obstinate, relentless, such 
 are the Basques; and such in general were almost 
 without doubt the Iberians: and it was to these people 
 that the Latin language, literature, and civilization 
 came, and by whom chiefly they have been trans- 
 formed into the Spanish language, literature, and 
 civilization of to-day. 
 
 While not without a culture of their own, so over- 
 whelming was the power of the superior culture of 
 the Latin that the Iberians succeeded in imposing 
 only a very few words on the new language, and even 
 these deal " with the simplest natural objects or the 
 simplest relations of life/' About 530 B.C. the Celts 
 found their way from France into the northwestern 
 part of Spain and formed with the Iberians one people 
 under the name of Celtiberians, a people not without 
 the culture of the times. The oldest colony in 
 Spain was founded by the Phoenicians at Cadiz, and 
 there were other flourishing Phoenician colonies in the 
 seventh century B.C. The Greeks had no colonies 
 there, except one or two on the east coast; but Greek 
 as the commercial language of the Mediterranean 
 
HISTORY OF THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. 181 
 
 countries was used in Spain, and not without influence 
 on the language of the country. 
 
 The Carthagenians founded Cartagena (Carthago 
 Nova) 230 B.C. So rapid was the progress of the 
 Carthagenian in mastering the then wealthy country 
 that they aroused the jealousy of the Romans, who, 
 after conquering them in the second Punic war (218- 
 201), compelled them to leave the country and under- 
 took the conquest and Latinizing of Spain. After 
 many attempts in which they often seemed success- 
 ful, the Komans under Augustus (27-25) conquered 
 the country, and "by 19 B.C. regular, armed resist- 
 ance to them, even from the mountain districts, seems 
 to have ceased." The Roman skill in Latinizing for- 
 eign peoples was brought to bear, and by the numer- 
 ous ways that conquerors have of imposing their lan- 
 guage (when it is the finer developed tongue) on the 
 conquered, and especially by their soldiers and colon- 
 ists, the Romans made theirs the language of the pen- 
 insula. Latin was so mastered by the people of the 
 peninsula that Cicero refers to a whole school of 
 Latin-speaking poets at Cordova (which had a truly 
 flourishing Latin period), and some of the greatest 
 Latin writers (the two Senecas, Lucan, Quintilian, 
 Martial, etc.) and the emperor Trajan were Spaniards, 
 and the emperor Hadrian's ancestors lived in Spain. 
 With the waning of the Roman power in Spain the 
 classical Latin loosened its hold on the country, and 
 the Latin of the Roman soldiers and uneducated col- 
 onists (which differed materially from classic speech), 
 modified by the people- (Spaniards) among whom it 
 had been used, became the language of the country. 
 
 From the discordant elements mentioned above 
 
182 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 Iberian, Gel tic, Phoenician, Greek, Roman there arose 
 at first a number of similar Latin dialects (as Por- 
 tuguese, Castilian, Catalan, etc.), rather than one lan- 
 guage of the whole country. Some of the dialects, as 
 the Catalan, persisted, and two (the Portuguese and 
 the Castilian) rose to the dignity of languages. In 
 spite of all adverse influences, Spain was more thor- 
 oughly Latinized than any other province out of 
 Italy, and the Spaniards, who before the Roman con- 
 quest were the most cultured people on whom the 
 Romans imposed their language, may have very prop- 
 erly regarded themselves as Romans. 
 
 In 256 A.D. Spain was invaded and ravaged by the 
 Franks, but they were soon driven from the country. 
 Toward the fifth century commerce and civilization 
 were on a firm footing, and some of the cities were 
 among the finest in the Roman Empire. In the same 
 year that Rome was sacked by Alaric (409 A.D.) the 
 Alani, Suevi, and Vandals ravaged Spain. The Visi- 
 goths entered Spain (414-415), drove out the Alani, 
 Suevi, and Vandals, and on the ruins of the old 
 Roman province founded the Gothic Kingdom, with 
 Toledo as capital, which lasted from the middle of 
 the fifth century to 711, when that kingdom fell be- 
 fore the Arab or Saracen invasion. Though possessed 
 of a certain culture of their own, the Visigoths could 
 not finally banish the language they found there 
 (though the Gothic may have ruled for a time in 
 church and state); and when in the latter part of the 
 sixth century they and their king Recared abandoned 
 Arianism and went over to the Roman Catholic 
 Church, the supremacy of the language of Rome was 
 
HISTORY OF THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. 183 
 
 assured, though the Gothic alphabet was not given up 
 till 1091. 
 
 The Arabs (in 711) conquered Spain and, being a 
 comparatively humane, tolerant, and really highly 
 cultured people, succeeded in imposing much of their 
 language on those among whom they came. Many of 
 the people of Spain withdrew from the South rather 
 than submit to the Arab rule (the Arabs entered 
 Spain from Northern Africa), and finally succeeded 
 (in the year of the discovery of America, 1492), after 
 nearly 800 years, in driving the Mohammedans (in- 
 fidels or Moors, as the Spaniards called them) from 
 the country. 
 
 Shortly before this the various provinces of Spain 
 had been united by the marriage of Ferdinand and 
 Isabella, and the supremacy of the Castilian, which 
 Alfonso the Wise had made the literary language of 
 the country, was politically established. The Castil- 
 ian had thus become what it has ever since remained, 
 the language of the government, court, and culture, 
 and extended its rule for a time over the neighboring 
 countries. After having crossed to America and es- 
 tablished itself there, the Spanish, especially through 
 its magnificent literature, domineered in Germany, 
 Flanders, Italy, France, and even for a time in Eng- 
 land. It played a role similar to that of the French 
 in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. It was 
 studied, written and spoken, and poetry was written 
 in it, in many other lands as well as in Spain. 
 
 The French, through the church at first and after- 
 ward through its own supremacy and the almost uni- 
 versal rule of France, was, as was also the Italian, not 
 without influence upon Spanish; and at present other 
 
184 PEACTICAL SPANISH GKAMMAR. 
 
 countries as well, such as England, Germany, the vast 
 Central and South American colonies, are contribut- 
 ing at least a few words to the Spanish language (and 
 politically the Constitution of the United States is 
 having a marked influence upon the ideals and hopes 
 of Spanish liberals). In spite of all this so varied in- 
 crease of its word-treasure or vocabulary, Spanish has 
 so transformed its acquisitions that they do not pre- 
 vent it from remaining a very uniform language. 
 
 This is because the Latin, first heard in Spain per- 
 haps when the Komans made a treaty with the Span- 
 ish seaport town of Saguntum (years before Hanni- 
 baFs time), persisted amid the cruelties of war and 
 the severities of Eoman rule, and was more firmly es- 
 tablished by the influence of the splendid Latin liter- 
 ature, and of the Christian Church through the need 
 for a common medium of communication (before 
 which even the Goths and Arabs had to yield) ; so 
 that in the main all foreign influences and additions 
 to the language have been subjected to the linguistic 
 laws of the predominant Latin element. Eemember- 
 ing, then, that popular Latin is by far the most impor- 
 tant element in the Spanish of to-day, let us note 
 hastily and simply in outline some of the changes 
 that Latin underwent to become Spanish. As early 
 as the second half of the third century the accented 
 syllable in popular Latin was generally long, the un- 
 accented syllable or syllables short. In Spanish the 
 accented syllable, which in general is the same as the 
 Latin (popular) one, is the only long one. Although 
 the final vowel of the Latin infinitive and of some 
 other forms fell away and thus gave the Spanish a 
 number of words ending in a consonant, the vast ma- 
 
HISTOBY OF THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. 185 
 
 jority of Spanish words end in vowels, even though 
 many of them, at least in some of their forms, did not 
 end in vowels in Latin. 
 
 OF THE LATIN VOWELS IN SPANISH WOKDS, 
 
 a generally remains : as, mano (manum) ; amamos 
 (amamus). 
 
 e generally remains: as, lleno (plenum)] creo 
 (credo)] or becomes ie : as, Men (dene); tiene (tenet) . 
 siete (sept em). 
 
 ^generally remains : as, hijo (filium); fin (finem); 
 oir (audire); triste (tristem); or becomes e: as, fe 
 (fidem); pez (piscem). 
 
 o generally remains : as, don (donum); como (quo 
 modo); or becomes ue: as, bueno (bonum); fuego 
 (focum); mueve (movet); nueve (novem). 
 
 u generally remains: as, duro (durum); pluma 
 (plumam); dulce (dulcem); or becomes o: as, lobo 
 (lupum); plomo (plumbum); con (cum); somos (su- 
 mus) ; soy (sum). 
 
 au generally becomes o: as, oro (aurum); cosa 
 (causam). 
 
 Many diphthongs are now represented by a single 
 letter : as, Eneas (^Eneas); Edipus (CEdipus). The 
 accented long vowels in Latin generally remain in 
 Spanish ; the accented short vowels generally undergo 
 changes. While the unaccented long vowels in Latin 
 generally remain, the unaccented short vowels often 
 disappear. 
 
 Of the Latin consonants the general remark must 
 be made that their position as initial, medial, or final 
 had much to do with their fate in the Spanish. An 
 
186 PRACTICAL SPAKISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 initial consonant generally remains unchanged : as, 
 padre (patrem); madre (matrem). 
 
 Of the final consonants n, r, s remain : as, somos 
 (sumus), etc. ; t falls away, and nt becomes n : as, son 
 (sunt) ; st becomes s : as, es (est); Zis lost when un- 
 accented ; d falls away : as, a (ad) ; m remains 
 sometimes as n : as, con (cum). 
 
 The medial consonants undergo important changes 
 which can be mentioned here only in general terms. 
 Medials often fall away : as, rio (rivum) ; or undergo 
 other transformations : as, abuelo (avolum); lirio (If* 
 Hum)] pajaro (passer em)] cocer (coquere)] restaiiar 
 (stagnare)] sueno (somnum); hombre (hominem),* 
 fifteenth-century transformation ; milagro (miracu- 
 lum)] trigo (triticum). Late in the fourteenth cen- 
 tury h began to be written for /, and now many 
 words have the h for /: as, hacer (facere). 
 
 DECLENSIONS. 
 
 Only the first, second, and third Latin declensions 
 have remained in Spanish, and of these but one case, 
 the accusative (both singular and plural): as, rosa 
 (rosam), rosas ;' ano (annum), anos ; Have (clavem), 
 llares; flor (florem), flores. The Latin fourth declen- 
 sion was treated as the second : as, fruto (fructum), 
 frutos, and the fifth as the third : as, fe (fidem) ; but 
 dia (diem). Even the three declensions remaining in 
 Spanish are now treated simply as three forms of one 
 declension. A few nominative Latin forms have 
 
 1 s, being the more usual ending of the Latin ace. plur., was 
 finally applied to all singular forms to make the Spanish plurals. 
 
HISTORY OF THE SPANISH LAKGUAGE. 187 
 
 been retained : as, Jupiter, l&piz, doble, yo, tu, este, 
 ese. M&rtes (dies Martis) is genitive. Datives are 
 mi, ti, si, le ([il] li), les ([il] lis), while me, te, se, 
 (^uien (quern), alguien are accusatives. Como (quo 
 modo) and adverbs in mente are ablatives. Changes 
 from one declension to another otherwise than as 
 indicated seldom occur. 
 
 The definite-article forms are : el (t7[Zw*]); la 
 (E&]fa0t})j and e l (il\lam']) before feminines of two 
 syllables beginning with a or ha; le (\_iT\li)] los ([il]- 
 los); las (\iT\las), lo ([il]lu[d]). The indefinite ar- 
 ticle is un (un[um']); una (una[m]). 
 
 The rules for the derivation of the adjectives are 
 the same as for nouns of the same endings. M&s 
 (magis), m6nos (minus) are used in comparison and 
 a few Latin comparatives : as, mayor (maior) ; peor 
 (paior) ; mejor (melior) ; menor (minor) ; and a num- 
 ber in isimo (isimus) have remained, but those in 
 isimo with only an intensive force. 
 
 Numerals are uno (unum), una (unam); we find in 
 the thirteenth century the forms dues (duos), duas 
 (duas), whence dos of the modern Spanish. Other 
 forms are cuatro (quattuor), etc. 
 
 The personal pronouns are : yo (ego) with accent 
 change in Spanish, the accent being on the o of yo ; 
 mi (mihi) ; me (me) ; tu (tu); ti (tibi); te (te)', nos, 
 nosotros (nos, nos alteros) ; vos, vosotros (vos, vos al- 
 teros) ; si (sibi)-; se (se), (the se in selo, etc., according 
 to Schuchardt, comes from ipse); le dative ([il]li), 
 both masculine and feminine; el (il\le\) 9 etc. (see 
 article). 
 
 The forms of possession mio (meum), etc., also the 
 
188 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 shorter mi, etc., as well as cuyo (emus), are from the 
 Latin. 
 
 The demonstrative el is similar in derivation to the 
 definite article. Other forms are ese (ipse); este 
 (iste); aquel (a compound with ecce). 
 
 As relatives and interrogatives que, 1 qu6 represent 
 qui, quod, quis, quid ; quien, qui6n (quern); cual, 
 cual (qual[em'\) ; cuyo (emus). 
 
 Indefinite pronouns are otro (alterum) ; nada (rem 
 natam); alguno (aliquem unum, probably); algo (all- 
 quod); ninguno (necunum), etc. 
 
 CONJUGATION. 
 
 In general, the first conjugation of the Latin cor- 
 responds to the first in Spanish, the second and third 
 of the Latin to the Spanish second, and the fourth 
 of the Latin to the Spanish third : as, first, amar 
 (amare) ; second, temer (timere), leer (legere) ; third, 
 partir (partire). Several forms of the Latin conju- 
 gation have been lost, as the future indicative, im- 
 perfect and perfect subjunctive, etc., and some other 
 forms have changed their use (as the Latin present 
 participle, used as a noun or adjective in Spanish). 
 New forms are the future active and the conditional, 
 which are made up of the present infinitive of the 
 verb to be conjugated with the present and imperfect 
 indicative of haber: as, amar he" (for habeo) (amare) ; 
 amar habia (amaria). This use of the auxiliary dates, 
 according to Forster, well back in Latin times, and 
 he quotes the following : "qui sedent vel seder e Jiabe- 
 bunt;" " si interrogatus fueris quomodo dicere habes;" 
 
 1 Old Spanish qui. 
 
HISTORY OF THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. 189 
 
 " Deus satisfacere tibi Jiabet " who sit or will have 
 to sit ; if you shall be asked how you have to speak ; 
 God has to (will) satisfy you. 
 
 Other new forms are the perfect, pluperfect, 1 and 
 future perfect (all three having haber as auxiliary), 
 and the whole passive voice. The compound passive 
 forms began even in early Latin periods to be used 
 for the others : as, quce ibi sunt aspecta ( = aspiciini- 
 tur) ; sicut a nobis prcesente tempore estpossessum (pos- 
 sidetur), etc.; and in Spanish they (the compound 
 forms) have driven out the other forms, i.e. the regu- 
 lar Latin passive. 
 
 By comparing a few verb-forms we may make the 
 differences and similarities of the two languages more 
 easily understood. 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 PRESENT INDICATIVE. 
 
 Lat. amare 
 
 amo, amas, amat, amamus, -atis, -ant 
 
 Sp. amar 
 
 amo, amas, ama, amamos, -ais, -an 
 
 PRES. SUBJ. 
 
 IMPERFECT IND. IMPERATIVE PRES. 
 
 Lat. amem 
 
 timebam partite 
 
 Sp. ame 
 
 temia partid 
 
 GERUND. 
 
 PERF. IND. PERFECT. 
 
 Lat. amando 
 
 timuerunt ama(v)i partim 
 
 GER. or PRES. PART. PRET. PRETERITE. 
 
 Sp. amando 
 
 temieron ame parti 
 
 From this comparison it becomes evident that m, 
 as well as t final, falls away; that s remains ; that d, 
 n, and r remain; that v falls away (though in the 
 third person Lat. perfect partivit [pariiu\,8p. parti6, 
 the v becomes u, then 6); that b is sometimes retained 
 (in first conjugation imperfect), and sometimes lost (as 
 
 1 Under pluperfect we may understand here compound both 
 of imperfect and of preterite. 
 
190 PKACTICAL SPANISH GKAMMAB. 
 
 in imperfect of temer, temia, for timebam). The Lat. 
 imperfect of the fourth conjugation ends in iebam, 
 which gives the Sp. preterite ending ia (as partiebam, 
 partia), and this ending by analogy was carried to 
 the Spanish imperfect of the second as well as the 
 third conjugation, as temia (timebam). 
 
 Nazco, nazca; parezco, parezca; conozco, conozca 
 are cited as the only remaining traces of the Latin 
 inchoative conjugation. The change from Latin ha- 
 bui, sapid, posm, potui to hube, supe, puse, pude is 
 noteworthy. 
 
 The Spanish form of the gerund (called the pres- 
 ent participle in this book) is that of the ablative in 
 Latin. After first being used as the ablative of in- 
 strument and with prepositions as a present parti- 
 ciple, it finally took the place of the Latin present 
 participle in all cases. 
 
 The formation of adverbs, prepositions, conjunc- 
 tions, and interjections may be illustrated by the fol- 
 lowing words: ent6nces (ex tune); minca (nunquam)^ 
 casi (quasi); si (*?'c); quiza, quizas (quis sapit); para 
 (pro ad, this combination occurs in Middle Latin); 
 pos ( post) in en pos de ; segun (secundum) ; sino (si 
 noii); pero (per hoc); h6te (yed, hed, het); mira!, 
 brava cosa ! (ironical). 
 
 The above will serve to show in some degree how 
 important an element Latin is in Spanish. It should 
 be borne in mind that not the popular Latin alone, but 
 the classical (largely introduced by the scholars, who 
 here, as in France, were a disturbing element in the 
 development of the language), and even the Latin of 
 the middle ages (which was neither a popular nor a 
 classical speech) contributed much to the Spanish, 
 
HISTORY OF THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. 191 
 
 It was the popular Latin, however, that not only 
 gave the greater number of words, but determined 
 the genius of the language ; and yet very many of 
 the divergences in syntax, etc., of the Spanish from the 
 Latin had their beginnings in Latin itself, and not al- 
 ways in the popular tongue only; such are: the victory 
 of accent over quantity; the use of ille very much 
 as modern article ; of such words as caballus (caballo) 
 instead of the more usual classic form eqmis ; the 
 use of diminutives, now excessive in Spanish, as 
 abuelo (avolus, dim. of avus)', of prepositions rather 
 than the different case-forms to denote case-relations ; 
 of magis (m&s) in comparison instead of the compara- 
 tive terminations ; the formation of the future and 
 conditional by the use of to have as auxiliary ; the use 
 of compound forms instead of the regular passive 
 forms, etc. Spanish is then one of the sister-languages 
 which, since the time of Diez, the father of the phi- 
 lology of these languages, have been called the Eo- 
 mance languages, and included, according to Diez, 
 Italian and Wallachian in the east, Spanish and Por- 
 tuguese in the southwest, French and Provengal in 
 the northwest, and the Catalan in eastern Spain ; to 
 which the Kaetoromanic (spoken in Engadine, the 
 extreme eastern. part of Switzerland) and Franco-Pro- 
 venqal (spoken in the extreme western part of Swit- 
 zerland and the neighboring part of France) are now 
 added. 
 
 It has been very justly said that " the influence of 
 the Goths and Arabs was felt in the development of 
 the sounds and of the vocabulary of the language. 
 Greek made its impression first through the Greek 
 colonies (though they were very few and confined to 
 
192 PEACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 the northeast coast), then through Latin and as the 
 language of commerce of the countries about the Med- 
 iterranean Sea, and through the spread of Christian- 
 ity which carried with it Greek words in Latin forms. 
 After the disappearance of the Iberian and Celtic, the 
 Basque exerted a not unimportant influence." 
 
 Effort has been made to estimate the number of 
 words some languages have given to Spanish, and it 
 is supposed that Gothic (including the German) has 
 contributed between three and four hundred words, 
 such as : Goth, vitan (observe) = Spanish guiar, to 
 guide; O.H.G. ivis, N.H.G. weise Sp. guisa (obs.); 
 Ags. east = Sp. este ; Ger. helm = Sp. yelmo (helmet). 
 
 The Basque, Celtic, and Iberian have together given 
 the Spanish about one hundred words: as, Basque 
 murua (hill), Sp. moron (hill); Basque bero-ur-ga, Sp. 
 burga, warm medicinal spring; Iberian and Sp. celia 
 (a kind of wheat-beer), obs. 
 
 The Arabic gave the Spanish between six and seven 
 hundred words which are chiefly names of common 
 objects, technical terms of natural science, medicine, 
 mathematics, astronomy, music, and statecraft. Many 
 of them begin with al (which is the Arabic article), 
 though 1 is sometimes brought into a word: as, almi- 
 rante (admiral). Some representative Arabic words 
 in Spanish are : al-djabr, Sp. algebra; no'mdn-ibn 
 Mondhir (king of Hira), Sp. an6mona (anemone); 
 az-zait, Sp. aceite (oil); al-cotn, Sp. algodon (cotton). 
 It is from the Arabic words and those of Pho3nician 
 origin (somewhat like the Hebrew) that Spanish has, 
 more by far than any of its sister Romance languages, 
 an oriental appearance. 
 
 The following Greek words are given by way of 
 
HISTORY OF THE SPANISH LAXtfTJAGE. 193 
 
 illustration: fivpcra (mod. Lat. byrsa), Sp. bolsa 
 (purse) ; rf^iKpavia, Sp. migrana (headache); <f>a- 
 pos, Sp. fanal (ship-light or light-house). 
 
 The following is Korting's summing-up of the 
 characteristics of Spanish : " The purity and clearness 
 of the vowels, viz. the absence of all modified and 
 nasal vowels, gives to the Spanish richness of sound, 
 the numerous final consonants energy; the regularity 
 of the accent on the last or next to the last syllable 
 gives preciseness and dignity; the frequent occurrence 
 of the guttural sound of j ! roughness, the relatively 
 frequent occurrence of the palatal ch ruggedness. Of 
 all Eomance languages the Spanish, so far as its sounds 
 are concerned, has perhaps remained most like the 
 Latin and best preserved its (Latin's) vigor." The 
 Spaniards themselves say of their native tongue that 
 " it is the language of the gods." 
 
 Spanish is spoken in Europe by more than ten mil- 
 lions (some seven millions in Spain speak Catalan, 
 Galician, and Basque) and probably by more than 
 twenty millions in America (North and South), and, as 
 the language of our southern neighbors and of a large 
 part of South America, is of real importance to us as 
 Americans. There are about one hundred thousand 
 Spanish-speaking persons in the French- African pro- 
 vince of Oran, and about one hundred thousand 
 Spanish-speaking Jews in the Turkish Empire. Span- 
 ish is the most widely spoken of the Komance lan- 
 guages. 
 
 It would be out of place to speak at any length here 
 
 8 The Spanish sound of j is not taken from the Arabic, but 
 is a late development based rather on the Germanic element. 
 
194 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 of the literature of the language, so a few words must 
 suffice. Beginning with the poem of the " Cid " 
 (middle of the twelfth century) and the works of Al- 
 fonso the Wise (middle of the thirteenth century), the 
 Spanish passed through a period of great splendor 
 in the first half of the seventeenth century, when its 
 influence was the most important of the times, and 
 when Cervantes, Lope de Vega, and Calderon added 
 the splendor of their productions to the national liter- 
 ary treasure, After a long period of almost uninter- 
 rupted literary inactivity since that time, the Spanish 
 has recently shown unmistakable signs of literary 
 vigor, and in the writings of Harzenbusch, Fernan 
 Caballero (a woman), Zorrilla, Trueba, Jose de Espron- 
 ceda, Valdes, Juan Valera (a critic, as well as romance- 
 writer, who is introducing American writers of Span- 
 ish to the literary world), Echegaray (a dramatist of 
 unusual power) and others, Spain has entered upon 
 what is not unlikely to prove a brilliant literary period. 
 Since foreign books may be had at much less cost 
 and inconvenience than formerly (the duty on all but 
 English books being now removed), it is to be hoped 
 that the recent revival of interest in Spanish, which 
 has arisen from our nearer commercial relations with 
 Spanish-speaking countries, may be made permanent 
 both by intimate and permanent commercial and 
 political relations with those countries, and by our 
 enjoying and properly estimating the many masterly 
 productions of the Spanish people, to whom we as 
 Americans owe so much. 
 
SPANISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 195 
 
 SPANISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 Abbreviations : /., feminine noun ; m., masculine noun. 
 
 a, for, to, at 
 abandonar, to abandon 
 abogado, m., advocate, lawyer 
 abolir, to abolish 
 aborrecer, to hate 
 abrazar, to embrace 
 abrigar, to shelter 
 abrigo, m., shelter 
 abril, m., April 
 abrir, to open 
 abuela, /., grandmother 
 acabado, achieved 
 acabar, to finish 
 acaecer, to happen 
 acaso, perhaps 
 acaudalado, wealth 
 accion,/., action 
 acento, m., accent 
 aceptar, to accept 
 acerca de, about, concerning 
 acercando (acercar), approach- 
 acertar, to hit the mark [ing 
 acoger, to receive 
 acompaiiar, to accompany 
 aconsejador, m., counsellor 
 aconsejar, to advise, to counsel 
 acontecer, to happen 
 acordar (-se) to remember, to 
 agree, to remind 
 
 acostar (-se), to go to bed [self) 
 
 acreditar (-se), to prove (one's 
 
 acribillado, drubbed 
 
 active, active 
 
 acudir, to come (to help), to 
 
 come (by appointment) 
 acusar, to accuse 
 adelanto, m., advancement 
 aderezar, to prepare (victuals) 
 administrar, administer 
 admiracion, /. , wonder 
 admirar, to admire 
 admitir, to admit 
 adonde, where 
 adornado (adornar), adorned 
 adquirir, to acquire 
 advertir, to inform 
 a fin de que, to the end that 
 afirmar, to affirm 
 agitar, to agitate 
 agosto, m., August 
 agradable, agreeable 
 agradar, to please 
 agradecer, to thank 
 agricola, m. &/., agricultural 
 agrio, sour 
 agua, /. , water 
 aguar, to mix with water 
 aguardar, to wait 
 
196 
 
 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 ahora, now 
 
 aire, m., air, wind 
 
 ajeno (-a), another's 
 
 (al, to the) 
 
 alabanza. /. . praise 
 
 alabar, to praise 
 
 alargar, to pass, reach 
 
 alcance, m., pursuit 
 
 alcanzar, to reach 
 
 aldea,/., hamlet 
 
 alegrar, to please 
 
 alegrar (-se), to rejoice 
 
 alegre, joyful 
 
 alegria,/., joy 
 
 algo, anything, something 
 
 alguien, somebody, some one 
 
 alguno, some one, somebody, 
 
 aliento, ??z., breath [some 
 
 alia, there (motion) 
 
 alii, there (rest) 
 
 alma,/., soul 
 
 almacen, m., store 
 
 almendra,/., almond 
 
 almorzar, to breakfast 
 
 altanero, haughty 
 
 alto, m., halt 
 
 alto, high, tall 
 
 alzarse, to arise 
 
 amable, amiable 
 
 amar, to love 
 
 ambar, m., amber 
 
 ambicion, /. , ambition 
 
 ambicioso, ambitious 
 
 ambiguo, ambiguous 
 
 ambos, both 
 
 amenazar, to threaten 
 
 a menudo, often 
 
 americano, American 
 
 amigo, m., friend 
 
 amiga,/, friend 
 
 amigote, m., great friend 
 
 amiguillo, m., little friend 
 
 amistad,/., friendship 
 
 amo, m., master 
 
 amontonar, to amass 
 
 amor, m. , love 
 
 amparar, to protect 
 
 ancho, broad 
 
 (de ancho, of width) 
 
 anciana, /., old woman 
 
 anciano, m., old man 
 
 andante, errant 
 
 andar, to go 
 
 anillo, m., ring 
 
 animal, m., animal 
 
 ammo, m. , mind 
 
 ano, m. t year 
 
 anoche, last night 
 
 antes, before 
 
 antes < 
 
 antes que. 
 
 antiguo, old, ancient 
 
 antojo, m., whim 
 
 anunciar, to announce 
 
 apartarse, to separate 
 
 apearse, dismount 
 
 apenas. scarcely 
 
 apetito, m., appetite 
 
 apoderar, to get possession 
 
 aprender, to learn 
 
 aprieto, m. , difficult situation 
 
 aprobar, to approve [tage 
 
 aprovechar (-se), to take advan- 
 
 aquel, that (yonder) of time, 
 
 before or after any time 
 aquello (-a), that 
 aquel que, etc., he who, etc. 
 aquello que, etc., that which 
 aquese, that 
 aqueste, this 
 
 lde ' [before 
 que, ) 
 
SPAJSTISH-EKGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 197 
 
 aqui, here 
 arado, m., plough 
 arbol, m., tree 
 arma, /., arm (weapon) 
 armonia,/., harmony 
 arrancar, to root out 
 arreglar, to put in order [ance 
 arrepentimiento, m., repent- 
 arrepentir (-se), to repent 
 arroyo, m., brook 
 arruinar, to ruin 
 artes, /., intrigues, arts 
 arzobispo, m., archbishop 
 asador, m., spit (stick) 
 asaltar, to assault 
 asalto, m., assault 
 asegurar, to assure 
 asi, so, thus 
 asiduo, asiduous 
 asiento, m., seat 
 asir, to seize 
 asno, m., ass 
 astro, m., star 
 ' asunto, m., subject 
 atacar, to attack 
 atencion,/., attention 
 atender, to mind, heed, attend 
 atentamente, attentively 
 atento, attentive 
 a todo lo largo, all along 
 atractivo, attractive 
 atreverse, to venture 
 aumentar, to augment 
 aun, even 
 aunque, although 
 ausencia, /., absence 
 ausente, absent 
 autor, m., author 
 autoridad,/., authority 
 
 auxilio, m., help 
 
 avanzado, advance 
 
 avanzar, to advance 
 
 avasallar, to enslave 
 
 ave, /., bird 
 
 avecica,/., little bird 
 
 avenida, /., inundation 
 
 avenir, to agree, to join 
 
 aventura, /., adventure 
 
 avergonzar, to be ashamed 
 
 avisar, to inform, advise 
 
 i ay dolor!, alas! 
 
 ayer, yesterday 
 
 ayuda,/., aid 
 
 azucar, m., sugar 
 
 azul, blue 
 
 bailar, to dance 
 
 baile, m., ball 
 
 bajar, to descend 
 
 bajo, under, low, softly 
 
 bala,/., ball (shot) 
 
 baladi, frivolous 
 
 ballena, /., whale 
 
 banado (-a), bathed 
 
 banarse, to bathe one's self 
 
 banco, m. , bank 
 
 bandearse, to shift for one's self 
 
 bandera, /., flag 
 
 banquero, m., banker 
 
 banquete, m., banquet 
 
 barbaridad,/., barbarity 
 
 barbaro, m., barbarian 
 
 bastar, to be enough 
 
 bastonazo, m., blow with a stick 
 
 batalla,/., battle 
 
 baul, m., trunk 
 
 beber, to drink 
 
 bello, beautiful 
 
 bendecir, to bless 
 
198 
 
 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 beneficentisimo. very beneficent 
 beneficio, m., benefit, favor 
 besamanos, m. , kissing of the 
 
 hand, salute 
 biblioteca, /. , library 
 bien, well 
 bien, m., good 
 bledo, m., wild amaranth 
 boca, /., mouth 
 bofetada, /., slap 
 bolsa, /., purse 
 bolsillo, m., pocket [ness 
 bondad, /., goodness, kind- 
 bomsimo, very good 
 bonito, pretty 
 bosque, m., woods 
 botaniea. /., botany 
 breve, short, brief 
 brillante, brilliant 
 bruto, m., brute 
 bueno, good 
 buenos dias, good-day 
 buitre, m., vulture 
 buque, m., ship 
 burla, /. , jest, sport 
 buscar, to look for 
 
 cabalgadura,/., baggage-horse 
 caballero, m., horseman, 
 knight [errant 
 
 caballero andante, m. , knight- 
 caballo, m., horse 
 cabello, m., hair 
 caber, to be contained 
 cabeza,/., head 
 cabra, /., goat 
 
 cada, each, every [every 
 
 cada cual, cada uno, each, 
 cadena, /., chain 
 
 caer, to fall 
 
 cafe, m., coffee, cafe 
 
 cajon, 77i., chest 
 
 calentura, /. , fever 
 
 calidad,/., quality 
 
 calido, hot 
 
 callar, to keep silent 
 
 calle, /. , street 
 
 calmante, narcotic 
 
 calor, m., heat 
 
 cama, /., bed 
 
 eambio, m. y exchange 
 
 oambiar, to change 
 
 caminar, to walk 
 
 camino, m., way, road 
 
 camino de hierro, m., railway 
 
 camisa, /. , shirt 
 
 campanario, m., belfry 
 
 campo, m., field, country 
 
 canape, m., couch 
 
 cancion, m., song 
 
 candor, m., candor 
 
 cansar, to weary 
 
 cantando, recounting 
 
 cantar, to sing 
 
 cantidad,/., quantity 
 
 canto, m., singing 
 
 capa, f. , cloak 
 
 capital,/., capital (city) 
 
 capitan, m., captain 
 
 cara, /. , face 
 
 carcel, /., prison 
 
 carestia, /., famine 
 
 carga, /., charge (obligation) 
 
 cargar, to charge (in account) 
 
 caritativo, charitable 
 
 carne, /., meat 
 
 carnero, m., sheep 
 
 carpintero, m., carpenter 
 
SPAKISH-EJSTGLISH VOCABULAKY. 
 
 199 
 
 carruaje, m., carriage 
 
 carta,/., letter 
 
 casa, /., house 
 
 casar, to marry 
 
 casi, almost 
 
 casica, /. , little house 
 
 castigar, chastise 
 
 catedral, /. , cathedral 
 
 caterva, /. , crowd 
 
 cateto, m., side of right tri- 
 
 catolico, Catholic [angle 
 
 caudal, m., fund 
 
 causa,/., cause 
 
 causar, to cause 
 
 cazar, to chase 
 
 cebada,/., barley 
 
 cegar, to blind 
 
 celeberrimo, very celebrated 
 
 cena, /., supper 
 
 cerca (de), near 
 
 cerrar, to close 
 
 chinela, /., slipper 
 
 ciego, blind 
 
 cLlo, m., heaven 
 
 ciencia, /. , science 
 
 cientifico, scientific 
 
 cierto, certain 
 
 cinco, five 
 
 cincuenta, fifty 
 
 circo, m., circus 
 
 cirujano, m., surgeon 
 
 ciudad, /., city 
 
 clase,/., class, rank 
 
 clasico, m., classic 
 
 clima, ra., climate 
 
 cocerse, to cook, to boil 
 
 coche, m., coach 
 
 cocina,/., kitchen 
 
 cofre, m., trunk 
 
 coger, to catch 
 cogido (coger), caught 
 colmar, to overwhelm 
 colocacion, /., situation 
 combatir, to combat 
 comedia, /. , comedy 
 comedor, m., dining-room 
 comercio, m., commerce 
 comer, to eat 
 cometer, to commit 
 comida,/. (repast), meal 
 como, how 
 compact o, compact 
 compania, /., company 
 comparar, to compare 
 comparecer, to appear 
 componer, to compose 
 comprado (comprar), bought 
 comprar, to buy 
 comprender, to comprehend 
 oomprobar, to prove (verify) 
 comprometer, to compromise 
 con, with 
 
 concernir, to concern 
 concierto, m., concert 
 concluir, to finish 
 conde, m., the count 
 condenar, to condemn 
 condesa, /., countess 
 condicion, /. , condition 
 conducir, to conduct 
 conducta,/., conduct 
 confesar, to confess 
 confianza, /., confidence 
 confiar, to intrust 
 conform, according to 
 confundir, to confound 
 confuso, confused 
 congreso, m., congress 
 
200 
 
 PRACTICAL SPANISH GEAMMAK. 
 
 conjuracion, /., conspiracy 
 conjurar, to entreat 
 conmigo, with me 
 conocer, to know 
 conocido (well) known 
 conocimiento, m. t knowledge 
 con...que, however 
 conquistar, to conquer 
 consecuencia, / , consequence 
 conseguir, to obtain 
 consejo, m., advice, counsel 
 consentir, to consent 
 considerar, to consider 
 consigo, with himself, etc. 
 consistir, to consist 
 constancia,/., constancy [ed 
 construir (-se),to be construct- 
 consultar, to consult 
 con tal que, provided that 
 contar, to relate, to count 
 contemporaneo , contemporary 
 contentar, to content 
 content o, content, satisfaction 
 contentisimo, very well pleas- 
 contento, m., contentment [ed 
 contigo, with thee 
 contrahaz,/., wrong side 
 contrario, m., opposer 
 controversia, /., controversy 
 convencer, to convince 
 conversacion,/., conversation 
 convertir, to change 
 convidar, to invite 
 convite, m., invitation 
 copa, /., bowerlike branch 
 corazon, m., heart 
 coronar, to crown 
 coronel, m., colonel 
 correo, m., post (office) 
 
 correr, to run 
 
 corriente, m., present (month) 
 
 corriente, current (present) 
 
 corrientemente, fluently 
 
 cortado (cortar), cut 
 
 cortaplumas, m., penknife 
 
 cortarse, to cut 
 
 corte,/, court city (capital) 
 
 cortesmente, politely 
 
 cosa, /., thing 
 
 cosecha, /., harvest 
 
 costar, to cost 
 
 costumbre, /. , custom 
 
 credito, m., credit 
 
 creer, to believe 
 
 criado, m., servant 
 
 crianza, /., breeding 
 
 cristiano, Christian 
 
 cuadrado, m., square 
 
 cuadro, m., picture 
 
 cual. . . cual, one. . . another 
 
 cual (el cual, etc.), who, which 
 
 cual, who?, which? 
 
 cual, such as 
 
 cualquiera, any, whatever, 
 
 whichever, wherever 
 cuando, when 
 cuando, when 
 cuanto (-a, etc.), what, how 
 
 much, how many, as 
 cuanto mas, the more 
 cuanto menos, the less 
 cuarenta, forty [quarter 
 
 cuarto, m. , farthing, room, 
 cuatro, four 
 cubrir. to cover 
 cuchillo, m. , knife 
 cuello, m., collar 
 cuenta, /. , account 
 
SPAKISH-EHGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 201 
 
 cuento, m., story 
 cuerda, /., string 
 cuerpo, m., body 
 cuesta,/., hill 
 Question,/., question 
 cuidado, m. t care 
 cuidarse, to take care 
 culpa, /., blame 
 cultivar, cultivate 
 cumplirse, to complete, fulfil 
 cura, m., priest 
 curarse, to take account 
 curioso, curious 
 cuyo (-a), whose 
 cuyo (-a, etc.), whose? 
 
 dama,/., lady 
 
 dando (-dar), giving 
 
 dano, m., loss 
 
 dar, to give 
 
 de, than (usually of) 
 
 deber, m. t duty 
 
 deber, to be obliged, owe 
 
 decaer, to decline 
 
 decidir, to decide 
 
 decir, to say, tell 
 
 decision,/., decision 
 
 dedo, m., finger 
 
 defender, to defend [self 
 
 degradar(-se),to degrade one's 
 
 dejar. to let, allow, leave, 
 
 delante de, before [cease 
 
 deleitar, to delight 
 
 delincuente, m., criminal 
 
 delinquir, to transgress 
 
 delirante, m., raver 
 
 delito, m., crime 
 
 demasido, too much 
 
 democratic, democratic 
 
 dentro, within 
 derecho, m., right 
 desanimarse, to be discouraged 
 desaparecer, to disappear 
 desaprobar, to disapprove 
 descanso, m., rest 
 desconcertar, to disturb 
 desconfiar (de), to distrust 
 desconocido, unknown 
 descontar, to discount 
 describir, to describe 
 descubrir, to discover 
 descuidar, to neglect 
 descuido, m., heedlessness 
 desde, since 
 
 desdicha, / , misfortune 
 desdichado !, unhappy ! 
 desear, to desire 
 deseo, m., desire 
 desertor, m., deserter 
 desgracia, / , disgrace 
 desgraciado, unfortunate 
 desiqualdad, /., inequality 
 desistir, to desist 
 desmayado, fainted 
 desmayarse, to faint 
 desordenado, lawless 
 despacio, slowly 
 despedir, dismiss 
 despertar, to awake 
 despoblar, to depopulate 
 despreciable, despicable 
 despreciar, to despise 
 despues (de), after 
 desterrar, to banish 
 destino, m., destiny 
 destreza, /., dexterity 
 destruir, to destroy 
 desventurado, unfortunate 
 
202 
 
 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 determinacion. /., determina- 
 determinar, to determine [tion 
 detestable, detestable 
 detras de. behind 
 deuda,/, debt 
 devolver, to return 
 devoto, m., devout (man) 
 dia m., day 
 dibujar, to draw 
 dicho (decir), said 
 dichoso, happy 
 dictar, to dictate 
 diez, ten 
 
 diferencia, /. , difference 
 diferente, different 
 diferir, to defer 
 dificil, difficult 
 dificultad, /. , difficulty 
 diligencia, /. , diligence 
 diligente, diligent 
 dinero, m., money 
 dios quiera, God grant 
 diputado, m., deputy 
 dirigir, to direct 
 discurrir, to discuss 
 disgustar, to disgust 
 dispensar, to excuse 
 disponer, to dispose, arrange 
 disputa,/., dispute 
 distancia, /., difference 
 distinguir, to distinguish 
 divertirse, to amuse (one's 
 dividido, divided [self) 
 
 doble, double 
 doce, twelve 
 docena, /., dozen 
 docil, tractable 
 docto, learned 
 doctrina,/., doctrine 
 
 doler, to pain 
 doliente, sorrowful 
 dolor, m., pain 
 domingo, m., Sunday 
 doncella, /. , maiden 
 donde, where 
 donde ? where? 
 dormir, to sleep 
 dos, two 
 
 dotado, endowed 
 duda, /., doubt 
 dudar, to doubt 
 duena, /. , lady (married) 
 dueiio, m., owner 
 dulce, sweet 
 durable, durable 
 durante, during 
 durar, to last 
 duro, ?7i., dollar 
 duro, hard 
 
 echar, to throw 
 
 edad,/., age 
 
 edificado, built 
 
 edificar, to build 
 
 efecto, m., effect 
 
 ejecucion, /., execution 
 
 ejemplo, m., example 
 
 ejercicio, m., exercise 
 
 ejercito, m., army 
 
 el, the 
 
 el, he 
 
 elegantemente, elegantly 
 
 elegir, to elect 
 
 ello, it 
 
 elocuencia, /. , eloquence 
 
 elocuentemente, eloquently 
 
 ella, she, her 
 
 embajada, /., embassy 
 
SPANISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 203 
 
 embarazar, to embarrass 
 embarazo, m. y perplexity 
 emborrachar, to get drunk 
 empecer (obs.), to offend 
 emperador, m., emperor 
 empezar, to begin 
 emplear to employ 
 empleo, m. y place, employ- 
 ment, rank 
 
 empresa, /. , undertaking 
 en, in, on [self 
 
 encaminarse, to betake one's 
 encantador, ra., enchanter 
 encantar, to delight [with 
 encontrar, to meet, to meet 
 endeudado, in debt 
 enero, ra., January 
 enfadar, to vex 
 enfermar (-se), to become ill 
 enfermidad, /. , disease 
 enfermo, m., a sick (man) 
 enfrenar, to bridle 
 (de) enfrente, opposite 
 enganado, deceived 
 enganar, to deceive 
 enhoramala, /. , ill-luck 
 enmendar, to improve, reform 
 ensartado, strung, linked 
 ensenar, to teach 
 entender, to understand 
 enteramente, entirely [self) 
 enterarse, to inform (on'es 
 entonces, then 
 entrambos, both 
 entrar, to enter 
 entre, between 
 entregado, given, handed 
 entregar, to abandon, to hand 
 over 
 
 entretender, to entertain 
 entristecer, to sadden 
 enviado, sent 
 enviar, to send 
 epidemia,/., epidemic, disease 
 equivocar, to mistake 
 erguir, to hold up 
 errar, to err 
 error, m., error 
 erudito, learned 
 escaparse, to run off 
 esclavo, m., slave 
 escoger, to choose 
 esconder, to hide 
 escopeta, /., gun 
 escribano, m., scribe 
 escribir, to write 
 escrito (-a), written 
 escritor, m. t writer 
 escritura, /. , writing 
 escuchar, to listen 
 escudero, m., shield-bearer 
 ese, that (by you) 
 esforzado, vigorous 
 esforzar, to make efforts 
 esfuerzo, m. , effort 
 esotro (-a), that other 
 espacio, ra., space 
 espada, /. , sword 
 espanol, Spanish 
 espantar, to frighten 
 esparcir, to scatter 
 especulation, /. , speculation 
 esperanza, /. , hope 
 esperar, to hope, expect 
 espiritu, m., spirit 
 esposa,/., wife 
 esposicion, /. , exposition 
 establecer, to establish 
 
204 
 
 PRACTICAL SPAKISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 estacion, /., season 
 estado, m., state 
 estado, been 
 estando, being 
 estante, m., shelf 
 estar, to be 
 
 estar bien, to become (suit) 
 este, this 
 estima, /., esteem 
 estimacion, /., esteem 
 estimado, esteemed 
 estimar, to esteem 
 esto, this 
 
 estotro (-a), this other 
 estrago, m., ravage 
 estrella, /., star 
 estudiante, m., student 
 estudiar, to study 
 evidentemente, evidently 
 evitar, to avoid 
 exceso, m., excess 
 exclamar, to exclaim 
 experiencia , /. , experience 
 explicar, to explain 
 exponer, to expose 
 expresion,/., expression 
 extender, to reach 
 extranjero, m., stranger 
 extrano, m., foreigner 
 extra vio, m ., frenzy 
 
 faccion,/., feature 
 fachada, /., fa9ade 
 facil, easy 
 
 facilitar, to facilitate 
 factura,/., invoice 
 falta,/., fault 
 faltar, to fail 
 faltriquera, /. , pocket 
 
 fama,/., fame 
 famoso, famous 
 fatiga,/., fatigue 
 favor, m., favor 
 favorable, favorable 
 favorecido, favored 
 faz,/., face 
 fe, / , faith 
 febrero, m., February 
 feliz, happy (good) 
 femenino, feminine 
 feroz, ferocious 
 ferro-carril, m., railway 
 fiarse, to trust 
 fidelisimo, very faithful 
 fiestas (las), holidays 
 figura,/., stature (form), char- 
 acter (of play) 
 filosofia,/., philosophy 
 filosofo, m., philosopher 
 fin, m. t end 
 fingir, to feign 
 flor,/., flower 
 florear, to flourish 
 floreciente, flourishing 
 florero, m., flower-pot 
 folleto, m., pamphlet 
 fortaleza, /. , fortress 
 fortuna, /., fortune 
 fragilidad,/., frailty 
 francos, French 
 francos, m., Frenchman 
 franco, frank 
 frecuentar, frequent 
 frifsimo, very cold 
 frio, cold 
 fruta,/., fruit 
 fruto, m., fruit (on tree) 
 fuego, m., fire 
 
SPANISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 205 
 
 fuente,/., spring 
 fuera (de), out (of) 
 fuerte, strong 
 fuerza, /, force 
 fulano, such a one 
 fundada (/.), founded 
 funesto, lamentable 
 furia,/., fury 
 furioso, furious 
 fusilazo, m., a gun-shot 
 
 gala,/., ornament 
 gana,/, desire, inclination 
 ganapan, m. t porter 
 ganar, to gain 
 gastar, to spend 
 general, m., general 
 generalmente, generally 
 genio, m., genius 
 gente, f. t people 
 gigante (-a), gigantic 
 girar, to turn 
 gloria,/., glory 
 gobernar, to govern 
 gobierno, m. t government 
 gozar, to enjoy 
 gramatica,/., grammar 
 grande, large, great 
 grande, m., grandee 
 granjear, to win 
 griego, Greek 
 gris, gray 
 grito, m. t cry 
 guante, m., glove 
 guardar, to keep, to watch 
 guerra,/., war 
 guerrero, m., warrior 
 gustar, to please 
 gusto, m. t pleasure 
 
 haber, to have 
 habitable, habitable 
 habitante, m.,f., inhabitant 
 hablado, spoken 
 hablar, to speak* 
 hace, since, ago 
 hacer, to do, to make 
 hacer a la vela, to set sail 
 hacha, /., hatchet 
 hacia, towards 
 hacienda,/, farm 
 hallar, to find 
 hambre,/., hunger 
 harto, enough 
 hasta, until, even 
 hay, there are, there is 
 hazana, /., exploit 
 hebreo, Hebrew 
 hecho, made 
 helar, to freeze 
 heno, m., hay 
 heredar, to inherit 
 herir, to wound 
 hermana, /, sister 
 hermano, m., brother 
 hermoso, beautiful 
 hermosura, / , beauty 
 hielo, m., ice 
 hiena, /., hyena 
 hierro, m., iron 
 hijo, son 
 
 hipotenusa,/, hypothenuse 
 historia,/, history 
 holgazan (-a), indolent 
 hombre, m.> man 
 hombron, m., big man 
 homenaje, m., homage 
 honesto, modest 
 honrar, to honor 
 
206 
 
 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 hora, /., hour 
 
 hornillo, m., stove (kitchen) 
 horroroso, frightful 
 horrible, horrible 
 hospital, m., hospital 
 hostilidad,/., hostility 
 hoy. to-day 
 huerfano, m., orphan 
 huerto, m., garden 
 huevo, m., egg 
 huir, to escape, fly 
 humilde, humble 
 huracan, m., hurricane 
 
 idea,/, idea 
 idioma, m., language 
 ido (-s), departed, gone 
 iglesia, /. , church 
 ignorancia,/., ignorance 
 ignorante, m. , ignorant person 
 ignorar, to be ignorant of 
 ignal, equal 
 igualar, to equal 
 igualdad, /., equality 
 ilustracion,/., enlightenment 
 imagen,/., figure (of speech) 
 imitar, to imitate 
 impedir, to prevent 
 importa, imports 
 importe, m. t amount 
 imposible, impossible 
 impresion, /., impression 
 improbable, improbable 
 incendiar, to set on fire 
 incesantemente, incessantly 
 indicio, m., indication 
 indispuesto, indisposed 
 individuo, individual, person 
 inducir, to lead (induce) 
 
 indultado, freed 
 industrioso, industrious 
 inevitable, inevitable 
 infancia, /. , childhood 
 infelicisimo, very unhappy 
 infeliz, unhappy 
 influjo, m., influence 
 informal, to inform 
 ingenio, m., mind 
 ingles, English 
 ingles, m., Englishman, Eng- 
 lish language 
 ingratitud, /. , ingratitude 
 inmediatamente, immediately 
 inmortal, immortal 
 inocencia, f. , innocence 
 insensate, m., stupid (one) 
 instancia, m., solicitation 
 instante, m. , instant 
 instante (-al), immediately 
 instruir, to instruct 
 instrumento, m., instrument 
 insula, /. , island 
 intencion, intention 
 intentar, to attempt 
 interes, m., interest 
 inter esante, interesting 
 interrumpir, to interrupt 
 invierno, m. y winter 
 ir, to go 
 
 irracional, irrational 
 italiano, Italian 
 
 jabali, m., wild boar 
 jamas, never, ever 
 joven, m., youth 
 juego, m., game 
 juez, m., judge 
 jugar, to play 
 
SPANISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 207 
 
 julio, m., July 
 
 junio, m., June 
 
 junto, near, united (joined) 
 
 juramento, m., oath 
 
 jurar, to swear 
 
 justicia, /., justice 
 
 juventud,/., youth 
 
 la, the 
 
 la, her 
 
 laborioso, painstaking 
 
 labrador a,/., working woman 
 
 lacayo, m., servant 
 
 ladrar, to bark 
 
 ladron, m., robber 
 
 lagrima, /., tear 
 
 lamento, m., lamentation 
 
 lapiz, m., pencil (lead) 
 
 largo (-a), large, long 
 
 larguisimo, very large 
 
 lastima,/, pity 
 
 lastimar, to grieve 
 
 latino, Latin 
 
 lavarse, to wash 
 
 le, him (to him, her, it) 
 
 leal, loyal 
 
 leccion, /., lesson 
 
 lecho, m., bed 
 
 leer, to read 
 
 legua,/., league 
 
 legumbre, /., vegetable 
 
 leido, read 
 
 lejos, far 
 
 lengua,/., language, tongue 
 
 lenguaje, m., language 
 
 letra,/., letter 
 
 letras,/., learning 
 
 levantar, to raise 
 
 levantarse, to get up 
 
 levita, /., frock-coat 
 ley,/., law 
 leyendo, reading 
 libertad,/., liberty 
 -libra,/., pound 
 libreria, /., book-store 
 libro, m., book 
 licencia,/., license 
 limpiar, to clean 
 limpio, clean 
 lista, /., list (bill of fare) 
 literario (-a), literary 
 llamar, to call 
 Have,/., key 
 llegado, arrived 
 llegar, to arrive 
 llenar, to fill 
 lleno, full 
 
 llevar, to raise, to take (along) 
 llorar, to weep, shed tears 
 Hover, to rain 
 lo, the 
 lo, it 
 
 lobo, m., wolf 
 loco, foolish, simple 
 locura,/., folly 
 
 locucion,/., expression [upon 
 lograr, to gain, succeed, hit 
 lo que, what 
 
 luego, soon, presently, imme- 
 luego que, as soon as [diately 
 lugar, m., village, place 
 lugubre, gloomy 
 luna, /., moon 
 lunes, m., Monday 
 luz,/., light 
 
 madera,/., wood 
 madre, /., mother 
 
208 
 
 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 maduramente, maturely 
 maduro (-a), ripe 
 maestro, m., master, teacher 
 magistratura, /. , magistracy 
 magnifico, magnificent 
 mal, m., ill 
 maldecir, to curse 
 malecon, m., dike 
 malicia, /., malice 
 malo, bad 
 mama, /., mamma 
 manana, /., morning 
 mandar,to command, to order, 
 manera, /., manner [to send 
 mando, m., power 
 manifestado, shown [show 
 manifestar, to manifest, to 
 manjar, m., dish (food) 
 mano, f. , hand 
 mantel, m. , tablecloth 
 mantener, to keep 
 manzana, f. , apple 
 mar,/., sea 
 maravilla, /. , wonder 
 maravillar, to admire 
 maravillarse, to wonder 
 marcharse, to go off 
 marinero, m., sailor 
 mariposa, f. , butterfly 
 marroqui, m. , morocco leather 
 martes, m., Tuesday 
 martillo, m., hammer 
 martir, m.,f., martyr 
 marzo, m., March 
 (lo) mas, most 
 mas-que (de), more than 
 mas vale, it is better 
 masa, /., mass, rank 
 matar, to kill 
 material, m., material 
 
 mayo, m., May 
 mayor, larger 
 mayores, m. t forefathers 
 me, me 
 
 mecer, to agitate 
 a mediados, about the midst of 
 mediano, mediocre 
 mediante, by means of 
 medico, m., doctor 
 medio, m., means 
 medio, half 
 mejor, better 
 memorias, /., regards 
 memorial, m., memorandum- 
 book, brief 
 menester, necessary 
 mengano, such a 
 menor, smaller 
 menos, less (except) 
 mensaje, m., message 
 mensajero, m., messenger 
 mentir, to lie 
 mentira, /., lie 
 mercader, m., merchant 
 mercadera,/., merchant's wife 
 mercaderia, f. , goods 
 a merced, gratis 
 merecer, to merit 
 merendar, to lunch 
 merito, m., merit 
 mes, m., month 
 mesa,/., table 
 metal, m., metal 
 meter, to put 
 mi, my 
 mi, me 
 
 miedo, m., fear 
 miente (-s), /, thoughts 
 mientras mas, the more 
 mientras que, whilst 
 
SPANISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 209 
 
 mil, thousand 
 milagro, w., miracle 
 millon, m., million 
 mina,/., mine 
 ministro, m., minister 
 minuto, m., minute 
 mio, mine 
 mirada,/., glance 
 mirar, to see 
 
 misantropia, /. , misanthropy 
 miserable, miserable 
 misericordia, /. , mercy 
 mismo, self (emphatic), same 
 mitad,/., half 
 mocedad,/., youth 
 modales, m. (pi.), manners 
 moderacion, /. , moderation 
 modestia, /., modesty 
 modificarse, to be modified 
 modo, m., mode, manner 
 monje, m., monk 
 monte, m., mountain 
 morar, to dwell 
 morder, to bite 
 moreno, chestnut 
 morir, to die 
 moro, m., Moor 
 mortal, mortal 
 mostrar, to show 
 motive, m., reason 
 mover, to move 
 movimiento, m., movement 
 muchacha, /. , girl 
 muchacho, m., boy 
 mucho, much, many 
 mudar, to change 
 mueble, m., furniture 
 muerte, /., death 
 muerto, dead 
 
 muestra,/., sign 
 
 mujer, /., woman, wife 
 
 mundo, m., world 
 
 murmurar, to murmur 
 
 muro, m. y wall 
 
 museo, m., museum 
 
 musico, m., musician 
 
 muy, very [iard 
 
 muy espanol, a thorough Span- 
 
 nacer, #., to be born 
 
 nacer, m., appearance 
 
 nacio, was born 
 
 nacion, /., nation 
 
 nada, not anything, nothing 
 
 nadar, to swim 
 
 nadie, nobody, no one 
 
 naipe, m. t card 
 
 naranja, /., orange 
 
 nariz, /., nose 
 
 naturaleza, /. , nature 
 
 naufragar, to shipwreck 
 
 nave,/., ship 
 
 navegar, to navigate 
 
 necesario, necessary 
 
 necesidad, /. , necessity 
 
 neoesitar, to need 
 
 negar, to deny 
 
 negocio, m., affair, business 
 
 negro, black 
 
 nervioso, nervous 
 
 nevar, to snow 
 
 ni, nor 
 
 nicho, m., niche 
 
 nieve, /., snow 
 
 nineria,/., puerility 
 
 ninguno (-a), no one, nobody 
 
 ni...ni, neither.. .nor 
 
 nino, m., child 
 
210 
 
 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 no, no 
 
 noche, /., night 
 
 nombre, m., name [ever 
 
 no obstante, nevertheless, ho w- 
 
 norte, m. , north 
 
 nos, we, us 
 
 nosotros, we, us 
 
 notar, to notice 
 
 noticia, /., news 
 
 novedad, /., news 
 
 nube,/, cloud 
 
 nublado, cloudy 
 
 nuestro (-a), our 
 
 nueve, nine 
 
 nuevo, new 
 
 numero, m. t number 
 
 nunca, never 
 
 6, or 
 
 obedecer, to obey 
 
 obediente, obedient 
 
 obligar, oblige 
 
 obra, /., work 
 
 obrar, to act 
 
 obtenir, to obtain 
 
 ocasion, /. , occasion 
 
 oceano, m., ocean 
 
 ochenta, eighty 
 
 ocho, eight 
 
 ochocientos, eight hundred 
 
 ociosidad,/., idleness 
 
 ocupar, to busy K 
 
 odiar, to hate 
 
 ofender, to offend 
 
 oficial, m., officer 
 
 oficio, m., office (employment) 
 
 ofrecer, to offer 
 
 oido, m., ear 
 
 oir, to hear 
 
 ojala, would that ! 
 
 ojo, m., eye 
 
 ola, /., wave 
 
 oler, to smell, to scent 
 
 olvidar, to forget 
 
 once, eleven 
 
 opera,/., opera 
 
 opinion,/., opinion, renown 
 
 oportuno, opportune, suitable 
 
 optimo, best 
 
 orador, m., orator 
 
 orden, m.,f., order 
 
 ordenar, to order 
 
 organo, m., organ (tool) 
 
 oriente, m., east 
 
 orno, m., oven 
 
 oro, m., gold 
 
 os, you 
 
 osar, to dare 
 
 oscuro, dark 
 
 otono, m. , fall 
 
 otro (-a), other, another 
 
 (en) otra parte, elsewhere 
 
 oveja, /., sheep (ewe) 
 
 pacer, to pasture 
 
 paciencia, /., patience 
 
 padec^r, to suffer 
 
 padre, m., father 
 
 padres, m., parents 
 
 pagar, to pay 
 
 pagina,/, page 
 
 pais, m., country 
 
 paja, /., straw 
 
 pajaro, m,, bird 
 
 paje, m., page 
 
 palabra, /., word 
 
 palacio, m., palace 
 
 palo, m., blow (with stick) 
 
 pan, m., bread 
 
SPANISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 211 
 
 paiio, m., cloth 
 
 pantalon, m., pantaloon 
 
 papa, m., papa 
 
 papel, m., paper 
 
 par, m., pair 
 
 para, for (in order to) 
 
 para que, in order that 
 
 parecer, m., opinion 
 
 parecer, to seem 
 
 pariente, m., relative 
 
 par que, m. , park 
 
 parte, /. , part 
 
 partida, /., party 
 
 partido, m., resolution 
 
 partir, to depart 
 
 pasado, passed 
 
 pasar, to pass 
 
 pasearse,to walk (for pleasure) 
 
 paseo, m., walk 
 
 pasion, /., passion 
 
 paterno, paternal 
 
 patria, /., native land 
 
 paz,/., peace 
 
 pecado, m., sin 
 
 pedir, to ask 
 
 pelear, to fight 
 
 peligro, m., peril 
 
 pelota, /. , ball (game) 
 
 pena,/., pain, punishment 
 
 peninsula,/., peninsula 
 
 pensamiento, m., thought 
 
 pensar, to think 
 
 pensativo, thoughtful 
 
 peor, worse 
 
 pequeno, little 
 
 percibir, to perceive, see 
 
 perder, to lose 
 
 perdido, lost 
 
 perfecto, perfect 
 
 perfidia,/., perfidy 
 
 periodico, m. t newspaper 
 
 perjuicio, m., prejudice 
 
 permanecer, to persist, remain 
 
 permitir, to permit 
 
 pero, but 
 
 perorar, to harangue 
 
 perrillo, m., little dog 
 
 perro, m., dog 
 
 perseguir, to pursue 
 
 persona,/., person 
 
 personaje, m., personage 
 
 pesante, heavy 
 
 pesar (-se), to weigh, distress 
 
 pescar, to fish 
 
 peseta, /. , peseta, franc (20 cts.) 
 
 peso, m., dollar 
 
 piano, m., piano 
 
 picaro, m., rogue 
 
 pie, m., foot 
 
 pieza,/., piece (play) 
 
 piloto, m., pilot 
 
 pina, /., cone 
 
 pino, m., pine 
 
 pintado described 
 
 pintarse, to paint 
 
 pintor, m., painter 
 
 pistola, /. , pistol 
 
 placer, to please 
 
 pla'to, m., dish 
 
 plaza, /. , place, market, square 
 
 pleito, m. t dispute, lawsuit 
 
 pluma,/., pen 
 
 plural, plural 
 
 pobre, poor (not rich, worthless) 
 
 pobreza,/., poverty 
 
 poblar, to populate 
 
 poco, little, few 
 
 poder, to be able 
 
 poderoso, powerful 
 
 podido, been able 
 
212 
 
 PKACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 podrir, to rot 
 poesia,/., poetry 
 poeta, m., poet 
 politica, /., politics 
 polvo, m. t dust 
 poner, to place, to put 
 poner (-se), to put on 
 por, by, in 
 por donde, through 
 por en cima, on top, over 
 por mas, however (great) 
 porque, because 
 porque, why 
 por...que, however 
 porvenir, m., future 
 posada,/., inn 
 posesion, /., possession 
 posible, possible 
 postre, m., dessert 
 postrero, later 
 practicar, to practise 
 precaution, /. , precaution 
 precio, m., price 
 precioso, precious 
 precise, necessary 
 preferir, to prefer 
 pregunta, /., question 
 preguntado, asked 
 preguntar, to ask 
 premiar, to reward 
 prendado, smitten 
 preparar, to prepare 
 prescribir, to prescribe 
 presencia,/., presence 
 presentar, to present, to intro- 
 duce 
 
 presente, present 
 presente, m., present (time) 
 presidente, m., president 
 
 prestar, to lend 
 pretender, to pretend 
 pretension, /. , pretension 
 prevenir, to inform 
 priesa, /., haste 
 primavera, /. , spring (time) 
 primer^ (-0), (-a), first 
 primito, m., little cousin 
 primo, first 
 primo, ?%, cousin 
 primoroso, fine 
 principe, ra., prince 
 a principios, early 
 (de) prisa, fast 
 prision, /., prison 
 privar, to deprive 
 probar, to prove 
 proceder, to proceed 
 procurado, procured 
 procurar, to try 
 prodigo, prodigal 
 producir, to produce 
 profesion, /., profession 
 progreso, m., progress 
 prohibir, to prohibit 
 projimo, m., neighbor 
 promesa, /. , promise 
 promoter, to promise 
 pronombre, in., pronoun 
 pronto, soon 
 propio, own 
 
 prorumpir, to break forth 
 proseguir, to pursue 
 prosperidad, /., prosperity 
 proteger, to protect 
 protestante, Protestant 
 provenir, to arise 
 proximidad, /., nearness 
 prdximo, next 
 
SPANISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 213 
 
 prudencia, /. , prudence 
 prudente, prudent 
 prueba,/., trial, proof 
 publico, public 
 pudrir, to rot 
 
 pueblo, m., town, populace 
 puente, m,, /., bridge 
 puerta,/., door, gate 
 puerto, m., port 
 pues, since 
 
 puesto, m., place (position) 
 puesto que, since 
 puesto (caso) que, if 
 punetazo, m., blow with fist 
 punto, m., point 
 pureza,/., purity 
 que, than, who, which 
 que, what, how 
 quedarse, to remain 
 quejarse, to complain 
 querer, to want, will, wish, 
 
 like, love 
 
 querido, loved, dear 
 que tal, how 
 quien, who 
 quien, who? 
 quien... quien, one... another, 
 
 some... other 
 quienquiera, whoever, whose- 
 
 ever, whomever 
 quietud, /., quietness 
 quince, fifteen 
 quince dias, two weeks 
 quintp (-a), fifth 
 quitarse, to take off, away 
 quiza, perhaps 
 
 rabia, /., anger 
 racional, rational 
 
 radical, radical 
 rato, m., time (short) 
 rayo, m., flash (of lightning) 
 razon, /. (reason), right ac- 
 real, royal (state) [count 
 real, m., Spanish coin (5 cts.) 
 relrnno, m. , flock 
 rebuznar, to bray 
 recibido, received 
 recibir, to receive 
 recompensa, /., recompense 
 reconocer, to recognize 
 reconocimiento, m., gratitude 
 recomendar, to recommend 
 recorrer, to travel about 
 rectitud,/., rectitude 
 red,/., net 
 rededor, m. t envious 
 al rededor, de, about 
 redondo, round 
 referir, to report, mention 
 reflexion,/., reflection 
 reflexionar, to reflect 
 reformador, m., reformer 
 refrenar, to restrain 
 regalar, to present 
 regano, m., scolding 
 reina,/., queen 
 reinado, m., reign 
 reino, m., kingdom 
 reir, to laugh 
 
 reirse, to laugh (with derision) 
 relacion, /., narration 
 relampaguear, to lighten 
 reliquia, /., relic 
 reloj, m., watch 
 relucir, to glitter 
 remediar, to remedy 
 remedio, m., resource 
 
214 
 
 PRACTICAL SPAXISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 remendar, to mend 
 remote, remote 
 rendir, to render 
 renir, to scold 
 renta,/., income 
 reo, m., criminal 
 reparable, worthy of attention 
 repetir, to repeat 
 representar, to represent 
 reprimir, to repress 
 reprobar, to reprove 
 requisite, m., requisite 
 resarcir, to compensate 
 resolverse, to resolve, decide 
 respetar, to respect 
 respeto, m., respect 
 respirar, to breathe 
 responder, to respond 
 respuesta, /., answer, reply 
 restablecer, to re-establish 
 restante, m., rest 
 retirar, to withdraw 
 retirar (-se), to retire 
 retrato, m., portrait 
 revelar, to reveal 
 reverencia, /., veneration 
 reves, m., back, back part 
 al reves, on the contrary 
 revolution, /., revolution 
 rey, m., king 
 ribera, /. , shore 
 ricazo, very rich 
 rico, m., rich (man) 
 ridicule, ridiculous 
 rigor, m., rigor 
 rio, m., river 
 riqueza, /., wealth 
 riquisimo, very rich 
 risa,/., laughter 
 
 robar, to rob 
 rodilla, /., knee 
 romance, m., romance 
 romper, to break 
 rondar, to go round 
 ropa,/., clothes 
 rostro, m., face 
 roto, defeated 
 rubor, m. t blush 
 ruego, m., request 
 ruido, m., noise 
 ruso, Russian 
 
 sabana, /., sheet 
 
 saber, to know 
 
 sabiduria,/., knowledge, wis- 
 
 sabio, wise [dom 
 
 sacar, to pull out 
 
 saciar, to satisfy 
 
 sacrificar, to sacrifice 
 
 sacrificio, m., sacrifice 
 
 sala,/., hall 
 
 salario, m., salary 
 
 salida,/., exit 
 
 salir, to go out 
 
 salud,/., health 
 
 saludable, salutary 
 
 saludar, to greet 
 
 santa,/., saint 
 
 santo, m., saint 
 
 san, m., saint 
 
 sastre, m. , tailor 
 
 satisfaccion, /. , satisfaction 
 
 satisfacer, to satisfy 
 
 satisfecho, satisfied 
 
 sauce, m., willow 
 
 se, self 
 
 seco, dry, meagre 
 
 secreto, m., secret 
 
SPAKISH-EXGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 215 
 
 secuaz, m., follower 
 
 sed,/., thirst 
 
 seguir, to follow, continue 
 
 segundo, m., second 
 
 seguro, surely, safe 
 
 seis, six 
 
 sello, m., seal 
 
 selva,/., forest 
 
 semana, /., week 
 
 semejante, similar 
 
 semejar, to resemble 
 
 sena, /. , sign 
 
 serial,/, sign 
 
 senda, /., path 
 
 seiior, m., gentleman 
 
 senora, /. , lady, mistress 
 
 senorita, /., a little or young 
 
 lady 
 
 senorito, m., a little or young 
 aentado, seated [man 
 
 sentarse, to sit down 
 sentenciar, to sentence 
 sentido, m., sense 
 sentirse, to feel, perceive 
 separar, to separate 
 sepulcro, m., sepulchre 
 ser, to be 
 
 servicio, m., service 
 servir, to serve 
 sesenta, sixty 
 setentrionale, north 
 setiembre, m., September 
 sexto, sixth 
 si, if 
 
 si, self, yes 
 siempre, always 
 siete, seven 
 
 siglo, m., age, century 
 siguiente, following 
 silencio, m., silence 
 
 silla,/., chair 
 
 simple, simple 
 
 sin, without 
 
 sin embargo, notwithstanding 
 
 sino, except, but 
 
 soberbio, proud 
 
 sobre, besides, upon 
 
 sobresalir, to excel 
 
 sobrina,/., niece 
 
 sobrino, m., nephew 
 
 social, social 
 
 sociedad, /., society 
 
 socorro, m., help 
 
 sofa, m., sofa 
 
 sol, m., sun 
 
 solamente, only 
 
 soldado, m., soldier 
 
 soledad,/., loneliness 
 
 soler, to be accustomed 
 
 solicito, solicitous 
 
 solo, alone 
 
 solo, only 
 
 sombrero, m., hat 
 
 sonar, to dream of 
 
 sopa, /., soup 
 
 soplar, to blow 
 
 sordo, deaf 
 
 sorprender, to surprise 
 
 sosegado, quiet 
 
 su, his, her, its, your, their 
 
 suavidad, /., gentleness 
 
 subdito, m., subject 
 
 subir, to ascend, mount 
 
 suceder, to happen 
 
 sucedido, happened 
 
 sucesivemente, ) 
 
 pocoapoco, pttle by little 
 
 suceso, m., event, success 
 
 sud. m., south 
 
 suelo, m., ground 
 
216 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 suefio, m., sleep termino, m., limit 
 
 suerte,/., lot, sort tesoro, m., treasure 
 
 sufrir, to suffer testamento, testament 
 
 suma,/., sum, amount testimonio, testimony 
 
 superar, to surpass tiempo, m., time 
 
 suplica, /., petition tierra,/., eaith, land 
 
 suplicar, to supplicate tildar, tc censure 
 
 supuesto, granted tio, m., uncle 
 
 sustento, m. y sustenance tiro, m., shot 
 suyo, his, her, its, your, their, tocar, to touch, to play 
 
 yours, theirs todavia, yet 
 
 tal, such (such a) todo, whole, all, every 
 
 talento, m., talent tomar, to take 
 
 tal vez, often (perhaps) tono, m., tone 
 
 tambien, also traba, /., trammel 
 tambien...como, as well... as trabajar, to work 
 
 tan, so, as trabajo, m., work, labor 
 
 tan (-to)...como, as.. .as tradncir, translate 
 tanta mas...que, the more.. .as traer, to bring, to wear 
 
 tanto, so much traido, brought 
 
 tardar, to tarry traidor (-a), treacherous 
 tarde,/., afternoon (evening) traje, m., dress (suit) 
 
 tarde, late trampa, /. , trap, fraud 
 
 tarea,/., task tranquilidad,/., tranquillity 
 
 te, m., tea tras, behind 
 
 teatro, m., theatre traspasado, afflicted 
 
 tema, m., theme tratado, m., treatise 
 
 temblar, to tremble tratar, to try, to make a treaty 
 
 temer, to fear treinta, thirty 
 
 temeroso, afraid tremulo, tremulous 
 
 tempestad, /., storm tren, m., train 
 
 templo, m., temple tres, three 
 
 temporal, m., storm trescientos, three hundred 
 
 temprano, early tribu, m., tribe 
 tenderse, to stretch (one's self) trigo, m., wheat 
 
 tener, to hold, have tristeza, /., grief, sadness 
 
 teologo, m., theologian trocar, to exchange 
 
 tercero, third tronar, to thunder 
 
 terminar, to terminate tropa,/. , troop, body of soldiers 
 
SPAKISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.. 
 
 217 
 
 tu, thy 
 tu. thou 
 tumba,/., tomb 
 turbar, to confuse 
 tuyo, thy (thine) 
 
 un, m. , a or an 
 una, /. , a 0r an 
 una docena, a dozen 
 una vez, once 
 unido (-a), united 
 uno, one 
 unos, one's 
 usar, to use 
 uso, m., use 
 usted (V.), you 
 ntil, useful 
 utilidad,/., profit 
 
 vaca, f., cow 
 vale, farewell 
 valer, to be worth 
 valeroso, courageous 
 valiente, valiant 
 valle, m., valley 
 valuar, appreciate 
 valor, m., courage 
 vano, vain 
 
 vapor, m., steam, steamboat 
 vapuleo, m., whipping 
 variar, to vary 
 varios (-as), several, various 
 vecino, m., neighbor, inhabi- 
 tant 
 
 vehementemente, with force 
 veinte, twenty 
 vela,/., sail 
 velar, to watch 
 
 vencedor, m., conqueror 
 
 veneer, to conquer 
 
 vender, to sell 
 
 venganza,/., vengeance 
 
 vengar, to avenge 
 
 venido, to come 
 
 venir, to come 
 
 venta, /., sale 
 
 ventaja,/., advantage 
 
 ventana,/., window 
 
 ver, to see 
 
 verano, m. y summer 
 
 de veras, really 
 
 verdad, /. , truth 
 
 verdaderamente, really 
 
 verdadero, true 
 
 vergiienza,/., shame 
 
 vero, true 
 
 vestido, m., dress, garment 
 
 vestido, dressed 
 
 vestir, to dress 
 
 vez,/., time 
 
 una vez, once 
 
 viajar, to travel 
 
 viaje, m., trip, voyage 
 
 vicio, m., vice 
 
 victoria, /. , victory 
 
 vida,/, life 
 
 viento, m., wind 
 
 las de Villadiego, French leave 
 
 vino, m., wine 
 
 violin, m., violin 
 
 virtud, /., virtue 
 
 virtuoso, virtuous 
 
 vista, /. , prospect, eye 
 
 visitar, to visit 
 
 visto (ver), seen 
 
 viveres, m., victuals 
 
218 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 vivir, to live vulgarmente, commonly 
 
 vivo, vivo, living 
 
 vivo, lively y, and 
 
 volar, to fly ya, already, yet, now 
 
 volumen, ra., volume yacer, to lie (down) 
 
 voluntad, /. , will yerba, /. , grass 
 
 volver, to return yerno, m., son-in-law 
 
 (voy[-ir], I go) yo, I 
 
 vos (you), ye 
 
 vosotros, you zapato, m. y shoe 
 
 voz,/., voice zutano, such a 
 
 vuestro, your 
 
VOCABULARY OF SPANISH PBOPEK NAMES. 219 
 
 VOCABULAEY OF SPANISH PROPER NAMES, 
 
 AS USED IN PRECEDING PAGES. 
 
 Africa, Africa 
 Alejandro, Alexander 
 aleman, m., German 
 Alemania,/., Germany 
 Alpes (los), Alps 
 America,/., America 
 Arabe, w., Arab 
 Atesidora, proper name 
 
 Barcelona, Barcelone 
 Bona, Bonn 
 Becquer, Becquer 
 Berna, Bern 
 Brasil, m., Brazil 
 Bretana, /. , Brittany 
 
 Cairo, m., Cairo 
 Canada, m., Canada 
 Carlos, Charles 
 Cervantes, Cervantes 
 Castilla,/., Castile 
 China,/., China 
 chino, Chinese 
 Ciceron, Cicero 
 Colon, Columbus 
 Copernico, Copernicus 
 Cortes, Cortes 
 
 Espana,/, Spain [States 
 
 Estados Unidos (los), United 
 Europa,/., Europe 
 
 Felipe, Philip 
 Florida,/, Florida 
 Francia,/, France 
 Frederico, Frederic 
 
 Granada,/., Granada 
 
 Habana,/, Havana 
 Victor Hugo, Victor Hugo 
 hugonote, Huguenot 
 
 Inglaterra,/., England 
 Juan, John 
 
 Luis, Louis 
 Londres, London 
 
 Madrid, Madrid 
 Malaga, Malaga 
 Maria, Mary 
 Mariquilla, little Mary 
 Mateo, m. , Matthew 
 
 Dulcinea, Dulcinea 
 
 Nueva York, New York 
 
220 
 
 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 Pablo, Paul 
 Pedro, Peter 
 Pepita, Josephine 
 Portugal, m., Portugal 
 Prusia,/., Prussia 
 
 Bin, m., Rhine 
 Rodano, m., the Rhone 
 Romano, m., Roman 
 
 Salvador, Saviour, Salvador 
 Sena, /. , the Seine 
 
 Sicilia,/., Sicily 
 Sierra,/., Sierra 
 Suiza,/., Switzerland 
 
 Tasso, m., Tasso 
 Teresa, Theresa 
 Toledo, Toledo 
 
 Viena, Vienna 
 Villadiego, Villadiego 
 
 Wostenholm, Wostenholm 
 
ENGLISH-SPANISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 221 
 
 ENGLISH-SPANISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 Abbreviations : /., feminine noun; m., masculine noun ; v., verb. 
 
 a or an, un (-0), (-a) 
 abandon, v., abandonar, de- 
 jar, entregar 
 abolish, ., abolir [como 
 about, cerca de, acerca de, 
 above, sobre 
 accept, v., aceptar 
 accompany, v., acompanar 
 according to, conforme 
 account, cuenta,/., razon,/. 
 accuse, v., acusar 
 ache, dolor, m. 
 ache, #., doler 
 achieved, acabado 
 act, v., obrar 
 action, accion, /. 
 admire, v., admirar 
 admit, v., admitir 
 adorned, adornado 
 advanced, avanzado 
 advantage, ventaja, /. 
 adventure, aventura,/. 
 advice, consejo, m. 
 advise, v., aconsejar 
 affair, negocio, m. 
 afraid (fear), miedo, m. 
 after, despues (de) 
 afternoon, tarde,/. 
 against, contra 
 age, edad,/. 
 agitate, v., agitar 
 
 ago, hace 
 
 agree, v., avenirse 
 
 agreeable, agradable 
 
 aid, ayuda, /. 
 
 aid, ., ayudar 
 
 alas ! ay dolor ! 
 
 Alfred, Alfredo 
 
 all, todo 
 
 all along, a todo lo largo 
 
 almond, almendra,/. 
 
 almost, casi 
 
 alone, solo 
 
 along, por 
 
 allow, ., permitir 
 
 already, ya 
 
 also, tambien 
 
 although, aunque 
 
 always, siempre 
 
 amass, v., amontonar 
 
 America, America 
 
 American, americano 
 
 among, entre 
 
 ancient, antiguo 
 
 and, y, e 
 
 Andrew, Andres 
 
 animal, animal, m. 
 
 announce, v., anunciar 
 
 another, otro 
 
 answer, v., responder 
 
 answer, respuesta, /. 
 
 any, algun 
 
222 
 
 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 anything, algo 
 any (whatever), cualquiera 
 appear, v., parecer 
 apple, manzana, /. 
 arise, v., provenir 
 arm (weapon), arma,/. 
 arm (one's self), v., armarse 
 army, ejercito, m. 
 arrange, v., arreglar 
 arrive, v., llegar 
 arrived, llegado 
 arts, artes, /. 
 
 as ... as, I tanto . . . como 
 as much as, ) 
 as long as, mientras que 
 ashamed, verguenza, /. 
 ask, 0., pedir, preguntar 
 ass, donkey, asno, m. 
 assault, asalto, m. 
 assault, v., asaltar 
 assure, v., asegurar 
 astonished, admirado 
 at, a 
 
 at all, ya 
 attempt, intentar 
 Athenaeum, Ateneo 
 attention, atencion, f. 
 attentive, atento 
 attractive, atractivo 
 augment, v., aumentar 
 author, autor, m. 
 avoid, v. } evitar 
 await, v., esperar 
 awake, v., despertar 
 
 bad, malo 
 badly, mal 
 ball (shot), bala,/. 
 banish, v., desterrar 
 bank, banco, m. 
 
 banker, banquero, m. 
 
 barbarous, barbaro 
 
 Barcelona, Barcelona 
 
 bathe (one's self), v., banarse 
 
 battle, batalla, /. 
 
 be, v. , ser, estar 
 
 be able, v. , poder 
 
 beautiful, hermoso 
 
 beauty, nermosura, /. 
 
 be born, #., nacer 
 
 because, porque 
 
 bed, cama, /., lecho, m. 
 
 before, antes, delante (de), 
 
 antes de (or que) 
 beg, supiicar 
 
 begin, v.. empezar, echarse 
 behind, tras 
 
 be ignorant of, v., ignorar 
 being, estando 
 belfry, campanario, m. 
 believe, v., creer 
 benefit, beneficio, m. 
 Berne, Berna 
 besides, sobre 
 betray, v., vender 
 (it is) better, mas vale 
 between, por entre, de 
 bill, cuenta, /. 
 bird, pajaro, m., ave,/ 
 black, negro 
 blame, culpa,/. 
 bless, v., bendecir 
 blind, v., cegar 
 blow, v., soplar [m. 
 
 blow (with stick), bastonazo, 
 blue, azul 
 
 boar (wild), jabali, m. 
 Bonn, Bona 
 book, libro, m. 
 
ENGLISH-SPANISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 223 
 
 book-store, libreria, /. 
 
 Bordeaux, Burdeos 
 
 Bossuet, Bosuet 
 
 Bostoo, Boston 
 
 both, ambos (-as) 
 
 both ... and, tanto . . . como 
 
 Bothnia, Bothnia 
 
 boy, nmehacho, m. 
 
 Brazil, Brasil, m. 
 
 bray, v., rebuznar 
 
 bread, pan, m. 
 
 breakfast, V., almorzar 
 
 breath, aliento, m. 
 
 breeding, crianza, /. 
 
 bridle, ., enfrenar 
 
 brilliant, brillante 
 
 bring, v. , traer 
 
 broad, ancho 
 
 brother, hermano, m. 
 
 built, edificado 
 
 business, negocio, m. 
 
 busy, v., ocupar 
 
 but, pero, sino 
 
 butterfly, mariposa,/. 
 
 buy, v., comprar 
 
 by, por 
 
 call, v., llamar 
 
 Canada, Canada, m. 
 
 candor, candor, m. 
 
 capital, capital,/. 
 
 captain, capitan, m. 
 
 care, cuidado, m. 
 
 carry, v., llevar 
 
 Catholic, catolico 
 
 caught, cogido 
 
 cause, ., causar 
 
 cease, v., dejar 
 
 certain, cierto [mente 
 
 certainly, por cierto, cierta- 
 
 Cervantes, Cervantes 
 chain, cadena,/. 
 chair, silla,/. 
 change, ?., convertir 
 charity, caridad 
 chase, v,, cazar 
 child, nino, m., nina,/. 
 children, ninos, hijos 
 childhood, infancia,/. 
 Chinese, chino 
 Christian, cristiano 
 church, iglesia, /. 
 circus, circo, m. 
 city, ciudad,/. 
 classic, clasico, m. 
 clean, limpio 
 clear, claro 
 climate, clima, m. 
 cloak, capa, /. 
 close, v., cerrar 
 cloth, pano, m. 
 clothes, ropa,/. 
 cloud, nube,/. 
 coach, coche, m. 
 coat (frock), levita, /. 
 cold, frio 
 
 combat, v., combatir 
 come, v., venir 
 come, llegado (participle) 
 comedy, comedia,/. 
 commerce, comercio, m. 
 companion, companero, m. 
 compare, v., comparar 
 compete, ., competir 
 concerning, acerca de 
 concert, concierto, m. 
 
 ( condicion, /. 
 condition, jsituacion,/. 
 
 conduct, conducta, /. 
 
224 
 
 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 cone, pina,/. 
 confidence, confianza,/. 
 confuse, v., turbar 
 congress, congreso, m. 
 
 ( conquistar 
 conquer, *.,j vencer 
 
 consent, v. t consentir 
 consider, v., considerar 
 conspiracy, conjuracion, /. 
 constancy, constancia, /. 
 construct, v., construirse 
 contain, v., contener 
 contemporary, contemporaneo 
 content, contento 
 content, v., content ar 
 contentment, contento, m. 
 conversation, conversacion, /. 
 convince, v. , convencer 
 cook, #., cocer 
 cost, v., costar 
 couch, lecho, m. 
 counsel, consejo, m. 
 counsel, v., aconsejar 
 count, conde, m. 
 count, v., contar 
 countess, condesa,/. 
 country, pais, m., campo, m. 
 courageous, valeroso 
 court-city, corte,/. 
 cousin, primo, m. 
 criminal, delincuente, m., reo, 
 crown, v., coronar [m. 
 
 cultivate, v., cultivar 
 curious, curioso 
 cut, 0., cortarse 
 danger, peligro, m. 
 day, dia, m. 
 dead, muerto 
 death, muerte,/. 
 
 debt, deuda,/. 
 deceive, v., enganag 
 deceived, enganado 
 decline, v., decaer 
 degrade (one's self), v. , degradar 
 [(-se) 
 
 degree, grado, m. 
 delight, v., encantar 
 deliver, v. , entregar 
 deny, v., negar 
 depart, ., partir 
 deputy, diputado, m. 
 described, pintado 
 desire, deseo, m. 
 desire, v., desear 
 desist, #., desistir 
 despicable, despreciable 
 destiny, destino, m. y suerte, /. 
 destroy, v. , destruir 
 determine, v., determinar 
 dexterity, destreza, /. 
 dictate, v., dictar 
 die, v., morir, perecer 
 difference, distancia,/. 
 difficult, dificil 
 
 difficulty, dificultad,/., aprieto, 
 dike, malecon, m. [m. 
 
 diligent, diligente 
 dimmish, v. , decaer 
 dine, 0., comer 
 dinner, comida, /. 
 disappear, v., desaparecer 
 discount, ., discontar 
 discover, v., descubrir 
 discuss, ., discurrir 
 discussion, controversia, /. 
 disease, enfermedad, /. 
 disgust, v., disgustar 
 dish (food), manjar, m., plato, 
 dispose, v., disponer [m. 
 
ENGLISH-SPANISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 225 
 
 dispute, disputa,/. 
 distrust, v., deiconfiar 
 divided, dividido 
 do, v., hacer 
 doctor, medico, m. 
 doctrine, doctrina,/. 
 document, papel, m. 
 dog, perro, m. 
 dollar, peso, m. 
 door, puerta, /. 
 double, doble 
 doubt, duda, /. 
 doubt, v., dudar 
 dozen, docena,/. 
 dramatic, dramatico 
 dress, traje, m., vestido, m. 
 dressed, vestido 
 drink, ., beber 
 duchess, duquesa,/. 
 durable, durable 
 during, durante 
 dust, polvo, m. 
 duty, deber, m. 
 dwell, v., morar 
 
 early, temprano 
 earn, v., ganar 
 earth, tierra,/. 
 east, oriente m. 
 easy, facil 
 eat, v., comer 
 education, educacion,/. 
 Edward, Eduardo 
 effect, efecto, m. 
 effort, esfuerzo, m. 
 egg, huevo, m. 
 eight, ocho 
 either... or, 6... 6 
 elect, v., elegir 
 elephant, elefante, m. 
 
 eleven, once 
 
 eloquence, elocuencia, /. 
 elsewhere, (en) otra parte 
 emperor, emperador, m. 
 employment, empleo, m. 
 encounter, v., encontrar 
 end, fin, m. 
 enemy, enemigo, m. 
 England, Inglaterra 
 English, ingles 
 Englishman, ingles 
 enough, bastante 
 enter, v., entrar 
 equal, igual 
 equal, igualar 
 equality, igualdad, /. 
 error, error, m. 
 escape, salida, /. 
 establish, v. t establecer 
 estate, hacienda,/, 
 esteem, estima,/., estimacion,/. 
 esteem, ., estimar 
 esteemed, estimado 
 Europe, Europa,/. 
 even, tambien, aun, hasta 
 evening, tarde, /. 
 event, suceso, m. 
 ever, jamas, nunca 
 every, cada 
 excellent, excelente 
 except, menos, sino 
 excess, exceso, m. 
 exchange, cambio, m. 
 exclaim, v., exclamar 
 excuse, v., dispensar 
 exercise, ejercicio, m. 
 exposition, exposicion,/. 
 expression (word), voz,/ 
 eye, ojo, m. 
 
226 
 
 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR, 
 
 facade, fachada, /. 
 face, rostro, m. 
 facilitate, v., facilitar 
 (in) fact, (en) efecto, m. 
 faith, fe,/. 
 faithful, fiel 
 fall, v., caer 
 fall, otono, m. 
 fame, fama, /. 
 famine, carestia,/. 
 farm, hacienda, /. 
 fast (de), prisa,/. 
 father, padre, m. 
 fatigue, fatiga, /. 
 favor, favor, m. 
 favorable, favorable 
 fear, miedo, m. 
 fear, v., temer 
 feature, faccion,/. 
 February, febrero, m. 
 feel, v., sentirse 
 feminine, femenino 
 ferocious, feroz 
 fever, calentura, /. 
 field, campo, m. 
 fifteen, quince 
 fifth, quinto 
 fifty, cincuenta 
 find, hallar, encontrar 
 fine, bello 
 finger, dedo, m. 
 finish, fl., acabar 
 fire, fuego, m. 
 first, primo, primer o 
 fish, fl., pescar 
 five, cinco 
 flag, bandera, /. 
 flourishing, floreciente 
 flower, flor, /. 
 
 flower-pot, florero, m. 
 
 fly (to escape), ., huir 
 
 follow, -y., seguir 
 
 foot, pie, m. 
 
 for, para, por, a 
 
 for, porque 
 
 force, fuerza, /. 
 
 (with) force, vehementemente 
 
 forest, selva, /. 
 
 forget, v. , olvidar 
 
 formerly (before), antes 
 
 fortress, fortaleza, /. 
 
 fortune, for tuna,/. 
 
 forty, cuarenta 
 
 founded, fundado 
 
 four, cuatro 
 
 frailty, fragilidad, /. 
 
 France, Francia,/. 
 
 franc, franco, m. 
 
 frank, franco 
 
 free, libre 
 
 freeze, -y., helar 
 
 French (man), frances 
 
 friend, amigo, m., amiga,/, 
 
 frightful, horroroso 
 
 frivolous, frivolo, baladi 
 
 from, de 
 
 fruit, fruta,/., fruto, m. 
 
 full, lleno 
 
 fulfil, v., complirse 
 
 fun, burla,/. 
 
 funds, caudales, m. 
 
 future, porvenir, m. 
 
 gain, ., ganar 
 
 Galatea, Galatea 
 
 game, juego, m. 
 
 garden, huerto, m. 
 
 gate, puerta,/. 
 
 garment, vestido, m. 
 
ENGLISH-SPANISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 227 
 
 general, general, m. 
 generally, generalmente 
 genius, genio, m. 
 gentleman, senor, m., eabal- 
 [lero, m. 
 
 gentleness, suavidad, /. 
 German, aleman 
 Germany, Alemania, f. 
 get, 0., lograr 
 
 get drunk, v., emborracharse 
 get possession, v., apoderarse 
 get out, v., salir - 
 get up, v., levantarse 
 girl, muchacha, /. 
 give, v. , dar 
 gloomy, lugubre 
 glory, gloria,/, 
 glove, guante, m. 
 go, v. , IT, andar 
 goat, cabra,/. 
 go away, v. , irse 
 God grant, Dios quiera 
 gold, oro, m. 
 good, bueno 
 good-day, buenos dias 
 goodness, bondad, /. 
 goods, mercaderia, /. 
 go out, v., salir 
 go to bed, v., acostarse 
 government, gobierno, m. 
 grandee, grande, m. 
 grandmother, abuela, /. 
 granted, supuesto 
 greatest, mayor 
 Greece, Grecia,/. 
 Greek, griego 
 
 habitable, habitable 
 hair, cabello, m. 
 half, medio 
 hamlet, aldea, /. 
 
 hand, mano, /. 
 
 handed, entregado 
 
 hand over, v., entregar 
 
 happen, v., pasar, suceder 
 
 happy, feliz, dichoso 
 
 harangue, v., perorar 
 
 harvest, cosecha, /. 
 
 haste, priesa,/. 
 
 hat, sombrero, m. 
 
 hatchet, hacha,/. 
 
 Havana, Habana,/. 
 
 have, 0., tener, haber 
 
 he, el 
 
 head, cabeza, /. 
 
 headache, dolor (m.) de cabeza 
 
 health, salud, /. 
 
 hear, v., oir 
 
 heart, corazon, m. 
 
 heat, calor, m. 
 
 heaven, cielo, m. 
 
 heedlessness, descuido, m. 
 
 help, ayuda,/. 
 
 her, la, ella 
 
 her, su, suyo. 
 
 here, aqui, aca 
 
 Herrera, Herrera 
 
 he who, aquel que 
 
 hide, v., esconder 
 
 high, alto 
 
 highest, sumo 
 
 him, le 
 
 his, su, suyo 
 
 history, historia,/. 
 
 hit upon, v. , lograr 
 
 hold, v., tener 
 
 homage, homenaje, m. 
 
 home (at), en casa 
 
 hope, v., esperer 
 
 horse, caballo, m. 
 
 hot, calido 
 
228 
 
 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 hour, hora,/. 
 
 house, casa,/. 
 
 how, como 
 
 how ! que ! 
 
 however, por...que, con... que 
 
 how much, cuanto 
 
 Huguenot, hugonote 
 
 humble, humilde 
 
 hunger, hambre,/. 
 
 hunt, v., cazar 
 
 I, yo 
 
 idea, idea, / 
 
 idleness, ociosidad,/. 
 
 idle, holgazan 
 
 idler, holgazarano, m. 
 
 if, si, cuando 
 
 ignorance, ignorancia, /. 
 
 ill, mal, adv., malo, adj. 
 
 ill-luck, enhoramala, /. 
 
 image, imagen, /. 
 
 immediately, inmediatamente 
 
 immortal, inmortal 
 
 in, en, por 
 
 incessantly, iricesantemente 
 
 India, Indias (las) 
 
 indication, indicio, m. 
 
 inequality, desigualdad, / 
 
 inevitable, inevitable 
 
 infirm, enfermizo 
 
 influence, influjo, m. 
 
 inform, v., informarse, ente- 
 
 rarse, avisar 
 innocence, inocencia,/. 
 inspire, v., inspirar 
 instead of, en vez de 
 instruct, v., instruir 
 instrument, instrument, m. 
 interest, interes, m. 
 interrupt, v., interrumpir 
 
 introduce, v., presentar 
 inundation, avenida, /. 
 invite, v., convidar 
 iron, hierro, m. 
 it, ello, lo 
 its, su, suyo 
 January, enero, m. 
 Jerez, Jerez 
 jest, burla, / 
 John, Juan 
 little John, Juanito 
 joined, junto 
 Joseph, Jose 
 judge, juez, m. 
 July, Julio, m. 
 June, junio, m. 
 
 keep, v. , mantener, tener 
 
 keep on, irse 
 
 key, Have,/ 
 
 kill, D., matar 
 
 kind of weather, tiempo, m. 
 
 kindness, bondad,/ 
 
 king, rey, m. 
 
 kingdom, reino, m. 
 
 kitchen, cocina,/ 
 
 knee, rodilla, /. 
 
 on the knees, de rodillas 
 
 knife, cuchillo, m. 
 
 knight-errant, caballero andan- 
 
 knock, v., tocar [te, m. 
 
 know, v., saber, conocer 
 
 knowledge, conocimiento, m. 
 
 known, conocido 
 
 labor, trabajo, m. 
 lady, senora, /, dama, /. 
 lady (young), seiiorita 
 language, lengua, /. 
 
EHGLISH-SPAHISH VOCABULAKY. 229 
 
 large, grande lunch, v., merendar 
 
 last, v., durar Madeira, Madeira 
 
 last night, anoche magnificent, magnifico 
 
 late, tarde maiden, doncella,/. 
 
 Latin, latino make, ., hacer 
 
 laugh, v.j reir make a treaty, v., tratar 
 
 laughter, risa,/. make use of, servirse de 
 
 law, ley,/. Malaga, Malaga 
 
 lawyer, abogado, m. man, hombre, m. 
 
 lead, 0., conducir , manner, manera, /. 
 
 learn, v., aprender, saber manners, costumbres, /., moda- 
 
 learning, letras, /. many, mucho [les, m. 
 
 learned, docto, erudito, leido march, v., marchar 
 
 French leave, las de Villadiego March, marzo, m. 
 
 lend, v., prestar marry, v., casarse 
 
 less, menos Mary, Maria 
 
 lesson, leccion,/. master, amo, m., senor, m. 
 
 let (allow), v., dejar Mataro, Mataro 
 
 letter, carta, /. matter (what is the matter), que 
 
 letter of exchange, letra de Matthew, Mateo, m. [tiene VJ 
 
 cambio maturely, maduramente 
 
 liberty, libertad,/. May, mayo, m. 
 
 lie, v., mentir me, me, mi 
 
 life, vida, /. meal (repast), comida, /. 
 
 like, ., querer means, medio, m. 
 
 listen, ., escuchar by means of, mediante 
 
 little, pequeno, poco meat, came, /. 
 little by little, sucesivemente, Mediterranean, Mediterraneo,w. 
 live, v., vivir [poco a poco meet, ., encontrar 
 
 lock, v. t cerrar mend, v., remendar 
 
 look, v., buscar, mirar mention, v., referir 
 
 London, Londres mentioned, dicho 
 
 long, largo merchant, mercader, m. 
 
 lose, v., perder merit, v., merecer 
 
 loss, dano, m. messenger, mensagero, m. 
 
 lot, suerte, /. metal, metal, m. 
 
 love, 0., amar midday, mediodia, m. 
 
 love, amor, m. mind, ingenio, m., animo, m. 
 
 loyal, leal mine, mio, 
 
230 
 
 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 minute, minuto, m. 
 
 miserable, miserable 
 
 misfortune, desdicha,desgracia, 
 
 mistress, seiiora,/ [/. 
 
 moderation, moderacion, /. 
 
 modesty, modestia, f. 
 
 be modified, v., modificarse 
 
 Monday, Innes, m. 
 
 money, dinero, m. 
 
 monk, monje, m. 
 
 month, mes, m. 
 
 the more, mientras mas 
 
 morning, manana, f. 
 
 mother, madre,/. 
 
 mount, v., subir 
 
 mountain, monte, m. 
 
 mouth, boca,/. 
 
 much, mucho 
 
 music, musica, /. 
 
 musician, musico, m. 
 
 must, v., deber 
 
 my, mi 
 
 name, nombre, m. 
 name, v. , llamarse 
 native land, patria,/. 
 nature, naturaleza,/. 
 navigate, v., navegar 
 near, cerca (de), junto 
 necessary, menester, necesario 
 need, v., necesitar 
 (has need), ha menester 
 negro, negro, m. 
 neighbor, vecino, m. 
 neither, tampoco 
 neither... nor, ni...ni 
 never, jamas, nunca 
 new, nuevo 
 
 news, noticia, /., novedad,/. 
 newspaper, periodic , m. 
 
 next, que viene, proximo 
 
 niche, nicho, m, 
 
 niece, sobrina. /. 
 
 night, noche, /. 
 
 nine, nueve 
 
 no, no 
 
 nobody, nadie 
 
 noon, mediodian, m. 
 
 no one, ninguno 
 
 nor, ni 
 
 north, norte, m. 
 
 not, no 
 
 not yet, no todavia 
 
 nose, nariz, /. 
 
 nothing, nada 
 
 notice, v , notar 
 
 now, ahora, ya 
 
 number, numero, m. 
 
 obey, ., obedecer 
 
 oblige, v. y obligar 
 
 observe, v. , observar 
 
 obtain, v., obtener, conseguir 
 
 ocean, oceano, m. 
 
 be occupied, ., pasar 
 
 of, de 
 
 offer, v., ofrecer 
 
 officer, oficial, m. 
 
 often, a menudo, muchas vezes 
 
 old, viejo, antiguo 
 
 old man, anciano, m. 
 
 on, en, sobre, 
 
 on account of, por 
 
 once, una vez 
 
 one, un (-0), (-a) 
 
 only, solo, sino 
 
 open, v. f abrir 
 
 opinion, parecer, m. 
 
 opportune, oportuno 
 
 or, 6 
 
 orange, naranja,/. 
 
ENGLISH-SPANISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 231 
 
 orator, orador, m. 
 order, v., mandar 
 in order that, para que 
 in order to, para 
 ought, v. , deber 
 our, nuestro 
 overcome, v., superar 
 owner, dueno, m. 
 owe, v., deber 
 page, pagina,/. 
 
 pain, dolor, m. 
 
 painter, pintor, m. 
 
 pair, par, m. 
 
 paper, papel, m. 
 
 part, parte, /. 
 
 party, partida,/. 
 
 pass, v. , pasar 
 
 pass (hand), *>., pasar, alargar 
 
 passion, pasion, /. 
 
 Paul, Pablo 
 
 pay, v., pagar 
 
 pay attention to, v., atender 
 
 peace, paz,/. 
 
 pear, pera,/. 
 
 pen, pluma, /. 
 
 pencil (lead), lapiz, m. 
 
 penin sula, peninsula, /. 
 
 people, gente, /. 
 
 perfect, perfecto 
 
 peril, peligro, m. 
 
 permission, licencia, /. 
 
 perplexity, embarazo, m. 
 
 person, persona, /. 
 
 peseta (20 cts.), peseta,/, 
 philosopher, filosofo, m. 
 
 physician, medico, m. 
 piano, piano, m. 
 picture, cuadro, retrato, m. 
 pine, pino, m. 
 
 pilot, piloto, m. 
 place, v., poner [empleo, m. 
 place, puesto, m., lugar, m., 
 play, -., tocar, representar 
 please, v., gustar, alegrar, 
 pleasure, gusto, m. [placer 
 plough, arado, m. 
 pocket, faltriquera, /. 
 poet, poeta, m. 
 poor, pobre 
 portrait, retrato, m. 
 Portugal, Portugal, m. 
 possible, posible 
 post, correo, m. 
 poverty, pobreza,/. 
 power, mano, f. , mando, m>. 9 
 powerful, poderoso [poder, m. 
 practice, v., practicar 
 praise, v., alabar 
 prefer, ., preferl/ 
 prejudice, perjuicio, m. 
 prepare, v. , preparar, aderezar 
 present, presente 
 present (month), corriente, m. 
 present, v., presentar 
 pretension, pretension, /. 
 pretty, bonito 
 prevent, 0., impedir 
 priest, cur a, m. 
 prison, prision,/. 
 prodigal, prodigo 
 produce, ., producir 
 profit, utilidad, /. 
 promise, promesa, f. 
 promise, v. t promoter 
 proof, prueba,/. 
 prospect, vista,/. 
 Protestant, protest ante 
 provided that, con tal que 
 prudence, prudencia,/. 
 
232 
 
 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 prudent, prudente 
 prudently, prudentemente 
 public, pnblico 
 purity, pureza, /. 
 purse, bolsa, /. 
 put, $., poner, meter 
 put in order, ., arreglar 
 put on, V., ponerse 
 
 quantity, cantidad, /. 
 question, cuestion, /. 
 quiet, sosegado, sereno 
 Quintan a, Quintana 
 
 railway, camino de hierro, m. 
 rain, $., Hover 
 rarely, rara vez 
 read, ., leer 
 
 reach, v. t echar mano a, llegar 
 really, verdaderamente 
 reason, motivo, m., razon, f. 
 receive, v., recibir 
 received, recibido 
 recounting, cantando 
 rectitude, rectitud, /. 
 regain, v., alcanzar 
 rejoice, v., alegrarse 
 regret, ., sentir 
 relate, v. t contar, referir 
 relative, pariente, m. and/, 
 relic, reliquia, /. 
 remain, v., quedarse 
 render, #., rendir 
 repeat, v., repetir 
 repent, v., arrepentirse [m. 
 repentance, arrepentimiento, 
 reply, respuesta, /. 
 represent, ., representar 
 reprove, t>.,reprobar 
 
 reputation, opinion,/, 
 
 require, v., necesitar 
 
 resolution, partido, m. 
 
 resource, remedio, m. 
 
 respond, ., responder 
 
 rest, v., descansar 
 
 rest, restante, m. 
 
 retire, ., retirarse 
 
 return, ., volverse 
 
 Rhine, Rin, m. 
 
 Rhone, Rodano, m. 
 
 rich (man), rico, m. 
 
 ridicule, v., burlarse [risa 
 
 ridiculous, ridiculo, digno de 
 
 right, derecho, m., razon,/. 
 
 rightly, con razon 
 
 river, rio, m. 
 
 road, camino, m. 
 
 rob, v., robar 
 
 robber, ladron, m. 
 
 Roman, Romano, m. 
 
 romance, romance, m. 
 
 Rome, Roma 
 
 room, pieza, /. , cuarto, m. 
 
 sacrifice, sacrificio, m. 
 
 sadness, tristeza,/. 
 
 safe, seguro 
 
 sail, v., navegar 
 
 sailor, mariner o, m. 
 
 saint, santo (-a), m.,f. 
 
 sale, venta,/. 
 
 sally forth, v., salir 
 
 salutary, saludable 
 
 same, mismo 
 
 satisfy, ., satisfacer 
 
 Saviour, Salvador, m, 
 
 say, v., decir 
 
 scarcely, apenas 
 
 science, ciencia, /. 
 
ESTGLISH-SPAHISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 233 
 
 scold, v., renir 
 
 scribe, escribano, m. 
 
 sea, mar, m.,f. 
 
 season, estacion,/. 
 
 seated, sentado 
 
 second, segundo, m. 
 
 Sedan, Sedan 
 
 see, ., ver, mirar 
 
 seek, v., buscar 
 
 seem, v., parecer 
 
 Seine, Sena,/. 
 
 self, se, si, mismo 
 
 select, v., escoger 
 
 sell, v., vender 
 
 send, v., enviar 
 
 sense, sentido, m. 
 
 sent, entregado 
 
 separate, ., separarse 
 
 September, setiembre, m. 
 
 sepulchre, sepulcro, m. 
 
 servant, lacayo, criado, ra. 
 
 serve, v., servir 
 
 set sail, hacer a la vela 
 
 seven, siete 
 
 several, varios (-as) 
 
 shame, verguenza,/. 
 
 she, ella 
 
 shield-bearer, escudero, m. 
 
 sheep, carnero, m. 
 
 sheet, sabana,/ 
 
 shelter, v., abrigar 
 
 shift for one's self, bandearse 
 
 ship, buque, m., nave,/. 
 
 shoe, zapato, m. 
 
 should (must), v., deber 
 
 show, ., manifestar 
 
 shut, ., cerrar [m. 
 
 side (of right triangle), cateto, 
 
 sign, muestra, /. 
 
 silence, silencio. m. 
 
 silver, plata,/. 
 
 since, pues, puesto que, desde, 
 
 despues de, despues, como 
 single, solo 
 sister, hermana, /. 
 sit down, v., sentarse 
 situation, colocacion, /., em- 
 six, seis [pleo, m. 
 sixth, sexto 
 slave, esclavo, m. 
 sleep, ., dormir 
 sleepy (sleep), sueno, m. 
 small, pequeno 
 smell, v., oler 
 snow, v., nevar 
 so, tan, si 
 social, social 
 society, sociedad,/. 
 softly, bajo 
 soldier, soldado, m. 
 some, something, also, algnno 
 some one, alguien, alguno 
 somewhere, en cualquiera 
 
 parte 
 
 son, hijo, m. 
 soon, luego 
 sooner, antes 
 soul, alma, /. 
 sour, agrio 
 south, sud, m. 
 Spain, Espafia,/. 
 Spanish, espanol 
 speak, v. t hablar 
 speedy, presto 
 spend, v., gastar, pasar 
 spirit, espiritu, m. 
 spoken, hablado 
 spring (time), primavera,/. 
 square, cuadrado, m. 
 sqiu're, escudero, m. 
 
234 
 
 PRACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 star, astro, m., estrella,/. 
 
 state, estado, m. 
 
 The United States, Los Estados 
 
 stature, figura,/. [Unidos 
 
 steam (boat), vapor, m. 
 
 still, todavia 
 
 store, almacen, m. 
 
 story (narration), historia, /. 
 
 storm, temporal, m. 
 
 storm, v., asaltar 
 
 stove, hornillo, m. 
 
 street, calle,/. 
 
 stretch, v., tender se 
 
 string, cuerda,/. 
 
 strong, fuerte 
 
 student, estudiante, m. 
 
 study, ., estudiar 
 
 stupid (one), insensate 
 
 subject, asunto, m. 
 
 such, tal 
 
 such great, tanto 
 
 suffer, v., sufrir, permitir 
 
 suitable, oportuno 
 
 sum (amount), suma, /. 
 
 summer, verano, m. 
 
 sun, sol, m. 
 
 Sunday, domingo, m. 
 
 supplicate, v., suplicar 
 
 sure, cierto, seguro (estoy cierto 
 
 surely, seguro 
 
 surgeon, cirujano, m. 
 
 surpass, ., superar 
 
 surprise, admiration,/. 
 
 surprise,^., sorprender 
 
 swear, v. , jurar 
 
 sweet, dulce 
 
 swim, v., nadar 
 
 sword, espada,/. 
 
 table, mesa,/. 
 
 tailor, sastre, m. 
 
 take off or away, quitar (-se) 
 
 take, v., tomar, llevar, quitar 
 
 talent, talento, m. 
 
 tall, alto, grande 
 
 task, tarea,/. 
 
 taste, gusto, m. 
 
 tear,- lagrima, /. 
 
 teachable, docile 
 
 tell, v., decir 
 
 ten, diez 
 
 than, que, de 
 
 thanks, gracias, /. 
 
 that, que 
 
 that, para que 
 
 that, ese, aquel, aquello 
 
 that which, aquello que 
 
 the, el, la, lo 
 
 theatre, teatro, m. 
 
 then, entonces 
 
 their, su, suyo 
 
 theme, tema, m. 
 
 theologian, teologo, m. 
 
 there, alia, alii 
 
 thing, cosa, f. 
 
 think, v., pensar, creer 
 
 third, tercero 
 
 thirst, sed,/. 
 
 this, este, esto (esta,/.) 
 
 thou, tu 
 
 thought, pensamiento, m. 
 
 thousand, mil 
 
 three, tres 
 
 through which, por donde 
 
 thus, asi 
 
 thy, tu, tuyo 
 
 time, tiempo, m., hora,/. 
 
 time (one), vez, /. 
 
ENGLISH-SPANISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 235 
 
 tire, cansar 
 to, a 
 
 to-day, hoy 
 together, junto (-s) 
 to-morrow, xnanana, /. 
 tone, tono, m. 
 tongue, lengua,/. 
 too much, demasiado 
 tooth, diente, m. 
 
 toward, contra 
 towards, hacia 
 
 town, pueblo, m. 
 
 tractable, docil 
 
 trammel, traba,/. 
 
 translate, 0., traducir 
 
 travel, 0., viajar 
 
 treacherous, traidor 
 
 treasure, tesoro, m. 
 
 treat, ., tratar 
 
 tree, arbol, m. 
 
 tremble, v., temblar 
 
 true, verdadero 
 
 trunk, baul, m., cofre, m. 
 
 trust, -., fiarse 
 
 truth, verdad, /. 
 
 try, v., procurar 
 
 Tuesday, martes, m. 
 
 twelve, doce 
 
 two, dos 
 
 two weeks, quince dias 
 
 uncle, tio, m. 
 
 under, bajo, 
 
 understand, v., entender 
 
 undertaking, empresa, /. 
 
 unfortunate, desgraciado 
 
 unhappiness, infelicidad, /. 
 
 unhappy, infeliz, desdichado 
 
 United States, Estados Unidos 
 
 until, hasta que 
 
 upon, sobre 
 
 us, nos 
 use, ., usar 
 useful, util 
 
 Valdes, Valdes (author) 
 
 Lope de Vega, Lope de Vega 
 
 very, muy, mismo 
 
 vice, vicio, m. 
 
 victory, victoria,/. 
 
 village, aldea,/., lugar, m. 
 
 violin, violin, m. 
 
 virtue, virtud, /. 
 
 visit, fl., visitar 
 
 voice, voz,/. 
 
 voyage, viaje, m. 
 
 wait, v., esperar 
 
 caminar 
 
 wall, muro, m. 
 war, guerra, /. 
 wash, 0., lavar 
 watch, reloj, m. 
 watch, ., velar 
 water, agua,/. 
 way, camino, m. 
 we, nosotros 
 wealth, riqueza,jp 
 wear, v., traer 
 wear out, ., usar 
 weary, 0., cansar 
 week, semana, /. 
 weigh, v., pesar 
 well, bien 
 what, lo que 
 what(ever), lo que 
 what?, que? 
 wheat, trigo, m. 
 when, cuando 
 where, donde, donde t 
 
236 
 
 PEACTICAL SPANISH GRAMMAR. 
 
 which, que, cual 
 
 white, bianco 
 
 who, que 
 
 who, cual, el cual, etc., cual ? 
 
 who, quien, quien? 
 
 whole, todo 
 
 be worth, v., valer 
 
 whose, cuyo 
 
 (of) width, (de) ancho 
 
 will, voluntad,/. 
 
 win, v., granjear 
 
 wind, viento, m. 
 
 window, ventana,/. 
 
 wine, vino, m. 
 
 winter, invierno, m. 
 
 wise, sabio 
 
 wish, 0., querer 
 
 with, con 
 
 within, dentro (de) 
 
 with it, consigo 
 
 without, sin 
 
 woman, mujer,/. 
 
 wonder, admiracion, /. 
 
 woods, bosque, 'm. 
 
 word, palabra, /. 
 
 work, v., trabajar 
 
 work, trabajo, m., obra,/. 
 
 worn out, usado 
 
 worthless, pobre 
 
 worthy of attention , reparable 
 
 wretched, infeliz 
 
 write, v., escribir 
 
 write out, v., componer 
 
 written, escrito 
 
 ye (you), vos 
 
 year, ano, m. 
 
 yes, si 
 
 yesterday, ayer 
 
 yet, todavia, ya, pero 
 
 you, Usted,V., m.,/., vosotros, 
 
 young, joven [vos 
 
 your, su, suyo, vuestro 
 
 youth, mocedad,/. 
 
GENERAL INDEX. 
 
 JKf References are to sections except where page is specially indicated. 
 
 a, 1; pronounced, 5. 
 
 a before personal nouns, Les. 
 II, page 29 (note 2); with 
 infinitive, Les. XXX, 239 
 (k), 262. 
 
 accent (acute), 37(a) ; graphic, 
 37; tonic, 34. 
 
 acertar, etc., Les. XVIII, 176, 
 177. 
 
 acordar, 178, 179. 
 
 adjectives, Les. IV; compari- 
 son of, Les. V; pronominal, 
 Les XI, 117 (note 2), 255 (d), 
 274. 
 
 adquirir, 210. 
 
 adverbs, Les. XXXII; of affir- 
 mation and negation, 256; 
 comparison of, 257; peculiar- 
 ities of, 257; place of, 258. 
 
 afraid, 172. 
 
 age, 172. 
 
 alegrar (-se), 173, 174. 
 
 algo, 120, 121, 255 (<?). 
 
 alguien, 120, 122. 
 
 alguno, 66, 120, 122. 
 
 al, 45. 
 
 alphabet, 1. 
 
 alto, 69. 
 
 amar, Les. VII, 94, Les. X, 119, 
 Les. XI, 138; conjugated 
 like hablar, Les. XII. 
 
 ambos, 120, 123. 
 
 andar, 180, 181. 
 
 antojar (-se), 184(6). 
 
 aquel, 104, 105 (a), 111. 
 
 aquella, 105 (a). 
 
 aquello, 105 (a). 
 
 are (you are speaking, etc.), 
 49. 
 
 article, Les. I, 99 (note), 101, 
 109, 113, 114; with noun,Les. 
 Ill; for possessive, 94, 101(6). 
 
 ashamed, 172. 
 
 asir, 211. 
 
 atender, etc., Les. XIX, 185. 
 
 augmentatives, 62. 
 
 auxiliary verbs, 143, 160, 161, 
 162, 254. 
 
 b, 1, 9. 
 
 bajo, 69. 
 
 be (to), 73, 100 (note), 172 (6). 
 
 bueno, 66, 69. 
 
 by, 163, see prepositions. 
 
 c, 1; pronounced, 10, 33. 
 
 237 
 
238 
 
 GENERAL HSTDEX. 
 
 caber, 193. 
 
 cada, 120, 124. 
 
 caer, 187. 
 
 capital letters, 3. 
 
 cardinals, Les. VI. 
 
 case, 40, page 10 (note 2). 
 
 ch, name, 1; pronounced, 11; 
 
 in verbs, 152. 
 cocer, 189. 
 cold, 172. 
 comer, Les. VIII, 103; like 
 
 temer, 145, 146. 
 comparative degree, 68. 
 comparison of adjectives, Les. 
 
 V. 
 
 comparison of adverbs, 257. 
 compound tenses, Les. XV, 
 
 154, 155, Les. XXV. 
 con, 252 (d). 
 conditional mood, 239. 
 conducir, 205. 
 conjugation, (first) Les. XII, 
 
 (second and third) Les. 
 
 XIII. 
 conjunctions, 239 (a) (b) (c\ 
 
 241, 243 (&), (taking sub. 
 
 mood) 244, Les. XXXV. 
 consonants, 9-32, 4 (c), 33; 
 
 double, 33. 
 const ar, 184 (b). 
 could, 239 (Ji). 
 eual (cual), 111, 114, 117. 
 cualquiera, 66, 120, 125. 
 cuanto, 120, 126, 255 (e). 
 cuyo, 111, 115; cnyo, 117. 
 
 d, 1; pronounced, 12. 
 
 dar, 182. 
 
 de, 75, page 30 (note 1), 93 
 
 (a), 100, 101, 163, 172 (d); 
 with infinitive, Les. XXX, 
 263. 
 
 deber (deber de), 155 (a). 
 
 decir, 206, 242 (g). 
 
 defective verbs, second con- 
 jugation, Les. XX; third 
 conjugation, Les. XXII; 
 list of, pp. 113, etc. 
 
 del, 45. 
 
 demonstrative adjectives, Les. 
 IX. 
 
 demonstrative pronouns, Les. 
 IX. 
 
 diaeresis, 4 (e), 37 (c). 
 
 did, see do, also 231 (/). 
 
 diminutives, 62. 
 
 diphthongs, 7. 
 
 do, 49, 227, 228. 
 
 don, 58 (note 3). 
 
 donde, 116. 
 
 dormir, 212. 
 
 e, 1; pronounced, 5. 
 
 el, 46. 
 
 el que, 111. 
 
 en, page 30 (note 3), 252 (e\ 
 
 264. 
 
 erguir, 213. 
 errar, 184 (a). 
 esa, 105 (a), 110 (b). 
 ese, 104, 105 (a). 
 eso, 108. 
 
 esta, 105 (a), 110 (b). 
 estar, Les. IV, 67, Les. V, 73, 
 
 Les. XVI, 162, 166, 167, 
 
 254 (b). 
 
 este, 104, 105 (a). 
 esto, 105 (a), 108, 110. 
 
GENERAL INDEX. 
 
 239 
 
 euphonic changes in regular 
 
 verbs, Les. XIV. 
 exclamation sign of. 39(&),117 
 
 (note), 258 (c). 
 
 f, 1; pronounced, 13. 
 fulano, 120, 127. 
 future perfect tense, 237. 
 future subjunctive, 246. 
 future tense, 233; compound, 
 
 237. 
 
 g, 1; pronounced, 14. 
 gender, 2, Les. I, Les. II, 41, 
 
 50-54. 
 
 gerund, 253 (note 1). 
 grande, 66, 69. 
 
 h, 1; pronounced, 15, 4 (d). 
 haber, 78, Les. VI, Les. XV, 
 
 155 (a) (d), 156, 157, 158, 
 
 159, 254 (&). 
 
 hablar, Les. XII, 141, 144. 
 hacer, 190. 
 hungry, 172. 
 
 i, 1; pronounced, 5, 152, 153. 
 
 imperative mood, Les. XXVI. 
 
 imperfect tense, 231; com- 
 pound, 235. 
 
 impersonal expressions with 
 subjunctive, 243 (e). 
 
 impersonal verbs, Les. XXII. 
 
 indefinite pronouns, Les. XI. 
 
 inferior, 69. 
 
 infimo, 69. 
 
 infinitive mood, Les. XXIX, 
 XXX. 
 
 infinitive with prepositions, 
 
 251, 252. 
 infinitive without prepositions, 
 
 250. 
 
 instruir, 208. 
 interjections, Les. XXXV, 
 
 243 (a). 
 
 interrogation, sign of, 39 (a), 49. 
 interrogative pronouns, Les. 
 
 X, 241. 
 interrogatively, verbs used, Les. 
 
 XXIII, 224. 
 ir, 214, 243 (e). 
 
 irregular verbs, Les. XVIII- 
 XXII. 
 
 first conjugation, XVIII. 
 second conjugation, XIX, 
 
 XX. 
 third conjugation, XXI, 
 
 XXII. 
 list of, pages 113-127. 
 
 j, 1; pronounced, 16. 
 jugar, 183. 
 
 k, 1; pronounced, 17. 
 
 I, 1; pronounced, 18, 33. 
 let, 283 (c). 
 
 letters, capital, 3; gender of, 2; 
 list of, 1 ; remarks on, 4. 
 
 II, name, 1; pronounced, 19; in 
 verbs, 152. 
 
 lo, 70 (note 5), 82, 83, 91, 103. 
 
 m, 1; pronounced, 20. 
 malo, 66, 69. 
 mas, 68. 
 
240 
 
 GENERAL IKDEX. 
 
 matter with, 172 (e). 
 
 maximo, 69. 
 
 mayor, 69. 
 
 mejor, 69. 
 
 menor, 69. 
 
 menos, 68. 
 
 might, 239 (i), 142. 
 
 mil, 75 (b) (c). 
 
 minimo, 69. 
 
 mismo, 120, 128. 
 
 month, days of, 77. 
 
 morir, 214. 
 
 mover, 186. 
 
 mucho, 120, 129, 255 (e). 
 
 n, 1; pronounced, 21, 33. 
 
 n, name,l; pronounced, 22; in 
 verbs, 152. 
 
 nada, 120 and note, 130,255(6). 
 
 nadie, 120 and note, 131. 
 
 namely, 110 (a). 
 
 names, proper, 54, page 219; 
 of countries, 59(a),page 219. 
 
 negation, 223, 256, 257 (d). 
 
 negative, page 49 (note 1), 223 
 (&)(c)(d)(6),224(&), 238(6), 
 257 (d), 258 (b). 
 
 negatively, verbs used, Les. 
 XXIII, 223. 
 
 ninguno, 66. 
 
 nouns, Les. II; as diminutive 
 and augmentative, Les. Ill; 
 with article, Les. Ill; com- 
 pound, 52; personal, Les. 
 II, note 2. 
 
 number, Les. II, 42, 55, 56. 
 
 numerals, Les. VI. 
 
 o, 1; pronounced, 5. 
 
 oir, 216. 
 
 oler, 194. 
 
 optimo, 69. 
 
 ordinals, Les. VI. 
 
 otro, 120, 132, 137 (note). 
 
 own, 102. 
 
 p, 1; pronounced, 23. 
 para, 252 (/) (/'), 265. 
 participle, past, 254, 160, 161. 
 participle, present, 140, 253. 
 passive voice, Les. XVI, 92, 
 
 170, 254 (b). 
 
 past anterior tense, 236. 
 past participle, 160, 161, 9fcL 
 pedir, 204. 
 peor, 69. 
 pequeno, 69. 
 perfect tense, 234. 
 pesar, 184 (b). 
 pesimo, 69. 
 placer, 195. 
 pluperfect tense, 235. 
 poco, 120, 133, 255 (e). 
 poder, 196. 
 podrir, 217. 
 poner, 197. 
 por, 163, 252 (h), 266. 
 possessive adjectives, Les. 
 
 VIII, 94. 
 
 possessive pronouns, Les. VIII 
 postrero, 66. 
 prepositions, Les. XXIII, 
 
 XXIV; with infinitive, Les. 
 
 XXX, 254 (c); place of, 269; 
 
 Eng. prepn. into Spanish, 
 
 Les. XXXIV; in question, 
 
 119 (a). 
 present participle, 140, 253. 
 
GENERAL LtfDEX. 
 
 241 
 
 present tense, 226-230; com- 
 pound of, 234. 
 
 preterite tense, 232 ; compound 
 of, 236. 
 
 primero, 66. 
 
 pronominal adjectives, Les. 
 XI, 255 (d), 274. 
 
 pronouns, demonstrative, Les. 
 IX; for the article, 94; indefi- 
 nite, Les. XI; interrogative, 
 Les. X; personal, Les. VII; 
 possessive, Les. VIII; re- 
 flexive, 84, 92; relative, Les. 
 X, 245; repeated, 88 (note). 
 
 pronunciation, 1-37; rules for, 
 34-36. 
 
 proper names, 54, page 219; 
 of countries, 59(a), page 219. 
 
 pudrir, 217. 
 
 punctuation, 39 (a) (b), 111 
 (note 1). 
 
 q, 1 ; pronounced, 24. 
 que, 75, 252 (h), 249 (c). 
 'que(que), 111, 113, 117. 
 querer, 192. 
 quien (quien), 111, 113 (note), 
 
 117. 
 quienquiera, 120, 134. 
 
 r, 1; pronounced, 25, 33. 
 recibir, Les. XIII, 110 (c), 147, 
 
 148. 
 
 reflexive verbs, Les. XVII. 
 regular verbs, Les. XII, XIII; 
 
 euphonic changes in, Les. 
 
 XIV. 
 reir, 207. 
 
 relative pronouns, Les. X,245. 
 rr, name, 1; pronounced, 25. 
 
 s, 1; pronounced, 26. 
 
 saber, 198, 242 (b). 
 
 salir, 218. 
 
 santo, 66 (santa, 66). 
 
 satisfacer, 191. 
 
 se, 84, 92, 170 (note 1). 
 
 seiior, senora, 58. 
 
 sentir, etc., Les. XXI, 203. 
 
 sequence of tenses. 247. 
 
 ser, Les. I, 47, Les. II, 56, Les. 
 Ill, 73, Les. XVI, 160, 164, 
 165, 254 (b). 
 
 should, 142, 239 (j). 
 
 si, 239 (a). 
 
 some, 61. 
 
 Spanish language (sketch of) ; , 
 pages 179-194. 
 
 subjunctive, first and second 
 imperfect distinguished, 243; 
 in relative sentences, 245; 
 used dependently, 241, etc., 
 Les. XXVII, XXVIII; used 
 independently, 240; with 
 conjunctions, 244; with im- 
 personal expressions, 243 (e). 
 
 superior, 69. 
 
 superlative, 71, 72, Exercise V 
 (sentence 9, note). 
 
 supremo, 69. 
 
 syllables, division of, 38. 
 
 t, 1 ; pronounced, 27. 
 
 table of contents, pages v, vi. 
 
 tal, 120, 135. 
 
 temer, Les. XIII, 145, 146. 
 
 tener, Les. Ill, 155 (a) (b), Les. 
 XVII, 172, 174, 175, 254 (b). 
 
 tenses, compound, Les. XV, 
 XXV; sequence of, 247; sim- 
 ple, Les. XXIV, XXV. 
 
242 
 
 GENERAL INDEX. 
 
 tercero, 66. 
 
 than, 75 (a). 
 
 tilde, 37 (b). 
 
 time of day, 78. 
 
 tocar, Les. XIV. 
 
 todo, 65 (note 4), 120, 136. 
 
 traer, 188. 
 
 triphthongs, 8. 
 
 n, 1 ; pronounced, 5, 4 (c). 
 
 una, 66, page 25 (note). 
 
 uno, page 25 (note), 120, 137; 
 
 see article, 66; see numerals, 
 
 75 (d). 
 usted (V.), 48, 81, 85 (note 3). 
 
 v, 1; pronounced, 28. 
 
 valer, 199. 
 
 varies, 120, 138. 
 
 venir, 209. 
 
 ver, 200. 
 
 verbs, Les. XII-XXXI; alpha- 
 betical list of irregular and 
 defective, page 113-127; de- 
 fective, second conjugation, 
 Les. XX; defective, third 
 
 conjugation, Les. XXII; 
 ending in car, gar, zar, 149; 
 ending in cer, cir, 150; end- 
 ing in ger, gir, guir, 151; 
 verb-forms, Les. XII; prin- 
 cipal parts, 140, 141, 142, 
 143. See also under tenses, 
 etc. 
 
 vocabulary, English-Spanish, 
 page 221; Spanish-English, 
 page 195; Spanish proper 
 names, page 219. 
 
 vowels, 3-6; long, 6; quality 
 of, 6; short, 6; sounds, 4 (a). 
 
 w, 1; pronounced, 29. 
 x, 1; pronounced, 30. 
 
 y, 1; pronounced, 5, 31, 75 (e), 
 
 153. 
 
 yacer, 201. 
 year, 77. 
 you, 48. 
 
 z, 1; pronounced, 32. 
 
THIS BOOK IS DUE ON THE LAST DATE 
 STAMPED BELOW 
 
 AN INITIAL FINE OF 25 CENTS 
 
 WILL BE ASSESSED FOR FAILURE TO RETURN 
 THIS BOOK ON THE DATE DUE. THE PENALTY 
 WILL INCREASE TO SO CENTS ON THE FOURTH 
 DAY AND TO $1.OO ON THE SEVENTH DAY 
 OVERDUE. 
 
 C 27 1S38 
 
 REC'D LD 
 
 FEB 5'65-9Af 
 
 JUN 25 1941 
 
 APR 10 1943 
 
 .;,!. 
 
 SEP 1 1 1961 
 
YA 00123 
 U.C. BERKELEY LIBRARIES 
 
 :>> 
 
 ZZI19Z 
 
 THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY